Land and Resource Management Plan

Department of Agriculture Land and Resource Forest Service

Pacific Management Plan Northwest Region

Deschutes National Forest [Deschutes National Forest Deschutes National Forest

Land and Resource Management Plan This National Forest Land and Resource Management Plan (Forest Plan or Pian) was developed to guide all natural resource management activities and establish standards/guidelines for the Deschutes National Forest. The purpose of the Plan is to provide for the use and protectionof Forest resources, fulfill legislative requirements, and address local, regional, and national issues and concems. To accomplish this, the Forest Plan: Establishes the management direction and associated long-range goals and objectives for the Forest for the next 10 to 15 years;

Sets the allowable sale quantity for timber and identlfies land sultable for timber management;

Specifies standards/guldelines for Forest-wide application;

Creates management areas with goals, themes and objectives and additional standards/guideiines:

Calls for a monitoring and evaluation program to ensure that the direction is carried out. It includes measures which must be taken if outputs and environmental effects are other than those which were predicted.

This Forest Plan has been prepared according to Secretary of Agriculture regulations (36 CFR 219) which are based on the Forest and Rangeland Renewable Resources Planning Act (RPA) as amended by the National Forest Management Act of 1976 (NFMA). The plan has aim been developed in accordance with regulations (40 CFR 1500) for implementing the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). Because this plan is considered a major Federal action significantly affecting the qualrty of the human environment, a detailed environmental impact statement has been prepared as required by the NEPA. The Forest Plan represents the Preferred Altemative as identfied in the Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS or EIS) for the Plan.

If any particular provision of this Forest Plan or its application to any person or circumstance, is hela invalid, the remainder of the Forest Plan and ts application to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby. Addtional information about this plan is available from the:

Forest Supervisor Deschutes National Forest 1645 Highway 20 East Bend, OR. 97701 TABLE OF C0"TS PAGE 1- Chapter 1 Introduction to the Forest Plan ...... 1 Introduction/Purpose of the Forest Plan ...... 1 Relationship to the EIS and ROD ...... 1 Relationship to Other Plans ...... 1 Relationship to Special Area Plans ...... 2 Relationship to FEIS for Managing Competing ti Unwanted Vegetation.2 Plan Structure and Organization ...... 2 Forest Description...... 3 Map 1 Deschutes National Forest Location Map ...... 4

PAGE 2- Chapter 2 Summary of the Analysis of the Management Situation ...... 1 Introduction ...... 1 Social Economic Overview ...... 1 Population ...... 1 Local Economy ...... 2 Agriculture ...... 2 Recreation and Tourism ...... 2 Manufacturing ...... 2 Primary Processing or Milling ...... 2 Secondary Manufacturing ...... 2 Social Environment ...... 3 Rural Industrial Communities ...... 3 Rural Recreation and Residential Communities ...... 3 Central Oregon Urban Center ...... 3 Westside Communities ...... 3 Resource Supply Conditions ...... 4 Resource Demand Projections ...... 7 Recreation ...... 7 Timber ...... 7 Range ...... 9 Wildlife ...... 9 Information and Research Needs ...... 11 Long-term Site Productivity (LTSP) ...... 11 Uneven-aged Management ...... 11 Growth and Yield ...... 11 Forest Insects and Diseases ...... 11 Ponderosa Pine Products ...... 11 Wildlife ...... 12 Conifer Regeneration ...... 12 Cone Production...... 12 Ecology Program ...... 12 Additional Needs ...... 13

PAGE 3- Chapter 3 Response to Issues. Concerns. and Opportunities ...... 1 PAGE 4- Chapter 4 Forest Management Direction ...... 1 Introduction...... 1 Forest Management Goals ...... 2 ...... Desired Future Condition ...... 3 Forest Management Objectives/Proposed Outputs ...... 8 Resource Summaries ...... 11 Timber ...... Recreation ...... 17 Wildlife/Fisheries Habitat ...... 19 Range ...... 20

Transportation . Construction Proiects, Nat . Funded Progr~ .22 Resea;ch Natural Areas ...... 1...... 28 Land Exchange Program ...... 28 Special Uses ...... 28 Forest Wide Standards/Guidelines ...... 31 Recreation ...... 31 Cave Management.(CV) ...... 31 Trail System Mgm.(TR) ...... 32 Cultural Resources.(CR) ...... 34 Wild & Scenic Rivers.(WS) ...... 36 Forest Health.(FH) ...... 36 Timber Management.(TM) ...... 37 Range.(RG) ...... 49 Wildlife.(WL)...... 51 Threatened, Endangered. and Sensitive Plant Species (TE) ...... 60 Riparian Areas.(RP) ...... 61 Fisheries.(FI) ...... 67 Minerals.(MN) ...... 68 Water. Soils, Best Management Practices.(WT) ...... 69 Soils.(SL) ...... 70 Fuelwood.(FL) ...... 71 Transportation System.(TS) ...... 71 Fire and Fuels Mgm.(FF) ...... 73 Special Uses.(SU) ...... 74 Energy Resources . Oil. Gas. Geothermal.(EN) ...... 77 Energy Resources - Newberry Caldera KGRA.(EN) ...... 83 Human Rights.(HM) ...... 83 Law Enforcement.(LE) ...... 84 Administrative Buildings and Sites.(AD) ...... 86 Land Adjustments.(LA) ...... 87 Management Areas and Prescriptions...... 88 M1 - Special Interest Areas ...... 90 M2 - Research Natural Areas ...... 92 M3 - Bald Eagle ...... 94 M4 . Northern Spotted Owl ...... 97 M5 - Osprey ...... 100 M6 - Wilderness ...... 103 M7 - Deer Habitat ...... 113 ME - General Forest ...... 117 M9 - Scenic Views ...... 121 M10- Bend Municipal Watershed ...... 132 M11- Intensive Recreation ...... 135 M12- Dispersed Recreation ...... 140 M13- Winter Recreation ...... 143 M14- Oregon Cascade Recreation Area ...... 146 M15- Old Growth ...... 149 M16- Experimental Forest ...... 152 M17- Wild and Scenic Rivers ...... 155 M18- Front Country ...... 159 Metolius Conservation Area ...... 164 M19- Metolius Heritage ...... 165 M20- Metolius Wildlife/Primitive ...... 169 M21- Metolius Black Butte Scenic ...... 173 M22- Metolius Special Forest ...... 178 M23- Metolius Special Interest ...... 183 M24- Metolius Research Natural Area ...... 185 M25- Metolius Spotted Owl ...... 187 M26- Metolius Scenic Views ...... 190 M27- Metolius Old Growth (Glaze and Lower Black Butte) ...... 197 M28- Metolius Wild and Scenic Rivers ...... 200

PAGE 5 Chapter 5 Implementation of the Forest Plan ...... 1 Introduction ...... 1 Implementation Direction ...... 1 Project Scheduling ...... 2 Consistency with Other Instruments ...... 2 Budget Proposals ...... 2 Environmental Analysis ...... 2 Monitoring and Evaluation Program ...... 3 Monitoring ...... 3 Evaluation ...... 3 Monitoring Required by NFMA ...... 3 Monitoring Levels ...... 4 Implementation Monitoring ...... 4 Effectiveness Monitoring ...... 4 Validation Monitoring ...... 4 Evaluation of Monitoring Results ...... 4 Evaluation in Relation to the Three Monitoring Levels .....4 Monitoring Matrix ...... 8 Evaluation of Monitoring Results ...... 30 Amendment and Revision ...... 30 Glossary of Terms ...... End of Document Appendices Appendix 1 Land Ownership Situation ...... 1-1 Appendix 2 Recreation Opportunity Spectrum ...... 2-1 Appendix 3 Recreation Management Development Levels ...... 3-1 Appendix 4 Wilderness Plans ...... 4-1 Appendix 5 Timber Sales Schedules ...... 5-1 Appendix 6 Monitoring ...... 6-1 Appendix 7 Electronic Sites ...... 7-1 Appendix 8 Material Sourcesgement ...... 8-1 Appendix 9 Visual Activity Schedule ...... 9-1 Appendix 10 USDI Fish and Wildlife Letter ...... 10-1 Appendix 11 Fish Program ...... 11-1 Appendix 12 Range Activity Schedule ...... 12-1 Appendix 13 Sensitive Plants ...... 13-1 Appendix 14 Soils Program ...... 14-1 Appendix 15 Wildlife Program ...... 15-1 Appendix 16 Elk Habitat Program ...... 16-1 Appendix 17 Forest Budget ...... 17-1 Appendix 18 Trails Activity Schedule ...... 18-1 Appendix 19 Recreation Program Needs ...... 19-1 Appendis 20 Recreation Site Development ...... 20-1

Table of Tables PAGE 2-

Table 2-1 Outputs adEffects of Benchmark Analysis ...... 5 Table 2-2 Volumes Harvested and Stumpage Prices Paid (1981-1988) ...... 8 Table 2-3 Volumes Offered. Sold and Unsold (1981-1988) ...... 8 Table 2-4 Supply and Demand/Consumption for Significant Resources ....10

PAGE 4-

Table 4-1 Average Annual Quantifiable Resource Outputs ...... 9 Table 4-2 Determination of Lands Suitable for Timber Production (M Acres) ...... 12 Table 4-3 Productivity Classification of Tentatively Suitable and Unsuitable Forested Lands ...... 13 Table 4-4 Vegetative Management Practices on Suitable Forest Land (During the Next Decade) ...... 13 Table 4-5 Allowable Sale Quantity and Timber Sale Program Quantity (Annual Average for First Decade) ...... 13 Table 4-6 Age Class Distribution on Suitable Forest Lands (1.000) .....14 Table 4-7 Present and Future Forest Conditions ...... 14 Table 4-8 Display of Long-Term Sustained Yield Capacity and the Projected Allowable Sale Quantity ...... 14 Table 4-9 Ten Year Estimated Harvest and Area Treated by Management Area ...... 15 Table 4-10 Forest Plan Budget & Average Annual Activities for Timber ...16 Table 4-11 Forest Plan Budget and Average Annual Activities (In 1989 Dollars) for Recreation ...... 17 Table 4-12 Wild and Scenic & Eligible Rivers ...... 17 Table 4-13 Wildlife Populations Levels ...... 19 Table 4-14 Average Annual Wildlife/Fisheries Habitat Improvement Activities ...... 20 Table 4-15 Forest Plan Budget (In 1989 Dollars) Wildlife & Fish ...... 20 Table 4-16 Range Improvement Activities ...... 21 Table 4-17 Forest Plan Budget (In 1989 Dollars) Range Resource ...... 21 Table 4-18 Watershed Acres ...... 21 Table 4-19 Forest Plan Budget (In 1989 Dollars) Soil, Air. and Water ...22 Table 4-20 Miles of Road by Category ...... 22 Table 4-21 Construction Projects ...... 23 Table 4-22 Forest Plan Budget (In 1989 Dollars) for Facilities ...... 26 Table 4-23 Roads of Issue ...... 27 Table 4-24 Forest Plan Budget (In 1989 Dollars) for Special Uses ...... 28 Table 4-25 Forest Plan Budget (In 1989 Dollars) for Minerals ...... 29 Table 4-26 Forest Plan Budget (In 1989 Dollars) Fire. Fuels. and Law Enforcement ...... 29 Table 4-27 Forest Plan Budget (In 1989 Dollars) Land Mgmt . Planning ....30 Table 4-28 Forest Plan Budget (In 1989 Dollars) Forest Health ...... 30 Table 4-29 Possible Forest Pest Management Strategies for General Forest Stands ...... 39 Table 4-30 Surface Soil Erosion ...... 71 Table 4-31 Management Areas by Acres ...... 89 Page 5-

Table 5-1 Deschutes National Forest Plans Superseded by This Forest Plan ...... 2 Table 5-2 Evaluation of Monitoring Results for Forest Plan Implementation ...... 5 Table 5-3 Monitoring Matrix ...... 8

Appendices Tables Page Appendix Table A-1-1 Acres of Private and Other Public Lands by Groups and Subgroups ...... 1-2 Table A-1-2 Acres of Land Potentially Available for Adjustment by Groups and Subgroups ...... 1-3 Table A-1-3 Potential Acres of Land Where Rights to be Acquired in Group 2. by Management Area ...... 1.4 Table A-1-4 Acres of Land Potentially Available for Adjustment in Group 3C ...... 1-5 Table A-4-1 Capacity Range for the Mt. Jefferson Wilderness ...... 4.2 Table A-4-2 Capacity Range for the Three Sisters Wilderness ...... 4-5 Table A-4-3 Capacity Range for the Mt. Wazhington Wilderness ...... 4-7 Table A-4-4 Capacity Range for the Diamond Peak Wilderness ...... 4-10 Table A-4-5 Mt. Thielsen Wilderness Resource Spectrum Inventory ...... 4-12 Table A-4-6 Mt. Thielsen Wilderness Carrying Capacity ...... 4.13 Table A-4-7 Mt. Thielsen Wilderness Recreation Use and Projected Demand ...... 4-14 Table A-4-8 Mt. Thielsen Wilderness Trails ...... 4-23 Table A-4-9 Mt. Thielsen Wilderness Monitoring Plan ...... 4-27 Table A-4-10 Mt. Thielsen Wilderness Implementation Plan ...... 4-28 Table A-4-11 Summary of Management Direction by Zone ...... 4-49 Table A-11-1 Fishery Resource Objectives ...... 11-3 Table A-14-1 Sensitive Native Plant Species That Will Kave Surveys. Ecological Studies and/or Manazement Plans ...... 13-3

Table of Figures

Page

Map I Deschutes National Forest Location Map ...... 1-4 Chapter 1

Introduction to the Forest Plan

1 Chapter 1 Introduction to the Forest Plan Purpose of the Forest Plan It includes standards/guidelines addressing the major issues and management concerns consid- The Land and Resource Management Plan (LRMP ered at the Regional level, to facilitate forest or the Forest Plan) establishes direction for the planning. Deschutes National Forest for the next decade. It guides all natural resource management activities and establishes a dynamic management system Relationship to the EIS and ROD for future decision making. It describes the desired future condition, establishes goals and objectives This Forest Plan sets forth the Preferred Alternative for forest management, and standards/guidelines for managing the resources of the Deschutes (S&Gs) for the Deschutes National Forest. The National Forest. The Plan results from extensive Forest Plan establishes management area direction analysis and considerations that are addressed in including prescriptions as well as S&Gs specific the accompanying Final Environmental Impact to each management area. It describes the Statement (FEIS). The planning process and the avalability and suitability of lands for resource analysis procedures that were used to develop management, levels of resource production and the Plan are described or referenced in the FEIS. management, and monitoring and evaluation The FEE also describes other alternatives consid- requirements The Forest Plan also establishes ered in the planning process. The Forest Plan the allowable sale quantrty for timber establishes project and activity level decisions specifically identified in the Record of Decision The Forest Plan embodies the provisions of the and adequately disclosed for NEPA purposes in National Forest Management Act of 1976 (NFMA), the FEE. the implementing regulations, and other guiding documents Land use determinations, prescriptions, and S&Gs are a statement of the Plan’s The Forest will do project level environmental management direction, however, the projected analysis and will use the data and evaluations in outputs, sewices, and rates of implementation are the Plan and FEE as Rs basis. Environmental estimates and are dependent on the annual analysis for projects will be tiered to the FEE and budgeting process. Plan.

The Forest Plan will ordinarily be revised on a All proposed projects must be tested for consis- 1 0-year cycle, or at least every 15 years. It also tency with the Forest Plan. If projects are found may be revised whenever the Forest Supervisor inconsistent they must be changed or rejected or determines that conditions or demands in the the Forest Plan amended before implementation. area covered by the Plan have changed significantly The Forest Supervisor will review the conditions on the land covered by the Plan and Relationship to Other Plans the demand of the public at least every 5 years to determine whether either has changed significantly. The Forest Plan sems as the single land management plan for the Deschutes National Forest. All other land management plans will be replaced by Relationship to the Regional Guide the direction in this Forest Plan. All resource management plans will also be replaced by this The Regional Guide for the Pacific Northwest Plan. Resource management goals, objectives, Region (June 1984), as amended December 8, direction, management practices and S&Gs are 1988, provides direction for National Forest Plans. displayed in Chapter 4.

Forest Plan 1 - 1 Relationship to Special Area Plans Plan Structure and Organization

Other planning documents, required by law, have The Forest Plan is composed of five chapters, a been or will be developed to give additional and glossary, and appendix material. more speclfic guidance to management activities within the direction that is established in this Plan. Chapter 1 introduces the reader to the purpose of These documents are needed for site specific the Plan, describes what It contains, describes information or to carry out the direction in this the Forest’s geographic location, and discusses Plan. The documents listed below have been the plan’s relationship to other documents. included or adopted in this plan or this plan will be amended to incorporate them when they are Chapter 2 is a summary of the Analysis of the developed. Management Sltuation Included are summaries of the current management sltuation for each Laws: resource, a brief socioeconomic overview of the Forest and related communities and counties, * The Wilderness Act of 1984 added additional potential supply for various resource goods and acreage to several wilderness areas on the services, and a brief look at demand. This Chapter Forest and established the Oregon Cascade also includes a section on information needs Recreation Area or OCRA. (Direction in the identlfied for the Deschutes National Forest. Act is included in this Plan.) Chapter 3 summarizes the Issues and Concerns * The Wild and Scenic Rivers Act requires and briefly explains how each was dealt wrth in plans and boundaries, to be defined, which the Forest Plan are in the process of being developed and will be completed by 1992. This Plan will be Chapter 4 is the heart of the Plan and contains amended to incorporatethem The standards/ the Resource management prescriptions, goals, guidelines contained herein are interim until objectives, direction, management practices and the required management plans are complet- S&Gs which the Forest has established for the ed. planning period. Accompanying this are the projected resource outputs, activities, and budget necessary to achieve the goals The outputs and Relationship to the FElS for activities are provided to show an estimate of the projected quantlties we would expect to achieve if Managing Competing and Unwant- the plan was implemented as shown. ed Vegetation The S&Gs apply to everyday on-the-ground The Forest Plan incorporates the Pacific Northwest projects and cover a wide range of resources. Region’s FElS for Managing Competing and Some are speclfic and others provide procedures Unwanted Vegetation. In implementing the Forest to follow. Also contained in Chapter 4 are descrip- Plan through project activlties, the Forest will tions of the Management Areas. Prescriptionsfor comply with the Record of Decision issued by the the Management Areas define thetypes of activities Regional Forester dated December 8, 1988, and that can occur wlthin a management area The the Mediated Agreement of August, 1989. Use of locations of the various management areas within all vegetation management techniques is allowed the Forest are shown on the map of Alternative E only when other methods are ineffective or will included with the FEIS unreasonably increase project costs. Emphasis must be on prevention and early treatment of Chapter 5 contains information on Plan implementa- unwanted vegetation and full public involvement tion, amendment, and the monitoring program. As in all aspects of project planning and implementa- the Forest Plan is implemented, it will be monitored tion. Information about the vegetation management to determine if the outputs and S&Gs in Chapter FEIS, ROD, and Mediated Agreement are available 4 are being met and if the S&Gs are adequate at the Forest Supelvisor’s Office. and being applied.

Forest Plan 1 - 2 Forest Description The Forest headquarters and two Ranger District offices are located in Bend Also located in Bend The Deschutes National Forest is located on the is the Bend Pine Nursery. Ranger District offices east slope of the Cascade Mountains in Central are also located in Sisters and Crescent. The Oregon. The Forest lies mostly in DeschutesCounty Redmond Air Center, Regional Aviation Group, but extends into Jefferson County on the north and into Klamath and Lake Counties on the south. Regional Fire Cache, Regional Training Center Wlthin the Forest boundary there are over 1.85 and Deschutes National Forest Dispatch Office million acres, of which 1.6 million acres are National are located in Redmond. Forest lands.

The largest cties in the area are Bend and Map 1 shows the location ofthe Deschutes National Redmond. Madras, Sisters, LaPine, Crescent, and Forest. Gilchrist are other important population centers.

Forest Plan 1 - 3 Forest Plan 1 - 4 Chapter 2

c Summary of the Analysis of the

Management Situation . Chapter 2 Summary of %heAnalysis of the Management Situation Introduction 11,599, and Klamath County was 59,117. De- schutes County grew by 31,700 people from 1970 This Chapter begins with a brief overview of the to 1980, an increase of 104 percent. This equates socioeconomic environment in which the De- to an annual growth rate of about 7.2 percent. Of schutes National Forest operates This is followed this net change, only 10 percent (3,162 persons) by a summary discussion of the supply and was due to natural increase. The vast malority of demand situations pertaining to the significant the growth, 90 percent (28,538 persons), was due market and nonmarket goods and sewices to in-migration However, since 1980 the population produced on the Forest. Finally, topics for research growth rate has slowed significantly to about 1.5 needed to fill some of the gaps in scientific percent per year knowledge and reduce the amount of uncertainty in resource management decisions are suggested The only incorporated cities in the Forest Influence Area are located in Deschutes County’ Bend Social Economic Overview (1980 population 17,263), Redmond (1980 population 6,452), and Sisters (1980 population 696) In order to assess the current economic and social Concentrations of people in the unincorporated conditions, and to estimate and monrtor potential pait of Deschutes County include the areas east changes that might result from the implementation and south of Bend and the communities of LaPine, of a Forest Plan, a #ForestInfluence Area‘ was Sunriver, Tumalo, and Cloverdale In 1980, 40 delineated. The Forest Influence Area is where percent of Deschutes County’s population lived in the majorrty of Forest products are first used and incorporated cities, while 60 percent lived outside where public concern about management of the of these communities.’ Forest is concentrated. While forest management decisions on the Deschutes may have economic The Crescent division of Klamath County has no consequences to people outside of the nearby incorporated cities. Communltres in this area surrounding communities, the majorrty of resulting include Crescent, Gilchrist, and Chemult The economic impacts are feltwthin the local economy. Grandview division of Jefferson County also has Therefore, because of its dominance in the Forest no cities Settlements in this division include Camp Influence Area, Deschutes County was often used Sherman and Grandview. as a proxy for the full area of influence for purposes of economic impact analysis A larger area, which Obviously, Deschutes County’s growth depended includes communities in adjacent counties and on attracting people from elsewhere. People cite the Willamette Valley, was used for the social recreation opportunities, climate, and quality of analysis. the environment as reasons for moving to and living in Deschutes County. Population

The 1980 census showed that Deschutes County‘s ’Labor Market Informailon, LM, State of Oregon, Employment population was 62,142, Jefferson County was Division. Department of Human Resources. 1984.

Forest Plan 2 - 1 -- -1~- ~I Local Economy in interest rates, plus increasing competition from Canadian imports are causing some instability in The three most important basic industries in the the industry. Forest Influence Area include agricutture, wood products manufacturing, and recreation and Primary Processing or Milling tourism.’ Mills in Deschutes County are heavily dependent on timber supplied by the Forest. However, this Agriculture relationship has experienced some unprecedented changes over the last few years. Ten years ago, While increasing slightly in absolute terms, agricul- over 80 percent of the logs bought by Deschutes ture wlthin the Forest Influence Area has been County mills came from the Deschutes National diminishing in relative importance. In Deschutes Forest. Since 1981 this relationship has changed County, gross cash farm income increased from to the point where in 1983 only 47 percent of the $1 1.3 million in 1970 to $13.3 million in 1980, and timber sold from the Forest was purchased within to $16.1 million in 1983 However, agricuitural the tradltional marketing area. Much of the volume producers in Deschutes County are facing increas- began to go west over the Cascades due to the ing production costs and decreasing (or constant) prospects of timber supply reductions west of the farm prices. These factors, coupled wlth inflation, Cascades It is anticipated that for the next five to are resulting in the sale of many farms.2 ten years, local mills will continue to operate in a more competltive market for Forest timber. Recreation and Tourism Currently two major sawmills are operating in the The recreation and tourism industry is increasingly Forest marketing area: one in Bend and one in being touted as a mainstay of the local economy. Gilchrist. In addition, Prineville has four sawmills. Winter and summer recreation expenditures have Together these mills have an estimated installed added an element of stability to the othennrise capacty, on a two-shift level, of about 400 million volatile wood products based economy. In 1983, board feet per year. Of this total capacty, 100 1.54 million out-of-state tourists visted Central million board feet represents capaclty for small Oregon, and spent an estimated $187.2 million logs. A veneer plant which has a capaclty of 50 during their stay. It is also estimated that an equal million board feet is located in Redmond. Two number of Oregonians visted Central Oregon chipping facilties are within the area: one in during that year. In total, the resulting recreation Redmond and one in Lapine. expenditures generated approximately $374.4 million in personal income to the local economy.3 Secondary Manufacturing Most of the recreation activlties that attract these visltors are related to the opportunities on the The dominant secondary wood processing activity Deschutes National Forest. in the Forest marketing area is mill work manufacturing (moldings, trims, casings etc.) Ponderosa pine boards are the most common raw material Manufacturing for this industry. Furnlture, cabinet making, and post and pole firms also exist in the area

The manufacturing component of the Forest ‘Labor Market Information, LM, State of Oregon, Employment Influence Area is dominated by the wood products Division, Department of Human Resources, 1984 industry. This industry currently employs about 17 percent of all workers in Central Oregon The ZButler, Jesse N , Hewell, Denny, Sullivan, Michael C Overall remainder is made up of diverse light industries. Economio Development Program for Central Oregon, for PI Wood products manufacturing is directly tied to 1984-1985 Central Oregon Intergovernmental Council, 1984 the national housing market, and the housing market is tied to mortgage interest rates. Current aButler, Jesse N Tourism and Recreation In Deschutes high interest rates, the prospects of future increases County Central Oregon Intergovernmental Council, 1984.

Forest Plan 2 - 2 Social Environment such as LaPine and Sisters, are included in this communty type. Local service-oriented businesses People and communities in the Forest Influence provide convenience items and cater to tourists, Area have important, but different, ties to the skiers, and sportsmen. Deschutes National Forest. The nature of these ties means that aspects of the Forest Plan Management activities which result in changes in Alternatlves could affect each somewhat differently. the environmental quality, or appearance of the forest setting, amenities, and recreation opportuni- Four types of communities have been identifed ties all could have direct impacts on these and will be described. Also, two types of ties communities between Forest and communty have been identified One tie between Forest and communlty is its Central Oregon Urban Center contribution of raw material for industry and the jobs it and Forest management provide. A second This community type includes Bend which is the tie is the Scenic and recreational environment the dominant community in the Forest Influence Area. Forest offers to recreationists and residents. Two It has a large industrial sector based on wood of the community types have very clear and products, and a large service sector keyed to nonoverlappingties to the Forest while the other recreationistsand tourists It is the major shopping two communities are affected by both types of and service center for outlying communities. The ties but in dfferent ways. socioeconomic health of the wood products industry and the service sector, and the qualty of the environment, are all central concerns to Bend's Rural Industrial Communities residents. Rural industrial communties are closely tied to As a larger and more diverse communty, some the Forest in work, subsistence, and play. The conflicts over Forest management can be absorbed supply of available timber constitutes the economic without much social disruption. While more link between the Deschutes National Forest and sensitive issues tend to pull people together within these communities wth regards to their timber the smaller communities, they tend to polarize a harvesting, wood processing, and transportation communty like Bend which has economic and businesses. The wood products industry is the emotional ties on all sides of the issues. The predominant industry in towns like Crescent, Deschutes National Forest, because of its amenities Gilchrist, Prineville, and Redmond. But timber is and economic contributions to Bend, renders it a not the only tie. People in these communities use Forest-dependentcommunty. fuelwood, fish, and game for part of their subsistence. Recreation (often roaded and/or motorized) is also a central component of the life styles in Westside Communities these communities Therefore, the provision of diverse recreation opportunities on the Forest is While activities on the Deschutes National Forest also a major concern do not directly impact the daily lives of people in the populous communities west of the Cascades, they are important to many of them for various Rural Recreation and Residential reasons. Over the last few years, more and more Communities Forest timber sales have been purchased by the westside wood products industry. In addition, Rural recreation and residential communities residents from the Willamette Valley participate in adjacent to, and within, the Deschutes National a wide dlversty of recreational activities provided Forest are dependent primarily upon forest based on this Forest. recreation activties and recreation residences for their livelihood Environmentaland scenic amenities These communities represent the more dlffuse and nearby recreational opportunities are major Regional publics which are affected by managa- reasons for their existence. Towns and settlements ment decisions on the Forest. Conflicts over along the Metolius and the upper Deschutes Rlver, resource management decisions on the Forest

Forest Plan 2 - 3 ~ = ~ --=aremore likely to be seen as symbolic of broader The following table displays the outputs and effects issues Responses may reflect the position of associated with the various resource maximization specfic interest groups rather than the sentiment benchmarks. With regard to the present net value of local residents who are more directly affected estimates, timber outputs account for 50 to 85 by the issues. percent of the total discounted benefits, while recreation contributes from 20 to 45 percent. Resource Supply Conditions Special use permits and range outputs account for less than 10 percent of the total discounted The primary issues which guided the development benefits side of the present net value calculations. ofthe Forest Plan revolved around the management The importance of recreation values on the Forest of the recreation, timber, visual, and wildllfe should not be overlooked. In fact, the objectives resources. 'Benchmarks' were developed in order of the two maximum present net value benchmarks to help define the decision space available to the (Run4 and Run-7) were achieved through the Forest within which alternatives could be formulated allocation of 70,000 acres of forested lands to an to address the identified planning issues. The intensive recreation emphasis as opposed to benchmarks were designed to explore the maxi- wood production due to the relative tradeoffs mum supply potentials for each resource that between the recreation and timber values on could be produced while satisfying all of the legal those acres. requirementsfor forest planning. The legal requirements included those pertaming to maximum size Table 2-1 also highlights the recreation, timber, and dispersion of harvest units, and those related visual, and wildlife output levels for each of the to the minimum habitat requirements for spotted resource maximization benchmarks. From this, an owls, bald eagles, goshawks, pine martens, idea of the magnitude of complimentary and northern three-toed woodpeckers, and primary compettive relationships that exist between the cavity nesters productionof these key resources can be obtained.

Forest Plan 2 - 4 Table 2-1 Outputs and Effects of Benchmark Analyses

Max. PNV Max. PNV MJn. Dep. +UtJJ NDF-CMAI Ma%. Max. Max. Max. Ma, Level (Run4) (Run-7) Timber Range Wildlife Visual Recreation

Discounted Beneflts ($MM): Timber 0.0 1217.7 1053.6 1060.3 1060.3 992.1 964.7 858.1 Recreation 160.7 773 6 773.6 409.9 409.9 217.2 409.9 776.9 Range 1 .o 6.8 68 6.8 105 37 5.6 5.6 Special Uses 0.0 20 3 20.3 20.3 20.3 20.3 20.3 20.3

Discounted Casts ($MM) 119.0 516 8 434.2 521.2 521.2 389.6 381.9 416.4

PNV ($MM) 41.7 1501.6 1420.1 976.1 979.88 843.7 10186 1244 5 Harvest Levels (MMCF): Decade 1 938.9 505.7 517.8 51 7.8 4508 4554 402 7 Decade 2 704.2 505.7 517.8 517.8 450.0 455.4 402.7 Decade 3 528.1 505.7 517.8 517.8 450.8 455.4 402.7 Decade 4 396.1 505 7 51 7.8 517.8 450.8 455.4 402.7 Decade 5 31 6.0 505 7 517.8 517 8 4508 455.4 402 7

Long Run Sustained Yield (MMCF) 439.8 505.7 517.8 517.8 450.8 455.4 402.7

Acres Wlth Programmed Harvesting Prescriptions (M Acres): 11153 11254 1150.0 11500 9721 1079.8 869 2

Recreation Use (MRVDPear). Developed 143.5 1449.2 1449.2 494.8 494.8 4948 494.8 1456.6 Dispersed 1037.8 1537.7 1537.7 1067 6 1067.8 1067.6 1067.8 15869

Forest Plan 2 - 5 Table 2-1 Outputs and Effects of Benchmark Analyses (continued)

Max. PNV Max. PNV Minimum Dep.+Utii NDF-CMAI Max. Max. Max. Max. Level (Run4) (Run-7) Timber Range Wildlife Visual

Wildllfe Population Levels: Three-Toed Woodpecker (Pairs) 110 110 110 110 600 110 110 Deer (No. of Deer) NlA NIA NlA NIA 33,500 NIA 30,500 Osprey (Pair) NIA NIA NIA NIA 180 NIA NfA Pine Marten (Number) 100 100 100 100 1890 100 100 Woodpeckers (% of Bio.Pot.) 20% 20% 20% 20% 80% 20% 20% Spotted Owls (Pairs) 10 10 10 10 12 10 10 Bald Eagles (Pairs) 45 45 45 45 50 45 45 Goshawks (Pairs) 70 70 70 70 115 70 70

Old Growth (% of Ecoclass) 0 0 0 0 20% 0 0

Visual Qualy: Percent of Max Potential 0 0 0 0 4 100% 35% Retention, Partial Retention

Range (Permitted M AUMsjYear) 29 29 29 45 16 24 24X

Forest Plan 2 - 6 Resource Demand Projections In 1986, the Deschutes National Forest was ranked 3rd among the 19 National Forests in the Pacific The term ‘demand‘ is one that is often used Northwest Region, and 25th among 125 Forests in the Nation with regard to total recreation use. incorrectly in casual conversations about the use Recreationvisitoruse for 1986 was nearly 2,600,000 of forest resources Economists have a more visitor days Assuming that people’s propenslty to rigorous and narrow definrtion of the word A recreate will remain relatively constant over the schedule of quantities of an output that users are foreseeable future, the demand for recreation on willing to take at a range of prices, at a given the Forest is projected to grow at the same rate time, and given condltions of sale. as the projected population growth for the State of Oregon, which is estimated to be 2 to 2.5 percent Currently, few definrtive studies and sparse data per year. is available to assess demand, in this sense of the word, for the variety of key resources provided Timber by the Forest. Therefore, the following assessment of both current and anticipated future use levels The demand for Forest timber is based on local, is based on recent historical trends and some regional, national, and international markets for expression for the future from various industries, processed wood products, and, to a lesser extent, organizations, and the public. local and nearby regional markets for fuelwood. We will discuss these two markets separately. Recreation It is reasonable to State that the demand for Forest The Deschutes National Forest plays a unique stumpage at any point in time IS quite volatile, role as a recreation provider for Oregon and the and dependent upon a number of factors not Pacific Northwest Bounded by the Crest of the controllable at the Forest level. With regards to Cascades on the west and the high desert on the processed wood products, the demand for timber east, the Forest offers a wide variety of recreation is a function of the species being offered, and the opportunities These opponunlties include Wilder- strength of the markets for products which can be manufacturedfrom those species. Since species ness, developed ski areas, and developed camp- stumpage prices are determined in the market grounds associated wlth the many lakes, streams, place through the competitive bidding process, and reselvoirs on the Forest. Most of the Forest is an examination of these prices reflects the buyers’ also available to dispersed recreation uses such anticipations of future market conditions at the as hunting, fishing, camping, and off-road vehicles. time of sale. For example, during the period 1977 through 1982, the average annual high bid values The Forest’s geographic location makes it unique for ponderosa pine ranged from $100 to $302 per in relation to the major population centers in the thousand board feet (MBF) On the other hand, Northwest Situated along the east flanks of the average annual high bid values for lodgepole Cascade Mountains, the Forest provides a dry pine, the second most common species sold on climate for recreation desired by much of the the Forest, ranged from $24 to $63 per MBF over region’s population living in the rain belt west of the same period of time. the Cascades The short driving time; 24 hours from Eugene, Salem, or Portland, and 7-8 hours The fluctuation in prices paid for any one species from Seattle, make the Forest very accessible over time is heavily influenced by the strength of both on weekends and for longer vacations. the building and paper industries, which in turn are affected by the level of interest rates for Several major resorts are located within the Forest borrowing capital. The differences in stumpage boundary includingSunriver, the Inn of the Seventh prices between species reflect the variation in Mountain, and Black Butte Ranch. These resorts final retail values received for products made from offer their guests a wide variety of recreation those species, and the processing costs involved experiences, many of which take place on the in making those products. It is interesting to note Forest. that the wide range in ponderosa stumpage prices

Forest Plan 2 - 7 were experienced in consecutive years, $302 in Very seldom is Ponderosa pine left not purchased. 1981 to $100 in 1982, reflecting the transltion As indicated by the above discussion on bid values from a strong wood products market to a very by species, markets for lodgepolepine are marginal weak one. compared to those for Ponderosa In times of depressed economies, it may be more difficult to An examination of recent trends in stumpage sell this species to commercial wood processors. prices paid for timber at the time of harvest, and the amount of timber sales which are unsold, give Table 2-3 Volumes Offered and Sold (1 981 -1988) some additional clues as to the volatility and uncertainty surrounding the markets for wood products. Table 2-2 displays the volume of timber Offered Sold harvested from the Forest and the average Year (MMBF) (MMBF) stumpage prices paid at the time of harvest for the years 1981 through 1988. As was true of the 1981 No Data 140 bid prices discussed in the previous paragraph, 1982 185 170 1982 is portrayed as a weak market year both in 1983 21 6 199 terms of volumes harvested, and prices paid for 1984 192 161 the stumpage compared to the other years. A 1985 140 162 higher proportion of lodgepole pine was harvested 1986 203 I90 between 1986 and 1988. Since lodgepole pine I987 183 201 has lower value than most other commercial timber 1988 181 180 species, the average price paid began to decline after 1985. While timber will probably continue to be an important commodity on the Forest, the immediate Table 2-2 Volumes Harvested and Stumpage future for the Paclfic Northwest in general with Prlces Pald (1981-1988) regard to the wood products industry is not particularly bright. High home mortgage rates and the loss of market shares to imports from Canada Volume Average Price will probably continue to prevent the wood products Year Cut (MMBF) Pald ($/ME0 industly in the Nonhwest from returning to the strength it experienced during the 1970’s within 1981 190 154 the near forseeable future. A quantlfication of the 1982 147 095 expected future demands for timber from the 1983 234 137 Forest, as expressed in the 1985 RPA Program, is 1984 244 134 presented in Table 24. 1985 291 142 1986 222 130 The use of wood for fuel, especially lodgepole 1987 226 136 pine, is another component of the demand for 1988 166 137 timber on the Forest. The growth in firewood use becomes more apparent by examining the 1,OW percent increase in the number of firewood permlts Table 2-3 presents the total volume of timber issued over the past 13 years. offered and sold from the Deschutes National Forest for the years 1981 through 1988. Over that Some of this increase in personal use firewood period of time, approximately 95 percent of all consumption is attributable to an increase in local timber offeredfor sale by the Forest was purchased. population. Estimated Deschutes County popula- This implies that there has almost always been tion has grown from 30,000 in 1970 to 64,000 in some demand for timber from the Forest, although 1982. Increasing costs of alternative energy sometimes it is stronger than others, as is evident sources have also been a factor. Firewood cutting by the fluctuation in prices offered and paid for also appears to be a way of Me in Central Oregon, stumpage. Of the timber sales left unsold, about both as a source of supplemental income and as 80 percent of the volume was lodgepole pine. a recreation experience.

Forest Plan 2 - 8 These trends of increasing population, rising cattle allotments used each year. Demand for energy costs, and ease of accessibilily have made sheep grazing has been light with only 0 to 4 of firewood an increasingly important product of the the 15 sheep allotments being used on an annual Forest Several factors, however, may temper this basis since 1978. Part of the reason for this is the rising trend in the future. These include; a slowing lack of water on the Forest, resulting in high costs down of the population growth, increasing remote- to graze livestock since much the water has to ness of good wood sources as areas near towns of are used up, the possibility of regulation of wood be hauled by truck. burning stoves to preserve air qualily, the increasing energy efficiency of new homes and leveling Wildlife off of the increases in aiternatlve energy sources, and the continuing harvesting of lodgepole pine in the Forest’s normal sale program. me primary demand for wildlife focuses on mule deer. Sportsmen groups have requested that If firewood consumption levels off, 20 percent of mule deer populations be increased, some as the current mature lodgepole pine inventory will high as the maximum potential The Oregon be removed as firewood over the next 10 years. If Department of Fish and Wildllfe has established we assume that firewood consumption increases herd management objectives that are higher than at 10 percent per year, as much as 40 percent the current population levels, but not as high as could be removed as firewood in the next 10 years. the maximum. Current populations are 20,300 deer, and their objectives are for 24,850. Range Table 2-4 shows an estimate of the supply and Demand for livestock grazing has been fairly demand/consumption for the major resources on constant in the cattle industry with most of the the Forest.

Forest Plan 2 - 9 ..-, Table 2-4 Average Annual Supply and Demand/Consumptlonfor Significant Resources

Slgniflcant unit of Decades Resources Measure 1 2 5

Developed MRVD Supply 2583 2583 2583 Recreation Demand 1390 1695 2583

Dispersed MRVD supply 185 185 185

j Recreation Demand 55 67 122

Liiestock MAUM supply 60 60 60 Grazing Demand 32 36 45

Mule Deer M deer Supply 33.5 33.5 33.5 Demand 24.9 24.9 24 9

Firewood M Cords supply’ 51.0 51 .O 51 0 Demand2 60.0 61.2 64.9

Timber MMCF Supply 17.9 17.9 17.9 Demand3 46.7 46.7 46.7

Geothermal M Acres supply4 972 972 972 Of High Demand5 560 ___ -__ Potential

‘Based on lodgepole pine.

2Based on the assumption that demand is directly related to population growth in Oregon

3Based on RPA program for the Deschutes National Forest.

‘Acres available for lease - entire Forest except Wilderness, Oregon Cascade Recreation Area, Bend Municipal Watershed, and other senstive areas.

SAcres leased. This is a good indicator for the first decade. No adequate assessment of geothermal energy is yet possible on the Deschutes National Forest. Exploration holes as deep as 5500 feet suggest high potential in certain areas, but no productionholes have been drilled. The scientific and industrialcommunities believe, however, that the potential for developable geothermal resources is high on the Forest. In the current exploratory phase for geothermal resources, the number of acres leased is a reasonable indicator of demand. In the future, however, production of steam or electricity will be an appropriate way to measure the demand for geothermal energy.

Forest Plan 2 - 10 Information and Research Needs How do we calibrate or validate existing growth models used for uneven-aged management growth This section lists the information, inventory and and yield simulation? research needs that have been identified for the Deschutes National Forest. This recognizes gaps Growth and Yield in data or scientific knowledge that would be desirable to fill prior to preparation of the next Forest managers need information on the effect Forest Plan. The concept used to organize and of various management practices on the growth develop these needs recognizes that biological, and yield of commercial timber species Issues of physical and social ecosystems are the foundation concern include: for the planning process. What is the growth and yield of even and uneven- The following are the highest priority research aged stands and how does the growth and yield needs of managed stands compare with yield table predictions? Long-term Site Productivity (LTSP) How do mortality predictions in yield tables Forest managers need information on the effects compare wlth actual managed stands? of forest management on long-termsite productivity in the South Central Oregon Forests (Deschutes, What is the effect of the genetics program in the Winema, Ochoco and Fremont). Issues of concern South Central Oregon Forests on growth and include yield?

What is the most appropriate definition for LTSP? How do we validate or calibrate existing growth models used for uneven-aged management growth How do logging activities, fuels treatment activities and yield simulation? and harvesting systems affect LTSP? Forest Insects and Diseases What effect does compaction and displacement have on LTSP? Forest managers need more information on the effects and management of forest insects and Of what importance is down woody material to diseases on the growth and yield of commercial LTSP? conifer species Information needed includes:

How much organic material is needed to maintain What are the effects of root rots on mixed conifer LTSP? stands?

What effect does whole-tree removal (particularly What is the effect of mountain pine beetle on in the lodgepole pineipumice community types) second-growth ponderosa pine growth and yield? have on LTSP' What is the interaction between silviculturalsystems What are the effects of periodic underburning on and insect and disease management? the growth of Ponderosa pine forests over time' Ponderosa Pine Products Uneven-aged management Forest managers need more informations about Forest managers need information on the effects growing, manufacturing, and the economics of of uneven-aged management on a number of managing ponderosa pine for various products. important concerns. These concerns include: Important concerns include:

What is the growth and yield of stands managed What type of product should we be managing for using uneven-aged management? in the future?

Forest Plan 2 - 11 What effects will tree size and amount of clear Peregrine Falcon and Wolverine bole have on our local industries? Further studies are needed to determine distribu- What are the economics of pruning ponderosa tion of both species. pine? Townsend’s Big-Eared Bat Wildlife Further studies are needed to determine distribu- Deer and Elk cover tion of species on the Forest.

Forest managers need information on the biological Plne Marten requirements of deer and elk in the South Central Oregon Forests. Information needed includes: Further studies are needed to determine habitat relationships. What are the hiding and thermal cover requirements for deer and elk in summer, transitional and wicter Conifer Regeneration ranges? Forest managers need more information about How do our current harvest practices, including conifer regeneration. Important information needed even- and uneven-aged management influence includes: these requirements? What are the regeneration opportunities and Cavity-dependent wlldllfe specles limitations for regeneration of Ponderosa pine on the desert fringe? Forest managers need more information about the management of the habitat for certain cavlty- dependent wildllfe species in the South Central Cone Production Oregon Forests. Needed information includes: Forest managers need to increase and develop a What are the habitat requirements for viable reliable source of ponderosa pine and western populations of black-backed and three-toed larch seed in several seed zones to meet regenera- woodpeckers? tion requirements. Important concerns include:

Do our current snag management practices meet What can be done to improve seed production of the habitat needs of both primary excavators and these species in the seed zones of greatest secondaly cavty users? concern?

Other Species: Ecology Program

Goshawk Forest managers need more information about ecological relationships in the South Central Research is needed to validate assumptions that Oregon Forests. Information needed includes: allocated habitat areas will be occupied by birds displaced from other areas. What is the forage response on pumice soils in various communty types following disturbance, Great Grey Owl feltilization, and underbuming?

Further studies are needed to determine distribu- How do we manage lodgepole pine in riparian tion of species on the Forest. areas to meet all management objectives.

Forest Plan 2 - 12 Additional Needs recovery of Douglas-fir and true firs? At what point will these conifers fail to meet growth and yield Consensus was also reached on the following expectations in the future? addtional research needs in timber management which are somewhat lower in priority than those What is the effect of tip moths and shoot borers listed above, but for which additional research is on the growth and yield of Ponderosa and vtaliy needed: lodgepole pine? Are there cost-effective control measures? Uneven-aged management What is the effect of dwarf mistletoe in uneven-aged How does UAM meet the habtat requirements for stands? deer and elk? How does UAM meet the habltat requirements for old-growth dependent wildlife species? Ponderosa Pine Products

What are successional trends for both understory Can we successfully mill and dry second-growth and overstory species in uneven-aged stands? pine to produce a desired product?

What is the effectiveness of natural regeneration What are the economics of commercially thinning in uneven-aged stands? second-growth Ponderosa pine and how can beneftlcost ratio be improved? What are the compaction problems associated with uneven-aged management practices? Cavity-Dependent Wildlife Species What is the role of prescribed fire in uneven-aged How can we manage wildlife trees in perpetuty to management? maintain habitat for cavty-dependent species? How can stands be managed to provide for old-growth characteristics? What are the best ways to kill green wildlife trees to provide effective habtat for cavty-dependent Deer and Elk Cover species?

What are the growth responses and growth profiles Conifer Release of native vegetation after management practices? Under what condtions is the cost of conifer release Growth and Yield justified by increased growth and yield?

How does the growth of both understory and What are the most effective means of conifer overstory trees in sheiterwood or seed tree release for various vegetative conditions? harvested unlts compare at various levels of overstory stocking? What is the suppression effect of overstory trees on the growth of younger trees? What is the suppression effect of overstory or leave trees on the growth of younger trees? Conifer Regeneration What are the proper stocking level curves for mixed conifer stands? What are the regeneration opportunities and limitations for lodgepole pine and mixed conifer Forest Insects and Diseases species on frost prone soils?

What is the effect of various levels of western What are the regeneration opportunities and spruce and Modoc budworm defoliation on the limitations for regeneration of mountain hemlock?

Forest Plan 2 - 13 What are the natural regeneration opportunlties How to manage tree stands to provide for old and how can they be achieved, by communty growth characteristics. type' What are the effects of prescribed burning on soil What opportunities exist to improve the survival of hydrophobicty? planted white fir by planting it under a shelterwood overstory? Identification of hardy vegetation for campground use; What are the effects on gene conservation and long-term growth and yield where natural regenera- Timber theft research and high-tech solutions; tion is prescribed in lodgepole pine stands where most of the quality trees have been killed by the mountain pine beetle? Product utilization of small diameter material for chips, by-products, and co-generation uses: What opportunities exist to control longstolen sedge without herbicides? 2nd growth manufacturing and drying techniques need to be considered. What are the effects of seeding non-nativeperennial plants on conifer survival and growth? Recreation Program

Ecology Program An accurate way to measure recreation use by facility and type of recreation. What is the vegetation succession within all community types following various types of Better methods of determining supply and demand disturbance? for long-range planning and project justification.

Forest Plan 2 - 14 Chapter 3

Response to Issues, Concerns, and Opportunities Chapter 3 Response to IIssues, Concerns, and Opportunities The identtfication of issues and concerns was an mule deer population compatible with the popula- ongoing process in the development of the Plan. tion objectives of the Oregon Department 3f Fish This process is documented in Appendix A of the and Wildlife. Environmental Impact Statement (EIS). Eighteen issues, concerns, and opportunities were ad- Issues related to timber were addressed by (1) dressed Of these, 8 had a wide range of treatments determining the lands that were suitable for timber and IO were responded to by applying standards/ production, (2) development of numerous sets of guidelines which were designed to protect or yield tables which reflect different investments enhance the resource. A dscussion of how this and objectives, (S) developing a strategy for Forest Plan responds to the issues follows. harvesting the mountain pine beetle infested mature lodgepole pine, (4) developing all the For issues related to water quality, soil productivity, multiple use objectives necessary to accomplish cultural resources, and threatened or endangered the goals and objectives of the '+eferred Alternative, plants, standard/guidelineswere developed to and (5) completing runs with FORPLAN which guide management activities. These are contained incorporates the above. One of the relationships in Chapter 4. that existed in developing the timbsr program was, tf lodgeoole pine were forced to be harvested For issues and opportunities relating to wildlife, in the early decades, the amount of Ponderosa several approcches were used. For cavity depend- pine would be decreased proportionatly. Pon- ent species, raptors, herons, peregrine falcon, derosa pine is the most valuable species on the and wolverine, standards/guidelines were Forest and to industly. If the amount of Pontierosa developed which include procedures to follow pine decreases, this reduces the job opportunities when they are present For bald eagles, northern and revenues to the government and counties. To spotted owls, and osprey, management areas deal with the catastrophic conditions that exist in and prescriptions were developed to achieve the lodgepole pine and to provide for some stability desired habitat conditions. The amount of habitat to local communities, lodgepole pine harvest was providedfor the bald eagle is a result of consultation held high in the first decade and then only minimally wlth the Endangered Species Branch of the Fish treated until the fourth decade, but Ponderosa and Wildlife Service and is consistent with recovery pine harvest was held relatively constant. This goals of an Interim Recovery Plan. The amount of was done at a level that did not depart from northern spotted owl habitat is based on the nondeclining yield, while meeting multiple use Regional Guide for the Pactfic Northwest Region. objectives for timber, recreation, visual quality, Osprey habitat in the long term is provided around wildlife, watershed, and soils. Crane Prairie, but no spectfic direction was Recreation issues and opportunities were primarily established for nest sites elsewhere on the Forest. addressed through three prescriptions and development of management areas. One prescriotion Habitat for goshawks, pine marten, and numerous emphasizes develcped recreation with a high other species is provided by prescriptions which interaction of people (Recreation Opportunity result in mature and old growth forests. To ensure Spectrum (ROS) Roaded Natural or Rural) Another that habitat will be adequately distributed, old one emphasizes undeveloped recrestion where growth areas were established. people would have little contact with others (ROS Semiprimitive Nonmotorized and Semiprimitive Deer habitat was provided for by developing Motorized). The third prescription emphasized management areas and prescriptions. Manage- winter recreation (ROS Semiprimitive Motorized ment of the vegetation is designed to provide for and Nonmotorized, and Roaded Naturel). These optimum forage and cover. The amount of habitat prescriptions are applied to areas of the Forest and condition is to provide for an increase in the which have the higher capability to pro6uce the

Forest Plan 3 - 1 desired experiences. Dispersed recreation is also Another aspect of the issues was whether the provided throughout the Forest in the form of Forest could meet Its share of the Resources hunting, fishing, rafting, hiking, and drlving for Planning Act program. The Plan exceeds the pleasure. Another important dimension of recre- program levels for timber in the first two decades ation in Central Oregon is destination resorts, and then meets It for the next three decades. The which are located near and are heavily dependent program levels for range are provided for but upon the recreational opportunlties of the Forest. whether they are actually achieved will depend somewhat on demand, particularly for sheep Tied to recreation is scenic quality. Prescriptions grazing. The Plan exceeds the wildllfe habltat were developed to provide for management of improvement program, primarily because of the vegetation in areas seen by large numbers of amount of prescribed burning included in the people to protect and enhance scenic beauty. prescription for emphasizing deer habltat. The These prescriptions resuit in smaller treatment program for developed and dispersed recreation areas, quickly cleaning up areas after activities is not met in the early decades primarily because which disturbs the vegetation or soil, and managing of lack of demand. The Forest is capable of meeting timber to produce a variety in the landscape or the recreation program, should the use trends large trees. The exception to meeting visual quality and demand change. standards will be in mature lodgepole stands in visual areas. Some disturbance and larger cutting For roadless areas, the Plan, in the long term, unlts will be apparent due to the mountain pine provides for the development of approximately beetle sltuation. 100,000 acres while retaining approximately 45,000 acres as undeveloped. In the short term, timber The Plan addresses geothermal in that the halvesting or road building were not scheduled Management Areas and prescriptions define the as a part of the timber program. However, because compatibility of leasing and development and of the mountain pine beetle epidemic, some provide direction on any restrictions that might be harvesting and road building may occur to salvage necessaly to protect resources. The standards/ material, provide firewood, or reduce fuels and guidelines for geothermal provide direction that fire hazards. Roading may also occur as a result will guide future leases on the Forest. Existing of geothermal exploration or to provide access for leases remain valid unless they can be brought recreational purposes. into compliance with the Plan or expire. Leasing is denied in the interior of the Newberry Crater. All of the issues, to one degree or another, affect Leasing wlthin the Newberly Known Geothermal the lifestyles and economy locally and regionally. Resource Area outside the interior of the Crater The Plan provides for maintaining jobs, income, will be evaluated in a separate environmental and revenues near current levels. Opportunities analysis. for recreation are improved through increasing emphasis on developed recreation and winter A key local issue is personal use firewood. The recreation. Hunting opportunlties should increase Plan provides for 40,000 cords annually (does not in the long term as herds increase. A program for include logging residue) to be made available as providing personal use firewood is in the Plan. firewood to meet the current level of demand. If The scenic beauty of areas frequently seen or demand for firewood should increase during the visited by people will be protected or enhanced. Me of this Plan, up to 60 thousand cords would Air and water quality will be protected. be made available annually to meet the increased demand. However, this wood is not included as a The direction for accomplishing the goals and part of the allowable sale quantty. In addition to objectives of the Plan is contained in Chapter 4. lodgepole pine, other species can also be made For additional information on how the issues were available. addressed, refer to Chapter 2 of the EIS.

Forest Plan 3 - 2 Forest Management Direction Chapter 4 Forest Management Direction

Introduction This Forest Plan includes allocations. In addtion to providing direction for each resource and activity This Chapter of the Forest Plan (Plan) outlines the on the Forest, t divides the Forest into 28 direction for managing the Deschutes National management areas, each of which has a different role in providing goods and sewice and perpetuat- Forest This management direction is described in ing Forest ecosystems (some management areas sections, in the following order: are made up of several parcels of land which are scattered across the Forest.) Forest Management Goals - are the product of a vision of what resources and activities on The S&Gs for management areas must be in the Forest should be like and reflect the Issues, compliance with Forest-wide direction. All S&Gs Concerns, and Opportunities discussed in are intended to supplement, but do not replace, Chapter 3. policy direction found in Forest Sewice Manuals and Handbooks, and the Regional Guide for the The Desired Future Condltlon of the Forest - Pacfic Northwest Region. They also must comply describes the desired condition for each major with applicable State and Federal laws and resource on the Forest. Some resource descrip- regulations. tions include what condtion is desired in 10 years and in 50 years. Some S&Gs are unconditional, they will always be performed. Others are followed when circum- Forest Management Objectlves - includes the stances permit. In the Front Country Management level of goods and sewices which are anticipated Area, for instance, large Ponderosa pine are to be as this Plan is implemented. The two parts of maintained in the foreground as seen from this section are: travelways. In some places, of course, there are no large trees. Projected Ourputs - is an overall display of what and how much resources and activities It is important to stress that conditional S&Gs are can provide. not discretionary. They must be followed When they are not, the reason must be documented in project plans, and the Plan amended or the project Resource Summaries - is further description changed. of individual resource programs to be followed during implementation. Some management areas essentially serve a single purpose. This includes the Old Growth, Forest-wideStandards and Guidelines (S&Gs) Bald Eagle, Spotted Owl, and Osprey Management - are the overall directions for managing Areas The objective is to protect and enhance resources and activities on the Forest, and conditions required by the indicated species includes a goal statement for each. There is no timber management in Old Growth and Spotted Owl Areas and trees are removed in Management Area Prescrlptlons - further the others only to enhance eagle and osprey define management direction for speclfic areas habitat. Limitations on activities in these areas, of the Forest. A goal, general theme and however, will benefit a number of other resources, objectives, and standards and guidelines unique including visual and water quallty and other wildllfe to each management area are included. species.

Forest Plan 4 - 1 ~~- - ~ Wilderness is considered a value in itself, the Provide an optimum level of timber production preservation of a natural environment, but It also consistent with various resource objectves, provides recreational, educational, and scientific environmental constraints, and economic opportunities as well as protection for soil, water, efficiency. and visual quality and wildllfe habltat. The Oregon Cascade Recreation Area and Wild and Scenic Provide fuelwood as a renewable energy Rivers provide recreation opportunities and re resource for personal and commercial uses. source protection. Provide for exploration, development, and In another category of management area, values production of energy resources on the Forest in addltion to the primary emphasis are actvely while maintaining compatibility with other pursued. The production of timber and domestic resource values. stock forage is the objective in General Forest Areas. Forage and cover for big game is provided by Deer Habitat. These areas also provide opportu- Provide safe, efficient access for the movement nities for fuelwood gathering, recreation, and of people and materials involved in the use of habtat improvements for other wildllfe species. the National Forest lands. These secondary opportunities are pursued fully as long as doing so does not interfere wlth a Provide a fire protection and prescribed burning management areas primary emphasis. program which is responsive to land and resource management goals and objectives.

Forest Management Goals Protect and provide the benefts of Wilderness values for the public in accordance wth the These goals reflect the issues and concerns listed Wilderness Act of 1964. in Chapter 3 and laws and regulations pertaining to National Forest management Preserve and provide interpretations of unique geological, biological, and cuitural areas for Provide equal opportunty to all persons regard- education, scientific, and public enjoyment less of race, color, creed, sex, marltal status, purposes. age. handicap, religion, or national origin. Provide old-growth tree stands for (1) presewa- Protect the unique and valuable characteristics tion of natural genetic pools, (2) habtat for of floodplain and riparian zones: maintain or plants and wildlife species associated with enhance water qualty and fish habltat. over-mature tree stands, (3) contnbutions to the diversity spectrum, (4) aesthetic appeal Maintain or enhance soil productivity. Provide a range of quallty recreation opportuni- Provide for the protection, preservation or ties in an undeveloped forest environment. documentation of prehistoric and historic sltes, buildings, objects, and antiquities of local, regional, or national signlficance. Provide a full range of quality outdoor recreation opportunities wthin a forest environment that Provide habtat for viable populations of all can be modified for vistor use, visltor satisfac- vertebrate species currently found on the Forest tion, or to accommodate large numbers of and maintain or enhance the overall quality of visitors wildllfe habtat. Provide Forest visltors with visually appealing Protect and manage habltat for the perpetuation scenery. of plants which are listed by the state or federal agencies as threatened, endangered, or sensi- Manage vegetation to provide optimum forage tive. condltions for use by domestic livestock

Forest Plan 4 - 2 Desired Future Condition of the dency and cooperation that has always existed at the local Ranger District level As the Strategy Forest becomes an integral part of doing business, its central focus will be to foster and enhance Thls predlctlon Is stated In the present tense, communication, cooperation, and partnerships. as if it had already occurred.

The current condition of the Forest is indicated in The Forest in 50 Years Chapter 2 of this document, Analysis of the Management Situation, and Chapter 3 of the FEE, Each community will have capitalized on its Affected Environment. As the Forest Plan is uniqueness and involved its cltizens in the develop- implemented, the Forest will change. This section ment of a desired future. The activities associated describes how the major resources on the Forest with the Paclfic Northwest Strategy will continue will be managed, what they will look like, and how to support the goals and plans of resource- they are expected to be utilized as a result of dependent communities. direction contained in this Plan Recreation Ccrmmunity Relations The Deschutes National Forest is famous for its The Forest has continued to be an integral part of open park-like stands of large Ponderosa pine. peoples Iwes, whetherthey are neighbors orvisltors That appearance has been retained by limiting to the Forest. There is increasing interest in Central tree removal in key areas This includes the Oregon by people attracted by Its quality of lie foreground along all State and most County highways as well as many Forest Service roads, A dynamic, new partnership of trust and mutural primarily those leading to major trailheads. Most respect among all owners of the National Forest major buttes and recreation areas are also included. has been the objective. Dialogues have been opened when misunderstandings about the Lodgepole pine stands that were killed by the direction of Forest management materialize. The mountain pine beetle have been regenerated and public actively participates through nontradltional this has markedly improved the appearance of partnerships in project planning and implementa- that portion of the Forest Views of distant peaks, tion. Adaptability to change has been a key to the unique rock forms, unusual vegetation, and other success of these partnerships and in performing features of interest have been enhanced by visual traditional Forest Service activities and programs management.

Mt. Bachelor has continued to grow as an interna- Pacific Northwest Strategy tional destination for both alpine and nordic skiing. Recreationists have more to do on the mountain, The Forest in 10 Years which is now a year round resort. The construction of additional regional or destination alpine areas Opportunlties for the Forest to help enhance the awaits the development of Mt. Bachelor to near vitallty of surrounding communities will occur the capacity indicated in the Master Plan. Nordic through a Regional initiative called the Pacific and local alpine areas, however, have been added Northwest Strategy It is envisioned that the Paclfic elsewhere on the Forest to meet increasing Northwest Strategy will be a new focus of operation demand for many people, one that empowers Forest Service people and local citizens to look and work beyond People visiting the five Wildernesses on the Forest the tradltional boundaries. At the same time, it and the Oregon Cascade RecreationArea (OCRA) reaffirms and emphasizes working with other have become increasingly numerous Management government agencies, local businesses, and the plans for these areas are summarized in Appendix communities themselves in a spirit of interdepen- 4.

Forest Plan 4 - 3 Unusual geological, biological, and cultural sites Vegetation and areas have been preserved and managed for education, research, and to protect their unique character. Facilities and opportunities for public In 10 Years interpretation and enjoyment of the unique values of these sites and areas have been provided. The The Forest's commitment to multiple-use manage- primary beneflting use of these areas is for ment has resulted in two major decisions that will developed and dispersed recreation, research, continue to have a major effect on vegetation. and educational opportunities. First, no area of the Forest IS devoted solely to the production of timber for use as a commodty. Developed recreation sites have become increas- Second, uneven-agedmanagement is practiced ingly popular. New campgrounds have been bull wherever it is silviculturally sound to meet high and existing sites expanded to meet this demand public demand for visual qualty, fewer clearcuts, but the emphasis has been on rehabilltating and and perpetuation of big trees. Even-aged manage- extenslvely maintaining existing sites. The objective ment is generally practiced in lodgepole pine and has been to keep occupancy rates, when measured mountain hemlock stands, and uneven-aged on a Forest-wide basis, at approximately the 43 management is preferred in Ponderosa pine stands percent level. and in mked conlfer stands when short and long-termobjectives can be met using this system. The prlvate sector has continued to operate some existing campgrounds and has constructed new Most of the Forest's lodgepole pine stands were ones. Some existing resorts operating under decimated by the mountain pine beetle epidemic special-usepermlts have contributed new camping of the 1970's and 1980's. The regeneration of facilities. these stands has replaced many of the older, dying stands with younger, vigorous stands of The number of resorts that provide overnight trees. Silvicultural treatments tailored to meet accommodatons has not increased, except at visual and wildltfe habltat objectives are beginning Skyliner Lodge and a nordic hut system between to contribute to overall stand diversity. The thinning Mt. Bachelor and the Hoodoo Ski Area. Compatibil- schedule has been delayed in some stands, and ty between the forest environment and the various thinning spacing has been varied in other stands types of recreation has been maintained. To meet to provide deer hiding areas over time. the increasing needs of year round recreation, several resorts now operate during the winter as All of the Forest's mountain hemlock is in areas well as summer. which preclude timber management activity. These stands have been left to mature, decay, and Day use facilities such as boat ramps, picnic areas, regenerate as they have for centuries. and interpretive sites are more numerous. The kinds of facilities have changed over time to reflect The forest still posesses an abundance of large changes in the popularty of different kinds of recreation diameter trees. Changes in dlverslty are subtle, and for the most part, unnoticeable. Old-growth More visitors participate in activities which are not habltats have been decreased by timber harvest, associated wlth developed sites. Activities which but much of the old-growth has been included in disperse recreation throughout the Forest include management areas where there is either a reduced nordic skiing, river rafting, mountain bicycling, harvest or no programmed harvest. and off-highway vehicle use. These sports have been accommodate by addltional trails and In 50 Years and Beyond trailhead facilities. Stands of trees are managed to achieve many There are also more winter trails, trailhead facilities resource management objectives including, but such as snow parks and shelters for snowmobilers. not limited to: the production of usable wood fiber The Forest also offers additional opportunities for for a variety of uses, the maintenance and all-terrain vehicles and motorcycles. enhancement of visual qualty, recreational oppor-

Forest Plan 4 - 4 tunities, wildllfe habitat, and livestock grazing Even-aged management has also been practiced opportunities. in most mountain hemlock stands, and in some stands of Ponderosa pine and mixed conifer where The forest is ‘fully regulated,’ which means that it the occurance or risk of insect or disease damage produces an approximately equal annual yield of made it unlikely that an uneven-aged management desired timber size and quality. There is a progres- system could meet long-term management objec- sion of size and age classes consistently growing tives. at such rates that an equal number of harvestable trees are regularly available. This long-range goal With both even and uneven-aged management was accomplished by: species composition and being practiced, size and age diversity is present stocking level controls; protection from animal, on a landscape level, created by a mosaic of insect, and disease damage; regeneration of even-aged stands, as well as on a stand level, stands no longer capable of optimum growth or created by uneven-aged management practices other desired characteristics; regeneration of within many Ponderosa pine and mixed conifer some stands with genetically improved trees: and stands. Species and genetic diversity has also management of forest resources to maintain been encouraged by presciptions for natural long-term slte productivity. regeneration and by planting some genetically Emphasis on uneven-aged management has improved trees in even and uneven-aged stands. been an important factor in producing the current age and size diversity of vegetation in the forest. Stands managed wlth this system show a variety Forest Health of age classes ranging from immature, small trees to mature, large diameter (24‘+) trees. Road In 10 Years systems to facilitate managing uneven-agedstands are in place. Large diameter, old-growth trees still Insect and disease considerations are fully incorpo- exist in uneven-aged stands, as well as in manage- rated into the resource management process. ment areas with no programmed timber harvest, Undesirable impacts from forest pests on resource or wlth reduced harvests and longer rotations. objectives are greatly reduced Where they occur, More than 21% of the forested land on the they are a result of scoping, analysis and a decision Deschutes has no allowable harvest or no pro- framework that considers the desirable and grammed harvest, and will remain or grow into an undesirable roles of pests in the context of old growth condltion over time. In these areas It is integrated resource management objectives. possible that over time, old growth could be Out-of-control situations and nonattainment of replaced again by younger stands as a result of resource objectives because of misperceptions of fire or other natural ‘catastrophic’ stand replace- pest behavior does not occur. ment events.

In stands managed by the uneven-aged system, 50 Years and Beyond trees of many sizes are intermixed singly and in groups and clumps. The goal has been a complete The Forest is in an overall state of health, vigor range of age and size classes, including seedlings, and diversity where-by It can fulfill the full comple- saplings, poles, and large trees within each stand. ment of resource managment goals both in the long and short-term Forest pest impacts are still Most of the insect-infested lodgepole stands present in the Forest but as desirable agents of a regenerated or thinned in the first two decades healthy functioning ecosystem. Resistance to are 40 to 60 years old. The purposeful staggering devastating epidemics is high. This resistance is of thinning timing and spacing has helped to maintained proactively with vigilance, planning increase overall size diversity and to create a and sound silvicultural techniques. The need for mixture of vegetation capable of serving as deer all large scale direct suppression projects and hiding areas and forage areas Over time. most small scale projects is eliminated.

Forest Plan 4 - 5 -~~-_ Wildlife/Fisheries demand, fish production capability, and environmental quality. The management of habaat for bald eagles, northern spotted owls, and osprey has been emphasized. Nesting habitat and foraging areas Range have been protected and enhanced. Old growth stands with large trees have been retained for Qualiiforage is available on range lands. Livestock bald eagles and northern spotted owls. Osprey grazing in riparian areas is intermittent and carefully habltat contains numeroustrees and snags suitable monitored. Allotments are managed under a for nesting. Stands are managed so that suitable grazing system that protects plant vigor, minimizes conflicts with other resources, and calls for cost nesting sltes are available on a continuing basis effective range improvements. and spaced to minimize territorial competition. Efforts are made to reduce human disturbance during the nesting season. Energy Important deer winter and transition ranges are managed to achieve a desirable arrangement of A stable supply of fuelwood is available for cover and forage. Cover, usually not exceeding household use. It is accessible and reasonably priced. Slash from logging and thinning is also 40 percent, is provided by stands which vary in available as a fuel. The Forest has worked with size. These stands have intermingled openings the developers of new markets for wood as an wlth avariely of grasses, forbs, and shrubs available energy source. for forage. This forage is maintained by prescribed burning. Elsewhereon the Forest, cover and forage Large areas of the Forest have become prime is the resuk of activities called for in the various targets for the exploration and development of management area prescriptions. geothermal energy. If the supply of electricty in the western states slips from surplus to deficit, In addltion to mature and old growth provided to geothermal energy development will become meet the habitat needs of certain species, other increasingly attractive. old-growth areas are scattered throughout the Forest. Geothermal leases and permlts have been issued in a timely way. Drill pads, piplines, power plants, Habitats for species utilizing dead and or downed and electrical transmission lines, to the extent trees are provided. Snags and trees for replacing possible, are designed and located to minimize snags are left in harvest areas, either as unlformly impacts on other resources, particularly visual distributed single trees or in small clusters. Dead qualty. logs are left on the ground for species which use them as habitat and to provide nutrient recycling. Minerals Fish habltat has been maintained and improved to meet fish production targets. Streams, rwers, Volcanic cinders, sand and gravel, crushable and lakes were inventoried to prepare for the road rock, and common fill and clay continue to habitat improvement program. Riparian zones are be provided for use on the Forest, by other managed to enhance water quality and fisheries. government agencies, and by the public. Land management projects are modfied f harmful increases in sedimentation of fish habitat or Lands remain open to exploration, location and detrimental effects on stream channel structure development of locatable minerals except in areas are detected. Fish habltat management includes which have been withdrawn from mineral entry, or a quality objective to insure the availabilty of have been restrictedby management area prescrip diverse fishing experiences. It takes into account tions.

Forest Plan 4 - 6 Transportation

Long-term soil productivity is unchanged. Land Access to and wthin the Forest is well balanced disturbing activlties are designed to: between travel needs and the environment. The planned increase or decrease in recreation I.Preserve the litter, duff and topsoil layers; actwlties are coordinated wth road and trail construction, reconstruction, and management. 2. Maintain and replace organic matter; Roads and trails are maintained in a safe condition 3. Protect soil biology; consistent wth the expected user; the signing is 4. Maintain soil porosity, structure and aeration. accurate and informative.

Management activities that change any of these Roads to most recreation stes are paved or gravel elements are considered crltical. This includes the surfaced in a condltion suitable for passenger removal of topsoil during tree planting, compacting cars Many of these roads are also constructed soil with logging machinery, or changing the wlth adequate alignment, grades, and structural nutrient status by harming soil organisms or capacity to safely allow the hauling of commercial removing large woody debris Monitoring and products. The quality of scenic views has been remedial measures have maintained long-term maintained through timber management and road soil productivity. maintenance operations. The Cascade Lakes Highway continues to be maintained and improved to the standards of a National Scenic Byway.

Water Some of the road system has been closed for the protection of wildllfe habtat or to reduce erosion; Water quality has remained high. It is constantly however, the majoiity of the mileage remains montored to maintain quality levels required by open for ongoing timber management activities or beneflting resources. for general public access such as hunting, fishing, pleasure driving, and fuelwood gathering. These The Bend Municipal Watershed is managed to lower standard roads are available for use by the protect the community's domestic water supply. more experienced drivers. Maps, signing and Access for administratwe purposes and dispersed primtive condrtions at the beginning of the roads recreational activities is allowed at a level which is managed for high clearance vehicles give travelers advice on what to expect Unexpected road compatible with the water quality goals of the conditions are adequately signed. management area.

Other Resources Air Natural processes are dominant in Research Measures to protect air quality have been refined Natural Areas for scientific purposes. This program and regularly employed. The Forest must comply provides for: wth the Clean Air Act, the Oregon Clean Air Implementation Plan, and local air quality regula- Baseline areas against which effects of human tions. activlties can be measured

Stes for study of natural processes in undis- Riparian turbed ecosystems; Gene pool preserves for all types of organisms. Riparian areas are managed to protect fish habtat, water quality and condrtions required by wildlife The Pringle Falls Experimental Forest is wthin the species which depend upon or utilize them. Forest boundary and is administered by the Paclfic

Forest Plan 4 - 7 Northwest Forest and Range Experiment Station. The monltoring program will test assumptions. If The Experimental Forest selves as afield laboratory they are not supported by the actual results of for research. Studies evaluate the effects of activities on the ground, a formal procedure to sihricultural practices on growth and yield of change practices or amend the Forest Plan will Ponderosa and lodgepole pine. The effects of be initiated This process, which includes public halvesting on soil moisture and other resources involvement, is described in Chapter 5. are also evaluated and the role of fire in natural ecosystems is investigated. Projected Outputs

Table 4-1 displays the outputs and activties Forest Management Objectives expected with full implementation of the Forest Plan.

This section is about 'how much and when'. It The projected average annual outputs and activlties includes an estimation of levels of production for may not always be accomplished in any given Forest resources. year. In addtion to budgets, personnel ceilings could affect accomplishment of outputs and Many of the levels of production predicted for activities. Adjustments in outputs and activities Forest resources are based on assumptions. One could vary by as much as 10 percent from the sort of assumption underlies predictions about average annual outputs planned. Should appropri- supply and demand, another about the adequacy ated budgets or personnel vary significantly from of resource protection measures. Some outputs the planned needs, the necessary adjustments in may also be affected by the level of funding the outputs and activitieswill be evaluated to determine Forest Service receives from Congress. whether amendment of the Plan is necessary.

Forest Plan 4 - 8 Table 4-1 Average Annual Quantifiable Resource Outputs

outputs Unit of Measure Decade 1 Decade 2 Decade 5

Developed Recreation Use MRVD's' 1,421 1,725 2,663

Non-Wilderness Dispersed Recreation Use Roaded MRVD's 1,493 1,722 2,138 Unroaded MRVD's 55 67 122

Wilderness Use MRVD's 77 94 171

Trail CcnsiructionIReconstruction Miles-Summer 60 60 60 Miles-Winter 25 25 25

Developed Slte ConstructionIReconsiruction PAOT 400 400 400

Visual Quality Objectives Preservation Acres 232,137 FOR ALL DECADES Retention Acres 126,462 FOR ALL DECADES Partial Retention Acres 218,090 FOR ALL DECADES ModdicationIMax Mod Acres 1,043,722 FOR ALL DECADES

Wildlde and Fish Use M WFUD's' 24 5 299 542

Management lndlcalor Species (Habllal capacity needed lo provlde the lndlcaled populatlon levels)

Bald Eagles Pairs 3545 35-35 35-45 Northern Spotted Owls Pairs 14 14 14 Osprey Pairs 125 125 125 Goshawk Pairs 43 45 46 Northern %Toed Woodpecker Pairs 70-1 020 30-420 4oMx) Pine Marten Pairs 450-1285 3751065 4501285 Mule Deer Numbers winter 24,900 24,900 24,900 Elk Numbers 1,=a 1,m 1 ,m Woodpeckers % of Potential Population 40160% 40160% 401W%

Resident Trout (Number) Habltat capacity outputs will be determined for each stream and river reach and each lake based on the analyses of habltat SUN~Y information collected during the Implementation of this Plan An overall increase is expected due to the implementation of the standards and guidelines and improvement work

Wolverine 8 Peregrine Falcon Occasional sightings of these species StandardsIGuidelines developed to address habltat if species are confirmed to be present

Great Blue Heron Approximately 40-50 pairs are present Rookeries (nest trees) are protected by Standards and Guidelines.

Forest Plan 4 - 9 Table 4-1 Average Annual Quantifiable Resource Outputs (continued)

~. ._ -~oulp~ Untl of Measure Decade 1 Decade 2 Decade 5

Wildlife Habltat lmprov M Acre n 27 27 EquNalents'

Fish Habltat Improvement Structures 100 100 100 or Acres

Range-PermMed Grazing MAUM'SU 32 36 45 Capactly

Timber Offered Allowable Sale Quantiiy Million BFe 998 - - Total Sale Program Quantiiy 141.6 - -

Timber Offered Allowable Sale Quantiiy Million CP 179 17.9 17.9 Total Sale Program Quanfiiy 25 4 23 5 24.5

- Whlle expressed in board feet most of the nowhargeable component of the TSPQ Is not sultable as sawtimber k 1s primarily firewood and chipable material.

Allowable Sale Quantiiy by Working Group Mix Ponderosa Pine MMCF 56 4.1 45 Lodgepole Pine MMCF 5.6 10 67 Mued Conifer MMCF 65 126 4.7 Mountain Hemlock MMCF 00 0.0 00 Personal Use Fuel Wood M Cords 400 40 0 40 0 Reforestation M Acreslyr 9.6 84 9.5 Timber Stand Improvement M Acreslyr 11 9 86 98 Long-Run Sustained Yield Million CF 207 20.7 207 Timber Growth Million CF 203 209 269

Soil Restoration Acreslyr 400 400 0 Water Restoration Acreslyr 15 15 15 Sod Risk Indexa 150 11 0 10 5

Available Geothermal Leasable Acres High Potential M Acres 100.0 1000 lw.o Moderate Potential 470 0 470 0 470.0 Low Potential 4000 4000 400.0 Geothermal Leasing M Acres Under Lease 250 0 2-300 2000 Geothermal Developed Power Plants Megawatts 50 150 200 Common Variety Minerals For FS use Yards 3 160 M 160 M 1W M For other use 1W M 160 M 160 M Mining Claims # Claims 58 52-100 52-100 Special Uses New # Permits 100 125 195 Administered 775 a25 945

Fire Management Effectiveness Index $IM Protected Acres 2,696 2,764 2,594 Forest Road Program Road Construction Miles 5 5 3 Reconstruction 11 11 9

Timber Purchaser Road Construction Miles 10 9 5 Reconstruction 43 40 32

Forest Plan 4 - 10 Table 4-1 Average Annual Quantifiable Resource Outputs (continued)

output. Unn of Measure -de 1 Decade 2 Decade 5

Roads Subject to Highway Safety Aot Miles 850 950 1,000 High Clearance Vehicles 8 Closed Roads Miles 7,650 7,050 6,000

Fuel Treatment M Acres 71 58 13 4

Operational Costs Milllon $ 11.2 107 123 Capttal Investment Costs Milllon $ 59 58 66 Appropriated Million $ 17.1 165 18 9 Returns to Government Million $ 106 14.1 21 6 Payments to Countles Million $ 26 35 54

Lands TentatNely Suitable for Timber Produotion M Acres 1,1509 1,1509 1,1509

Lands Sultable 8 Appropriate for Regulated/ M Acres 841 1 841.1 e41 1 Programmed Timber Hawesting

Lands Suitable & Appropriate for Regulatedl Programmed Timber Hawesting by Yield Category Full Yield M Acres 573 3 573 3 573.3 5XS% of Full Yield 267 8 267 8 267 8 14%of Full Yield 00 00 0.0

Resource Summaries Front Country (Unseen & Seen Areas) Metolius Black Butte Scenic This section summarizes the resource outputs Metolius Special Forest and schedules by program area. These resource Metolius Scenic Views summaries are supplemented appendices. by Management Areas not available for scheduled The appendices are not direction but are annually timber hawest include: updated lists of information. In contrast, the resource summaries are direction statements and, Special Interest Areas unless results of montoring drive a different Research Natural Areas decision, will not change. These planned actwities Spotted Owl Habitat will become the foundation for developing the Wilderness annual program of work and the Forest budget Bend Watershed Intensive Recreation limber Management Program Dispersed Recreation Winter Recreation Timber harvest is scheduled from a base of 841 ,I00 Oregon Cascade Recreation Area acres of suitable Forest lands. This includes Old Growth management areas Experimental Forest Wild & Scenic Rivers Bald Eagle Metolius Heritage Osprey Metolius Wildlife/Primitive Deer Habitat Metolius Special Interest General Forest Metolius Research Natural Areas Scenic Views Metolius Spotted Owl

Forest Plan 4 - 11

~~ ~ Metolius Old Growth Bald Eagle Metolius Wild and Scenic Rivers Metolius Scenic Views Riparian Areas Metolius Special Forest Metolius Black Butte Scenic

Timber harvest and related activnies are reduced Table 42shows that there are 1430.0 thousand in the following areas when timber harvests are acres of forested land on the Deschutes National scheduled Forest. It also indicates that 588.9 thousand acres of the forested land are classded as unsuitable Scenic Views Management Area for timber production for various reasons. Deer Habitat Management Area Osprey HabItat Management Area Front Country M.A. (areas seen from signlficant viewer locations)

Table 4-2 Determlnatlon of Lands Suitable for Timber Production (M Acres)

Classiflcatlon Acres

1. Non-Forest Land (includes water) 190.9

2. Forest Land 1430 0

3. Forest land withdrawn from timber production 176.3

4. Forest land not capable of producing crops of industrial wood' 10.2

5. Forest land physically unsuitable: -irreversible damage likely to occur 0.0 -not restockable wIthin 5 years 92.6

6. Forest land--inadequate information2 0.0

7. Tentatively suitable forest land 1150.9 (Item 2 minus items 3,4,5,and 6)

8. Forest land not appropriate for timber production Management Requirements 7.0 To meet multiple use objectives 242.7 Cost efficiency and scheduling 60.1 subtotal 309 8

9. Unsuitable forest land 588.9 (items 3, 4, 5, 6, and 8)

IO. Total suitable forest land 841.1 (Item 2 minus item 9)

11. Total National Forest Land 1620.9 (item 1 and 2)

1 Dedicated roads. * Lands for which current information is inadequate to project responses to timber management Usually applies to low ske lands.

Forest Plan 4 - 12 279.1 thousand acres of forested lands shown in will occur in stands susceptible to mountain pine Table 4-2 were wlthdrawn from the suitable and beetle epidemic. The Forest Plan will permlt harvest available forested land base for three primary of this mortality as It occurs, often in conjunction reasons These included 176.3 thousand acres with other harvesting methods. wlthdrawn from timber production because of designations of elther Wilderness, Research Natural Areas, Experimental Forest, or Oregon Cascade Table 4-4 Vegetathre Management Practlces on Recreation Area; 10 2 thousand acres that were Suitable Forest Land (Durlng the Next Decade) in dedicated roads: and, 92.6 thousand acres where restrocking could not be assured wlthin 5 Average years of harvest, should it occur. This gave a tentatwely sultable forest land base of 1,150.9 Annual Treat- thousand acres. From this land base, 2427 ments thousand acres were removed to meet multiple Acres use objectives (forest land in management areas Practlce M wlthout scheduled timber harvest). These acres Regeneration Harvest' were not available to the FORPLAN model for Of scheduling timber harvesting activities. the Clearcut 1.5 tentatively sultable forest land included in the Shelterwood & seed tree: FORPLAN model, It was determined that an Preparatory Cut -__ addltional 60.1 thousand acres were not appropri- Seed Cut 5.9 ate for programmed timber harvesting in the Forest Removal Cut ___ Plan for cost efficiency reasons. This gave a net Se I e ct io n 4.4 suitable forest land base of 841.1 thousand acres. Overstory Removal Table 4-3 below presents a breakdown of the of Existing Stands 2.2 suitable forested acres by timber productivty Intermediate harvest: classes. Data is not available to provide a similar Commercial thinning 01 breakdown for unsultable forest lands. Salvage/sanitation harvest __ Timber Stand Improvement 11.9 Reforestation' 9.6 Table 4-3 Timber Productlvlty Classlflcatlon of 'Includes natural (approx 70%) and artificial (approx 30%) Tentatively Suitable and Unsuitable Forested Lands

Potential Growth Suitable Lands Table 4-5 Allowable Sale Quantity (ASQ) and (CFIAcrePlear) (M Acres) Timber Sale Program Quantity (TSPQ)

Less than 20 (Annual Average for First Decade) 20 - 49 50 - 84 Allowable Sale Quantity MMCF' 85 - 119 120 - 164 Regeneration harvest: 165 - 224 Clearcut 4.7 225+ Shelterwood & seed tree 6.4 Selection (uneven-age) 2.8 Totals 841 .I Overstory Removal of Existing 4.0 Stands

Intermediate harvest: Table 4-4 and 4-5 summarize and display the Commercial thinning anticipated acreage treated by silvicultural practice/ hawest methods that may be used to implement Total: ASQ the Forest Plan, and their contribution to the ASQ. MMCF 17.9 Entomologists have predicted substantial mortality MMBF 99.9

Forest Plan 4 - 13

~- Table 4-5 Allowable Sale Quantity (ASQ) and Table 4-7 Present and Future Forest Condltlons Tlmber Sale Program Quantlty (TSPQ) (contlnued) Present Forest: MMCF 1,1266 Growing stock MMBF 6,283.5 Addltlonal Sales* MMCF Future Forest: Sawtimber 0.4 Growing stock MMCF 1.4272 Other Products 7.1 Annual net growth MMCF 2197

Total: TSPQ3 Rotation age’ MMCF 25.4 Mixed Conifer Years 95 MMBF 141.8 Lodgepole pine 115 Ponderosa pine 85 ‘Only Includes chargeable volumes from suilable lands. ‘Only Includes nonchargeable volumes from suilable andlor ’Average rotation age for regenerated stands on unsuitable lands lands with timber emphasis by major forest types. ‘Total of allowable sale quantlty and addillonel sales Table 4-8 Dlsplay of Long-Term Sustained Yleld Capaclty and the Projected The age class distribution of existing and future Allowable Sale Quantity stands (Decade 15) is shown in Table 4-6. In the future there will be a similar proportion of stands in younger age classes than at present. In addition, long-Term Susiaind Yield & Allowable Sale Quanti[, about one-fourth of the present stands will move Million Cubic Feet into the managed multi-story condition. 401 I 35

30 Table 4-6 Age Class Dlstrlbutlon on Sultable 25 1 Forest Lands (1,000 acres) eo

Dec. 1 Dec. 5 10 Age Present Future Class Forest Forest 5 0 AIL NC AIL A (HA) Alt B(RPA) All C All E PRI All C 0.10 71.6 95.2 11-39 21 8.6 207.3 IuASQ Decade 1 LTSY Decade 1 40-79 410.2 222.8 80+ 0.0 223 2 Managed multi-storied stands

Table 4-7 displays the volume of timber in growing stock (Inventory) and the growth of that stock for existing and future forests. Note that growing Investments will be required for transportation stock of the future forest will exceed the present, systems, reforestation, and protection (fuel treat- and that annual growth of the future forest will ments, control of insects, disease, and animal exceed the projected ASQ by 4.1 MMCF. damage) to attain this level of timber production.

Forest Plan 4 - 14 Table 4-9 shows the estimated hawest and acres it may be necessaly to modify which areas get treated that will occur in the first decade by treated in order to better meet the objectives of Management Area in order to meet the intent of the S&Gs. In the end, meeting the objectives of the S&Gs. It is the modeled solution of what IS the S&Gs will be the determining factor in the anticipated to occur on the ground. It is based on current conditions and information available at the need for treatment The degree Of any modification time of Forest Plan development If conditions will determine whether or not the Forest Plan change, or if new information becomes available, needs to be amended.

Table 4-9 Ten Year Estimated Harvest and Area Treated by Management Area

Management Area Area Treated (M Acres)l Estimated Harvest (MMCF)*

3 0.5 0.4 5 05 0.2 7 0.1 0.1 8 125 9 159.0 9 96 11.8 18 29 4.3 21 &26 07 0.8 22 12 25 I Totals I 141.4 I 179.1

1 Thousand Acres 2 Million cubic feet

Forest Plan 4 - 15 Table 4-10 displays the average annual costs by activity for implementing the timber management program.

Table 4-10 Forest Plan Budget and Average Annual Activities

Silvicultural Exam & Prescrpt ETlll-2 NFTM 607 80000 Acres Timber Resource Planning ET112 NFTM 169 1 Plans Resource Coordination ET113 NFAF 120 0 Resource Coordination ET113 NFCR 192 0 Resource Coordination ET113 NFGE 6 0 Resource Coordination ET113 NFRG 38 0 Resource Coordination ET113 NFSW 160 0 Resource Coordination ET113 NFVR 142 0 Resource Coordination ET113 NFWF 272 0 Resource Coordination ET113 ssss 159 0 Timber Sale Prep ET114 NFTM 1673 103300 MBF Timber Sale Prep ET114 NFTM 18513 MCF Timber Sale Prep ET114 ssss 605 38500 MBF Timber Sale Prep ET114 ssss 6900 MCF Timber Harvest Administration ET12 NFTM 884 103300 MBF Timber Harvest Administration ET12 NFTM 18513 MCF Timber Harvest Administration ET12 ssss 244 38500 MBF Timber Harvest Administration ET12 ssss 6900 MCF Reforestation ET24 CWKV 2685 7662 Acres Reforestation ET24 NFRl 693 1963 Acres Timber Stand Improvement ET25 CWKV 658 2525 Acres Timber Stand Improvement ET25 NFRl 1806 9406 Acres Nursery Activities ET26 NFRl 215 Genetic Tree Activities ET27 NFRl 366 0

TIMBER TOTAL 11 670

Forest Plan 4 - 16 Recreation

The following Table 4-11 shows the average annual activities necessary to provide the recreation opportunity and condltions resulting from the Preferred Aiternative.

Table 4-11 Forest Plan Budget and Average Annual Activities (In 1989 Dollars)

Activity Funding Cost Number Unlt of Budget Activity Name Code Code M$ Units Measure

Recreation

Cultural Resource Activities AC NFCR 144 8500 Acres Rec. Res. Operations ANI NFRN 2132 3370 M PAOT Days Rec.Res. Improvements AN22 CNRF 650 400 PAOTS Rec.Res. Improvements Maint. AN23 NFRN 847 23031 PAOTS Trail Operations AT1 NFTR 93 900 Miles Trail Construction/Recon. Summer Trails AT22 CNTR 724 55 Miles Winter Trails Trail Maintenance AT23 NFTR 260 900 Miles Visual Resource Activities AV NFVR 116 0 Wilderness Resource ActViies AW NFRN 221 182 M Acres

Recreation Total 5187

Table 412 shows the rwers that are now designated as part of the National Wild and Scenic System. These Sections of rivers currently have interim boundaries Future surveys, which will include public participation, will be used to determine final boundaries and to develop management plans for each designated river. Until such time as management plans are developed the following rivers will be managed as described in Management Area 17 and 28 to protect their outstanding and remarkable values.

Table 4-12 Wild and Scenic Rivers

Rlver Termini Classificatlon Mileage

Squaw Creek Source to 3 Sisters Wilderness boundary and its W 27.0 tributaries Boundary of 3 Sisters Wilderness to Gaging Station S 8.8 800 ft. upstream from intake of McAllister Ditch

Big Marsh NE/1/4 sec.15, T.26,R.6 to confluence w/Crescent R 15.0 Ck.

Crescent Crk SW/1/4 sec.11, T.24, R.6 to W. sec. line of sec.13, R 10.0 T.24 R.7

Forest Plan 4 - 17 .- . I__~ Table 4-12 Wild and Scenic Rivers (continued)

Deschutes Wickiup Dam to N. boundary of Sunriver at SW R 40.4 1/4 of sec.20,1.19 R.11 N. boundary of Sunrver at SW 1/4 of sec.20, T.19 S 11.0 R.ll to Lava Island Camp Lava Island Camp to Bend Urban Growth Boundary R 30 at SW comer of sec.13, T.18, R.ll

Little Desch. Source in NW1/4 sec.15, T.26 R.6 1/2 to N. sec. R 12.0 line ofsec.12, T.26, R.7

Metolius S. Deschutes NF boundaly to Bridge 99 R 11.5

Bridge 99 to Lk. Billy Chinook S 17.1

W = Wild, S = Scenic, R = Recreational

The following rivers have been determined to be eligible for consideration as wild and scenic rivers and the corridor, defined as 1/4 mile on either side of the banks, will be managed in accordancewlth Management Area 17 or 28 to protect the outstandingly remarkable values which made them eligible until their suitability can be determined. Fulther information on eligible rivers can be found in Appendix D of the EIS.

River Termlnl Classlflcatlon Mlleage Management Area

Paulina Creek Source to Forest Bdly. E. R 8.0 17 Line of Sec.29, T. 21S, R.1IE

Deschutes Rver Source in Little Lava Lake R 8.0 17 to Crane Prairie Resetvoir

Browns Creek Springs in Sec. 30, R 2.0 17 T.21S., R.8E. to Wickiup Reservoir

Fall Riier Source in Sec.10. T.21S., R 11.2 17 R.9E. to confluence with Deschutes River

Jack Creek River Source in Sec. 1, T.133, R 5.0 28 R.8E. to confluence with Metolius

R = Recreational

Forest Plan 4 - 18 Destlnatlon Resotts County Comprehensive Plan, will not be located on National Forest Land, but necessafy support Another important dimension of recreation in the facillties such as access roads and utilty corridors Central Oregon area is the destination resorts will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis through which are located near the Forest and are heavily the NEPA process The general direction will be dependent to disallow support facillties on National Forest upon the recreational opportunities associated lands rf private lands are available and suitable. with the Forest. Recognizing this, the Forest, working with the various counties, will analyze any proposal and determine their compatibility Wildlife/Fisheries Habitat with National Forest objectives. When conflicts are identified, the Forest will work with the counties The Forest will provide and manage habitat to to try to eliminate or mltigate conflicts. Large support the following estimated population levels destination resorts, as defined by the Deschutes as shown in Table 4-13.

Table 4-13 Wildlife Population Levels

Specles Target Population Level

Woodpeckers 40-60% of the potential population1 Mule Deer: Summer population levels 30,400 Winter population levels 25,900 * Elk 1500 Ospreys 125 pairs Bald Eagles 35-45 pairs Goshawks 40 pairs Northern Spotted Owls 14 pairs Great Blue Herons 40-50 pairs Pine Marten 450-1285 pairs Townsend's Big Eared Bat 250 in summer Three-toed Woodpecker 70-1020pairs

'40% of the potential population in even-aged stand treatments: 6w6 of the potential population in uneven-aged stand treatments

This population number is for herd winter ranges that include ownerships off the Forest. The proportion of deer actually wintering on Forest lands IS dependent on annual winter weather considerations.

Many other wildliie species will beneflt from habltat managed for the above featured species.

Table 4-14 shows the average annual activities that are planned to meet the above mentioned population levels.

Forest Plan 4 - 19 Table 4-1 4 Average Annual Wildlife/Fisheries Habitat Improvement Activities

Actlvlty Unit of Measure Amount

Prescribed BumingIMechanicalTreatment Acres 802 Snag Creation Structures 463 Threatened and Senstive Species Habtat Mgmt. Acres 105 Water Structures Structures 9 Watchable Wildlife Habitat Improvement Structures 25 Waterfowl Habtat Improvement StructurelPotholes 2412

The prescribed burning is primarily associated with prescriptionsto manage the deer winter and transition ranges. Some buming is also associated with improvement of forage on summer ranges and for nongame species. The priority for fish habitat is to conduct the inventories and base the amount of improvement work on the results of the inventory. The number of structures for fish habitat improvement are estimates and subject to change.

Table 4-15 Forest Plan Budget (in 1989 Dollars)

Actlvlty Fundlng cost # of Unit ot Budget Actlvlty Name Code Code Mt Unlts Measure

Wlldllfe and Flsh

Inland Fish Operations CII NFWF I91 0 Inland Fish Structural Improv. c1221 CWKV 16 25 Structures Inland Fish Structural Improv. c1221 NFWF 70 50 Structures Inland Fish NonStruct Improv. c1222 CWKV 10 25 Acres Inland Fish Non-struct Improv. c1222 NFWF 62 50 Acres Inland Fish Habtat lmprov Mtc ‘2123 NFWF 10 0 T & E Operations CTI NFWF 41 0 0 T & E NonStruct Habitat lmpr CT222 CWKV 20 100 Acres T & E NonStruct Habtat lmpr CT222 NFWF 37 105 Acres Wildlife Operations CWI NFWF 401 0 Wtldllfe Habitat Struct lmprov cw221 CWKV 100 230 Structures Wildlife Habtat Struct lmprov cw221 NFWF 114 463 Structures Wildlife Hab NonStruct lmprov cw222 CWKV 79 400 Acres Wildlife Hab NonStruct lmprov cw222 NFWF 75 802 Acres Wildlife Habitat lmprov Maint. CW23 NFWF 10 0 Wlldllfe and Flsh Total 1609

Range

Range management will center largely on administering existing permits and allotments. To increase the capacity and improve range conditions, some additional activities are necessaly. In addition to forage increased through timber hawesting, some addtional improvements will be necessaly and the activles are listed in Table 4-16.

Forest Plan 4 - 20 Table 4-16 Range Improvement Activities

I Activity I Unit of Measure 1 Amount I I Water Developments/Fencing/Cattle Guards I Structures I 20 I I Seeding/Prescribed BurningKrushing I Acres I 400 I

Table 4-17 Forest Plan Budget (In 1989 Dollars)

Actlvky Fundlng Cost Number Unit of Range Code Code M$ units Measure

Range Resource Operations DNI NFRG 281 29 MAUM’s Range Res Structural Improve. DN221 CWKV 26 10 Struc- tures Range Res Structural Improve. DN221 NFRG 53 20 Struc- tures Range Res Structural Improve. DN221 RBRB 6 3 Struc- tures Range Res Non-Struct Improv. DN222 CWKV 30 200 Acres Range Res Non-Struct Improv. DN222 NFRG 32 400 Acres Range Res Non-Struct Improv. DN222 RBRB 3 40 Acres Range Resource Improv. Maint. DN23 NFRG 4 0 Range Resource Improv. Maint. DN23 RBRB 3 0 Noxious Farm Weeds DN24 NFRG 21 6 Acres

Range Total 458

Soil and water restoration will be pursued to maintain long-term site productivity, and correct conditions which are damaging to beneficial uses of the water resources. Rehabilltation of compacted soils is needed on sensltive soil areas.

Table 4-18 Watershed

I Activky I Unit of Measure I Amount I I Soils Restoration I Acre I 400 I I Water Restoration I Acre I 15 I

Forest Plan 4 - 21 Table 4-19 Forest Plan Budget (In 1989 Dollars)

Actlvky Funding Cost Number Unit of Budget Activity Name Code Code M$ Units Measure

Soil, Water & Air

Air Resource Inventory FA111-I NFSW 50 22000 ACRES Air Resource Planning FA112 NFSW 15 0 Air Administration FA121 NFSW 15 0 Soil Inventory Fw111-1 NFSW 43 300000 Water Inventory Fwlll-2 NFSW 117 Watershed Planning FA112 NFSW 81 Watershed Res. Administration Fw12 NFSW 156 0 Watershed Res. lmprov Constr. Fw22 CWKV 80 400 Acres Watershed Res. lmprov Constr. Fw22 NFSW 87 432 Acres Watershed Res. lmprov Maint. Fw23 NFSW 13 0

Water, Sol1 and Air Total 657

Transportation and Facilities

The proposed traffic sewice categories for the Forest road system are shown in Table 4-20.

The development, maintenance, and management of the Forest developmentroad system will be responsive to resource management objectives. Many road-related activities will occur in support of the timber management program, wth additional activities undertaken to facilitate recreational use, Forest administration, and resource protection.

The projected operational status of the Forest development road system is as follows:

Table 4-20 Miles of Road by Category

Open & Malntalned Open & Malntalned Seasonal Closure Long- Total Forest for Passenger for High Clearance for High Clearance Term Mileage Cars Vehicles Vehicles Closure Decade Miles % Mlles % Miles % Miles % Miles 1 850 10 4250 50 1100 13 2300 27 8500 2 950 12 4150 52 900 11 2000 25 8000 3 1000 14 3600 52 800 I1 1600 23 7000

Direction detailing construction, reconstruction, operational management and environmental protection requirements for the Forest road system are further described in the Forest-wide standards/guidelines or throughout the Management Area Prescriptions detailed in this Chapter.

Forest Plan 4 - 22 Table 4-21 is an inventory of the road and facility construction projects planned for the first and second five year periods after the Forest Plan becomes final.

Table 4-21 Construction Projects

Road Constructlon Project Name and Numbers Est. Cost ($M)

First Five Years

Brown’s Mtn. Crossing - Road 42 1,000 Lodgepole Access Program 1,000 China Hat Surfacing - Road 18 250 Crane Prairie Access - Road 4270 220 Odell Creek Bridge - Road 4660 80 Gunsight PasdBilly Chinook - Road 1170 60 Benham Falls Access - Road 9702 150 Road 22 Overlay/Reconstruction 1,000 Roaring Creek Bridge - Road 1260 83 Cultus Fish Passage - Roads 4630 & 4600620 40 Big Marsh Culverl Replacement - Road 6020 50 Candle Creek Bridge - Road 1290 83 Sheep Springs Horse Camp Access-Roads 1230 & I260200 100 Recreation Access 300 General Access 300

Second Five Years

Lodgepole Access Program 1,000 Fish Mnigation 300 Recreation Access 1,200 General Access 1,200 Fire, Range, & Administration 300

Deschutes Natlonal Forest Facility Constructlon Program - Flre, Admlnlstratlon & Other (FA&O)

Project Name Est. Cost ($M)

First Five Years

Sisters Sewer Hookup 176 Black Butte Lookout Tower Replacement 198 Sisters Office Expansion, Phases I1 & 111 290

Second Five Years

Sisters Bunkhouse 146 East Butte, Spring Butte & Odell Butte Tower Replacement 295 Bend/ForI Rock Office Complex 1,500 Crescent Apartment Complex 200

Forest Plan 4 - 23 Facility Construction - Bend Pine Nursery FA80 First Five Years irrigation System Upgrade 1,100 Equipment StorageNarehouse 200

Second Five Years

Farm Equipment Storage 200 Processing Building 350 Employee Center 250

Facility Constructlon - Redmond Air Center FA80 First Five Years

Replacement Jump Tower 120

Second Five Years

New Barracks 500 New Administration Building 1,200 New RAG Hanger 300

Facility Construction - MUM-Financed First Five Years

Bend/Folt Rock Warehouse Complex 900 Rasedale (Crescent) Warehouse Complex 500

National Funding for Reforestation (NFRI) - Bend Plne Nursery First Five Years

Extractory Modification 60 Windbreak Irrigation 20 Fertilizer Storage 80 Office Expansion 60

Second Five Years

AddZionai Farmland 100 Portable Greenhouse 20 Additional Access Road 25 Field Drainage Sumps 20

Forest Plan 4 - 24 Natlonal Funding for Fire & Avlatlon - Redmond Alr Center First Five Years

Dispatch Relocation 80 Office Remodel/Expansion 50 Ramp Management/Fitness 150 Retardant Remodel, Phase I 50 Fire Cache Moddications 50

Second Five Years

Juniper Barracks Remodel/Expansion 125 RAG Office Remodel 50 Retardant Remodel, Phase I1 45 Pest Management Storage 75 Tammarack Barracks Remodel 60 Ponderosa Barracks Remodel 60

First Five Years

Lava Butte Lookout Rennovation 80 Crescent Office Modifications 95 Coop/Detail Housing 95 Crescent Child Care Facility 80 Rosedale Residences Retrofit 90

Second Five Years

Sisters Residences Retrofit 95 Monty GS Utilities 30 Crescent Wellness Faciltty 80 Crescent Paint Storage 25 Fort Rock Paint Storage 25 Sisters Paint Storage 25

Forest Plan 4 - 25 ~~ Table 4-22 Forest Plan Budget (In 1989 Dollars) for Facilities

Budget Activity Name Activity Funding cost Number unit of Code Code M$ Units Measure Facllitles

Facillties Operations LF1 NFFA 37 0 Facillties Improvement Prep LF21 CNFA 84 0 Faciln:es Construction LF22 CNFA 5 0 Facilities Maintenance LF23 NFFA 273 0 Transportation Administration LT12 NFRD 78 0 Road & Bridge Administration LTI22 CNGP 12 0 Road & Bridge Administration LT122 CNRN 7 0 Road & Bridge Administration LT122 CNTM 112 0 Road & Bridge Administration LT122 ssss 12 0 Road & Bridge Admin. Support LT123 CNGP 36 0 Road & Bridge Admin. Support LT123 CNRN 33 0 Road & Bridge Admin. Support LT123 CNTM 237 0 Engineering Rd Preconstruction LT2141 CNGP 33 0 Engineering Rd Preconstruction LT2141 CNRN 21 0 Engineering Rd Preconstruction LT2141 CNTM 99 0 Engineering Rd Preconstruction LT2141 ssss 11 0 Engineering Rd Preconstruction LT2142 CNRN 21 0 Engineering Rd Preconstruction LT2142 CNTM 513 0 Engineering Rd Preconstruction LT2142 ssss 55 0 Road & Bridge Constr. Admin LT2211 CNGP 16 0 Road & Bridge Constr. Admin LT2211 CNRN 10 0 Road & Bridge Constr. Admin LT2211 CNTM 65 0 Road & Bridge Constr. Admin LT2211 ssss 7 0 Road & Bridge Reconstr. Admin LT2212 CNRN 10 0 Road & Bridge Reconstr. Admin LT2212 CNTM 231 0 Road & Bridge Reconstr. Admin LT2212 ssss 25 0 Road Construction Contracts LT222 CNRN 170 6 Miles Road Construction Contracts LT222 CNTM 100 10 Miles Road Construction Contracts LT222 PUCR 100 16 Miles Road Reconstruction Contracts LT223 CNRN 100 6 Miles Road Reconstruction Contracts LT223 CNTM 1000 12 Miles Road Reconstruction Contracts LT223 CWFS 1 0 Miles Road Reconstruction Contracts LT223 PUCR 900 100 Miles Bridge Reconstruction Contract LT225 CNTM 83 1 Each Road Maint.Level 1- Closed LT231 CWFS 7 0 Miles Road Maint.Level 1- Closed LT231 NFRl 29 1200 Miles Road Maint.Level %High Clear LT232 CWFS 5 0 Miles Road Maint.Leve1 2-High Clear LT232 NFRD 191 6150 Miles Road Maint.Leve1 3,4&5 Pas’ngr LT233 CWFS 502 0 Miles Road Maint.Leve1 3,4&5 Pas’ngr LT233 NFRD 1319 950 Miles

Facilities Total 6550

Forest Plan 4 - 26 Roads of Issue

Table 4-23 Roads of Issue and Actions Allowed

I RoadName I Road No. I Action I Todd Lake-Three 4600370 Maintain for passenger cars, at low speed, between Creek Lake Hwy 46 and Road 4600380, and for high clearance vehicles only from Rd. 4600380 to Three Creek Lake.

Irish-Taylor 4630600 Maintain for high clearance vehicles at the current standard.

Waldo Lake-Charlton 5897 (old #); See Rock Creek Accords below. I Lake I Rd 4290 (new #)

The Rock Creek Accords grade rock, and other methods, may be tried and July 1, 1988 monitored during the interim period.

Waldo Lake-Chariton Lake Road This road will be closed to all commercial haul. Traffic volume will be monitored The normal season There is a real opportunity to enhance recreation of use is June 15 to October 15. and this road will on the Willamette and Deschutes National Forests not be plowed for winter use. by improving the connection between Waldo Lake and the recreation sites along Century Drive. The intersection near Waldo Lake will be land- scaped. Improvingthe connecting route to better accommodate passenger cars and recreational vehicles Signs will be erected on each end of the connecting would result in a very scenic loop drive Any future route: the west end will indicate Cascade Lakes need to pave the road will be driven by the Highway - 8 miles; the east end will indicate Waldo recreation opportunities and experiences which Lake - 8 miles. The route will be shown on state will be analyzed. The road will not be paved simply and Forest Service maps to reflect the actual to shorten travel routes between Bend and Eugene. road standard and surface condition. Further analysis and public invlovement through NEPA will be done prior to any future decision to The Windigo Accords pave this road. Improvement of this connection to July 28, 1988 a paved, double-lane standard will remain an option. Customers who will use the road, as well Windigo Pass Road - DeschutesNmpqua National as publics who may be affected by changing Forests traffic patterns (Crescent Junction), will be involved in all future decisions. The Windigo Road FR 60, from Its junction wlth FR 6020 at Umli on the Deschutes National Forest Until the analysis is done, the road between Clover south to its junction wlth FR 6000 - 700 at the Meadow and Waldo Lake will be maintained as a south end of the Oregon Cascades Recreation single-lane gravel road. Some experimental actions Area on the Umpqua National Forest, will be wlth surface treatments, such as dust oil, higher managed as follows.

Forest Plan 4 - 27 There is no immediate need to improve this Cache Mountain road. The road is adequateto handle the existing Cultus River low volume of traffic use. The Windigo Pass Katsuk Butte Road will be managed at its current design and maintenance standards for the foreseeable Torrey-Charlton future. Many Lakes Wechee Butte The road may be improved in the future to Mokst Butte accommodate increased traffic demands. Any future upgrading of the road or improvement in road standards will be undertaken only after further NEPA documentation and involvement Land Exchange Program with the public, the Umpqua, and Deschutes National Forests. Exchanging an average of about 2,500 acres The road will be left unplowed and maintained annually will be the program goal. as a snowmobile route in winter.

Special Uses Research Natural Areas Issuing an average of 75 new special use permits The following RNA's will be recommended for and/or easements annually and administering 750 inclusion in the Research Natural Area Program: permits andlor easements annually.

Table 4-24 Forest Plan Budget (In 1989 Dollars) for Speclal Uses

Budget Actlvity Name Actlvlty Fundlng Cost Number unit of Code Code M$ units Measure Lands

Land Status Inventory JLI 11 NFLA 24 0 Special Use Admin. (non-rec) JL122 NFLA 267 600 Cases Land Ownership Administration JLI 23 NFLA 41 60 Cases Land Activity Maintenance JL23 NFLA 23 0 Landline Location JL24 NFLL 252 25 Miles Rights of Way JL25 CNTM 22 5 Cases Land Purchases JL261 LALW 29 180 Acres Land Transfer JL264 NFLA 89 1600 Acres Land Sales, Grants, Selections JL265 NFLA 10 50 Acres

Lands Total 757

Forest Plan 4 - 28 Mineral Leasing/Development Administering about two small and one/two large geothermal plans of operation and development Leasing an average of about 10 new leases (20,000 annually is anticipated. acres) acres annually for geothermal will be the program goal. The total annual average of acres Administering 300 permits for mineral material pits leased is about 200,000. (managing about 50 active and 250 inactive) and producing 250,000 cubic yds. of mineral materials annually is anticipated

Table 4-25 Forest Plan Budget (In 1989 Dollars)

Budget Actlvlty Name Actlvlty Funding Cost Number unit of Code Code M$ Units Measure Minerals and Geology

Min & Geo Resource Activii GM NFGE 50 20 Cases Min & Geo Resource Activlty GM NFMC 79 575 Cases Min & Geo Resource Activi GM NFME 433 400 Cases Min & Geo Resource Activity GM NFML 22 25 Cases

Minerals Total 584

Protection - Law Enforcement and Fire Management

Table 4-26 Forest Plan Budget (In 1989 Dollars)

Budget Actlvlty Name Actlvlty Funding Cost Number Unit of Code Code M$ units Measure Protection

Fire Management Preparation PFI 1 NFAF 5441 0 Fuels Improvements PF2 BDBD 1933 20000 Acres Fuels Improvements PF2 NFAF 459 5000 Acres Regular CLE Agreements PF121 NFCL 110 Cannabis CLE Agreements PF122 NFCL 2 Drug Control (Non-Cooperatwe) PL131 NFCL 5 0 Law Enforcement Other PL132 **** 445

Protection Total 8395

Forest Plan 4 - 29 Land Management Planning and Administration

Table 4-27 Forest Plan Budget (In 1989 Dollars)

Budget Actlvlty Name Acthrlty Funding Cost Number Code Code M$ units Land Management Planning

Land Mgmt. Planning Actwities ML CNGP/NF** 460 0

Admlnlstratlon

Line Management TG3 **** 453 0 Program Support TG4 **** 3269 0

Total Adtnlnlstratlon 3722

Forest Pest Management

Table 4-28 Forest Plan Budget (In I989 Dollars)

Budget Actlvlty Name Actlvlty Funding Cost Number Code Code M$ units Pest Management

Surveys & Technical Assistance QC122-1 SPPM 134 0 Insect & Disease Suppression QC124-1 SPPM 6 0

Forest Plan 4 - 30 To maintain confidentiallty about the location of Forest-Wide caves with unique characteristics that could be destroyed by public access This includes caves which have not yet been evaluated to determine Standards/ whether they are vulnerable or significant.

Guidelines (S&Gs) To control access in caves when necessary to protect visitors from hazardous situations and to Following are standards/guidelines which apply to preserve wildlife habtat and senstive features. activties on the Deschutes National Forest. They are overall direction that guides the application of prescriptions for management areas but may be StandarddGuidelines modlfied or augmented by S&Gs for individual management areas. CV-1 Caves will be managed in partnership with caving organizations, scientists, and outdoor As activities are planned, they will be coordinated recreationists A public education program will with other Agencies such as the County Planning insure an understanding of the value of these Boards, Oregon Department of Fish and Wildllfe, irreplaceable resources. Oregon State Department of Forestry, Fish and Wildllfe Service, the Clty of Bend, the Bureau of CV-2 Signlficant and potentially significant caves Land Management, the Confederated Tribes of will be protected and managed in accordance the Warm Springs Indians, and the Klamath Tribe. with the Federal Cave Resources Protection Act of 1988. Surveys will be conducted to determine These S&Gs coupled with the Management Areas the significance of all caves which have been provide the framework for use, development, and found on the Forest and the list will be periodically protection of the Forest’s resources. updated. CV-3 Until a signlficant cave list is completed, all caves will be protected as follows: Recreation Trees will not be harvested in a 150 to 200 foot radius around cave entrances and infeeder Cave Management drainages wth slopes of less than 30 degrees. There will be no ground disturbing activities Goals on slopes steeper than 30 degrees adjacent to cave entrances. To preserve and protect caves and rheir environments because they have unique biological, Similar buffers will be maintained around direct geological, hydrogological, archaeological, drainages into caves. This includes sinkholes, cave collapse areas known to open into a palaeontological, cultural, scientific, educational cave’s drainage system, and perennial, inter- and recreational values. mittent or ephemeral streams flowing into caves. To coordinate the management of cave and sulface resources as a recreational opportunity. Free Clearcutting will be prohibited within 250 feet access will be permmed in caves which are safe of the entrance to caves with significant and do not contain attributes which would be populations of bats. A 150 to 200 foot wide harmed by vistation. forested corridor between the entrance of these caves and the nearest foraging area will To interpret cave resources for increased public be maintained. When the foraging area is a understanding and awareness of the need to nearby stream, trees will not be harvested for protect and preserve these unique ecosystems. 75 to 100 feet on ether side

Forest Plan 4 - 31 CV-4 A management plan will be developed for TR-2 New, reconstructed, and relocated trails will each significant cave. It will include an inventory be located to take the greatest advantage of and mapping of cave resources, research and environmental features. monitoring programs, and when necessary, a cleanup or restoration program. Access will be TR-3 Trails will be located or relocated whenever determined by the capacity of caves to withstand possible where they will not be disrupted by the impacts of visitation and management prescrip- developmental activlties such as logging or road tions will be developed on a cave by cave basis. building. Where disturbance of a trail cannot be avoided cleanup should be concurrent. Reassur- CV-5 Measures for the protection of caves will be ance markers and signing will be maintained to incorporated into project plans for road construc- avoid inconveniencing trail users. tion, timber harvest, tree planting, and blasting near caves, and any activity which could change TR-4 Trails may be constructed in any management cave temperatures and drainage patterns. area unless speclfically excluded or constrained by the Management Area direction. CV-6 The location of caves will be kept confidential when needed to protect major archaeological TR-5 Trails to be constructed, reconstructed, or sltes, habitat for endangered aildllfe, sensitive relocated during the life of this Plan are listed in cave biota, and unique geological features. the trails implementation schedule in Appendix 18 of this document Formal and informal public CV-7 Communication and cooperation between involvement will be an on-going palt of the trail the Forest Service, caving organizations, and planning process to assure NEPA compliance recreationists will be fostered. Exchanged informa- and also to assure users needs are being met tion will not be made public if t could lead to the through the Forest’s trails program. Periodic degradation of senstwe caves. adjustments to the trails implementation schedule will be made in conformance with NEPA proce- CV-8 There will be vigorous enforcement of laws dures. protecting caves from illegal relic collectors and vandalism. TR-6 Volunteer groups and individuals will be encouraged to maintain and construct palts of the trail system. Trail System Management TR-7 As a general rule, the Forest will be open to all modes of trail travel except where speclfically Goal closed.

To maintain the existing trail system and provide TR-8 The Forest will prepare and periodically addtions or modlfications to the system which will update a Forest Travel Plan which will identify meet the increasing and changing demands in areas, roads, and trails which are open or closed dispersed recreation. To the extent possible this system will provide trails of all difficulty levels, TR-9 Additional direction on trails is contained in trails in visually appealing settings, and trails for specific management area prescriptions and in those modes of travel appropriate for the Forest the various Wilderness plans. in both summer and/or winter. TR-10 Trails permitting multiple travel modes will be monltored for conflicts among users. When Standards/Guidelines conflicts arise all avenues of resolution will be explored. The intent is to use the minimum General regulation necessary to resolve conflicts.

TR-1 The trail system will be developed to provide TR-11 Priorities for completing proposed trail a variety of experiences. projects will be based on responses to increased

Forest Plan 4 - 32 use need for resource protection and availabilrty Off -Highway Vehicles (OHV's) of funds TR-19 In areas of the Forest where there are TR-12 All trails will be periodically reviewed for extensive motor vehicle closures a better public Nationally recognized status. service will be provided by designating trails or areas where OHV's can operate legally. Each Summer Trails District will identlfy such opportunities as appropriate. TR-13 Most summer trails will be open to both horses and hikers Some trails may be closed to horses when the cost of construction/ TR-20The Forest will work with the State All-Terrain reconstruction or maintenance would be signdi- Vehicle committee on the planning and construc- cantly increased because of horse use. tion of Off Highway Vehicle (OHV) trails and facilities. TR-14 Emphasis will be placed on the reconstruction of the existing summer trail system to eliminate TR-21 In addltion to winter use of OHV's, the poor or problem sections rather than on construc- Forest will provide additional opportunlties for tion of new trails. summer use of OHV's and other OHV's such as motorcycles Part of the Forest Service road system Winter Trails that is not maintained for public use and that is not involved in logging operations may be opened TR-15 The nordic trail system needs to be for this use. Closures will be coordinated with expanded on all Districts to meet the needs of ODFW. this rapidly growing sport. Expansion opportunities will be sought in areas that will not reduce TR-22 All trails will be periodically reviewed for snowmobiling opportunities and which can provide Nationally recognized status. for separation of uses

TR-16 The majorrty of snowmobile trails will be Specially Designated Trails open to all terrain vehicles in winter. TR-23 Management and development of each TR-17 The Forest will work wlth the State Sno-park segment of the National Trails System shall be committee on the designation of additional parking designed to harmonize with and compliment any lots. established multiple-use plans for that specific area in order to ensure continued benefits from TR-18 Where conflicts develop between non- the lands. motorized and motorized winter use the following sequence of steps will generally be taken: TR-24 In the event of conflicts between the trail or Its use, and the legislated purpose or planned Trails will be designed to encourage the objectlves for these areas, the legislated purposes intended user and to discourage others. An on area objectives will prevail. inviting system of trails will be provided for both non-motorized and motorized users. TR-25 The trail will co-exist in harmony wlth all lntenslfy educational and indirect management other uses and activlties of the land as determined efforts to resolve the conflict. through the land management planning process.

Restrict motorized use of nordic trails. TR-26 When resource activlties occur immediately adjacent to or across the trail, the integrity of the Close the area where the conflict is occurring trail proper will be protected by modlfied manage- to motorized use. ment practices as needed.

Forest Plan 4 - 33 ~ - ~= -=PaclflcCrest National Scenlc Trail Cultural Resources Non-Wilderness Segments Goal TR-27 All permanent trail relocations must be approved by the Chief of the Forest Service. To provide for the protection and preservation of prehistoric and historic sites, buildings, objects, TR-28 Addltional information can be referenced in and antiquities of local, Regional, or National the 'Comprehensive Management Plan for the significance. Paclfic Crest National Scenic Trail (PCNST); USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Region, Portland, Oregon, January 1982.' Standards/Guidelines CR-1 In compliance with applicable Federal historic Peter Skene Ogden Natlonal Recreatlon Trall preservation legislation (National Historic Preserva- tion Act, Executive Order 11593), a professionally TR-29 This trail is closed to motor vehicles. The supervised cultural resource inventory program primary emphasis is horse/hiker. will be conducted on both a Forest-wide and project speclfic level. The surveys will be conducted The Molten Land Natlonal Recreatlon Trall according to an inventory plan and research design agreed to by the Forest Service and the State Historic Preservation Office (SHPO). Based on TR-30 Travel is restricted to foot travel. this data base, the Forest will develop and maintain a Forest-wide cultural resource overview that TR-31 Interpretation is the primary function of the summarizes and compiles known cultural resource trail. information.

Lava Cast Forest Natlonal Recreatlon Trail CR-2 Cultural resource properties located during inventory will be evaluated by a professional archaeologist/historian to determine their eligibility TR-32 Travel is restricted to foot travel. for listing in the National Register of Historic Places, according to the criteria of eligibility established in TR-33 Interpretation is the primary purpose of the the National Historic Preservation Act. trail. CR-3 In concert wlth the inventories and slte Metollus-Wlndlgo Natlonal Recreatlon Trail evaluations, the Forest will develop the thematic National Register nominations and management plans for the various classes of prehistonc and TR-34 The trail will increase dispersed recreation. historic resource properties found on the forest.

RE-35 The intent of this trail was to not add CR-4 Results of project level cultural resource addltional constraints on other resource manage- inventories, or the intent to carry out such invento- ment activities. Management practices for a variety ries, will be documented through environmental of resources will be encountered along the trail. analysis for the project. * TR-36 Horse and foot travel are the intended Cultural resource properties in conflict wlth ground disturbing projects will be professional- uses of this trail. Currently, portions of the trail are ly evaluated to determine slte signlficance located on roads. The objective is to move the and to aid in determining the full range of entire trail off roads and eliminate shared use wlth management alternatives. motorized users. Snowmobile use is permmed in winter, however, the trail will not be maintained to * Depending upon the nature of the project, the snowmobile standards. activity may be redesigned to avoid damage

Forest Plan 4 - 34 or disturbance to signlficant sites, or mltigation CR-8 Human Burials: The appropriate treatment procedures will be developed. In some in- of historic and prehistoric human burials shall stances where avoidance is not possible, the follow federal policies and Oregon state law. Upon value of the property may be conserved their discovery, burials will be treated as follows: through a professionally acceptable data recovery program. They will be immediately evaluated by a Forest Service archaeologist and a quallfied forensic CR-5 Management of cultural resources will be anthropologist to determine if the skeletal coordinated with other agencies including the material is human and to what time period State Historic Preservation Office and the Advisory and ethnic group It may be ascribed. Council on Historic Preservation, as required by Appropriate local officials (county coroner) Federal and State historic preservation laws and and American Indian tribes will be notified of regulations. Management of the Native American the discovery if the skeletal material is human cultural resources will also be appropriately Based on the circumstances of the discovery coordinated with the Warm Springs and Klamath and the origin and ethnic affiliation of human tribal groups The Deschutes Historic Landmarks remains, the burial slte will be treated as follows: Commission will also be consulted as appropriate. The burial will be reinterred in place. The project CR-6 Management of the Native American cultural (e g, a timber sale cutting unit) will be re- resources will be coordinated with the appropriate designed to avoid causing further impact to the Native American Tribe. This coordination will slte. The burial slte will be monitored and include (but not necessarily be limited to) notifica- protected in place for all future projects and to tion of the appropriate Tribal Group when projects prevent vandalism and natural degradation. are proposed in areas of known concern, and opportunity for Tribal involvement in research of Where reinternment in-place is nether feasible sites wlth known Tribal affiliations. or prudent, and where affiliation wlth a recognized American Indian tribal group can be CR-7 Cultural resources may be developed for reasonably established, the pertinent tribe or educational, scientAc, or recreational purposes to confederation of tribes will be contacted The the extent the integrlty of the resource is main- nearest tribe or confederation will be contacted tained. in sltuations where a direct link cannot be made to an existing tribal entlty. In ether case, based Cultural resource management will ensure on consultation wlth the appropriate tribal that properties and their records are protected officials, the burial may be reinterred on an adjacent Indian reservation. to prevent unauthorized uses and to prevent degradation. CR-9 Contemporary American lndlan Sacred The maintenance level for eligible historic Sites and Religious Places: structures and prehistoric sites will be based The Forest will meet all requirements of the on an analysis of utility, scientific and historical American Indian Religious Freedom Act (AIRFA) value, public interest, area allocation, and prior to the implementation of projects. Based on available funding. the AIRFA consultation process wlth American Indian groups, federal protection of contemporary Public use of cultural properties will be American Indian sacred stes may include but is monltored to prevent degradation or as not limited to, access to sacred and traditional speclfied in a management plan for the sltes, use and possession of sacred objects, the property. enactment of sacred objects, and the enactment of ceremonies and tradltional rltes. Related activities Artifacts recovered from sltes on National may include gathering of plants for food, medicinal, Forest lands must be curated in a repository or craft uses, and the construction of sweat lodges wlth adequate long-term curatorial capabillties. and structures for curing and vision questing

Forest Plan 4 - 35 = -CR-10 AlRFA addresses the religious nghts or freedoms of all American Indians without regard Forest Health for federal tribal recognition, but does not convey exclusive use of areas or free use of Forest Goal products. Therefore, in considering access to To maintain and enhance the vigor of the forest traditional areas or sacred sites, for example, the ecosystem through the control of forest pests. Forest must also take into account other existing or potential uses. Publicly owned property (cultural sites, artifacts) remain the propelty of the United StandarddGuidelines States Government. Actvnies which may affect such properties, sites, or artifacts are subject to FH-I It is the responsibilityof the resource manager existing laws and regulations. to consider, document and mitigate, if possible, the potential impact of forest pests, both on short and long-term land management objectives. CR-11 The nonrenewable, generally fragile, nature of cultural resources will be recognized and will FH-2 Working within the natural ecosystem is. be accordingly managed to the greatest scientific vegetative manipulation using biologically sound and public good. silviculturaltechniques is preferableto direct control methods.

It is important to rememberthatevery silvicultural alternative, including no treatment, affects insect Wild and Scenic Rivers and disease levels and their impact within the forest ecosystem. Vegetative manipulation can both increase, or decrease, insect and disease Goal risk.

Protect and enhance the outstandingly resource FH-3 Management strategies should emphasize values found along these streams for present and prevention of pest problems rather than suppres- future generations. sion activities FH4 Treatment of pest problems should be a WS-1 Rivers designated by Congress as wild and result of integrated area analysis to achieve scenic rvers will be managed in accordance with quantifiable land management objectives. Treat- the standards/guidelines found in Management ment on an isolated stand by stand basis is not Area 17 or, in the case of the Metolius River, recommended. Management Area 28 until river management FH-5 It may not be possible, or desirable, to treat plans are complete and this Plan is amended. all affected stands in an analysis area in one ently. Priority systems for treatment will need to WS-2 Rivers found to be eligible for consideration be established by the InterdisciplinaryTeam. as wild and scenic rivers (table 4-12) have not These systems could be based on a number of been mapped as wild and scenic rivers. These factors including: loss of future management rivers will be managed in accordance with the options if treatment is delayed, diversity, site productivity, visual and/or wildllfe considerations. prescriptions found in Management Area 17 or Management Area 28, in the case of the Metolius FH-6 Pesticideswill be used following all applicable River, until such time as further study is completed state and Federal laws, including the labeling and this Plan is amended. instructions of the EPA.

Forest Plan 4 - 36 FH-7 Pesticide use will be conducted in accordance TM-4 Silvicultural prescriptions must designate with direction in the following Forest Service the predetermined number and sizes of snags, Manuals: 2150 (Pesticide-Use Management and green wildlife trees and downed logs that will Coordination), 2109.1 1 (Pesticide Project Hand- meet the habtat requirements for cavrty nesting book), 21 09.12 (Pesticide Storage, Transportation, species. These requirements are outlined in the Spills, and Disposal Handbook): 2109 13 (Pesticide Deschutes National Forest Wildlife Tree and Log Project Personnel Handbook): 6709.1 1 (Health Implementation Plan. Grouping of green replace- and Safety Code Handbook, Chapter 9). ment will be the preferred implementationtech- nique. Compliance will be based on the harvest FH-8 Herbicides will be used in accordance with unit area rather than an individual acre Exceptions to these requirements must be documented direction in the Region 6 Vegetative Management through the project environmental analysis. Environmental Impact Statement. Sufficient snags will be maintained to provide 40 percent of potential population levels of cavity nesting species wnhin even-aged hawest units of the General Forest, visual areas (retention, partial Timber Management retention, and middle ground), and Deer Manage- ment Area allocations. In uneven-aged harvest Goal units, live replacement trees will be left during harvest to assure 60 percent of cavity nesting To manage the timber resources of the Forest in potential through the rotation, except where natural a way that is consistent with other resource deficits occur in diameter classes. objectives, environmentalconstraints, and economic efficiency. TM-5 Stand examinations and/or other data gathering processes will be used to veiw or develop silvicultural prescriptions. Data gathering processes shall be designed to provide the StandarddGuidelines appropriate detail and accuracy commensurate with the complexity of the silvicultural and resource Silvicultural Prescriptions decisions at hand.

These standards/guldellnes provlde for both TM-6 Silvicultural prescriptions shall identlfy an uneven-agedand even-agedtimber management optimum and minimum stocking level for all stands on suitable lands. where regeneration harvests are applied Regener- ation harvests include overstory removal from TM-1 Silvicultural prescriptions will be prepared stands of advanced regeneration, the seed cut for all timber management activities proposing the and final harvest of naturally regenerated stands management of forest vegetation to meet resource and clearcuts which are later planted or interplant- management objectives. Prescriptions will be ed recorded in the Forest data base. TM-7 The optimum stocking level shall be based on the objective of maximum cubic foot volume TM-2AII prescriptionswill be prepared or approved production unless other resource objectives are by a certfied silviculturist. identified and documented during the project planning process. The minimum stocking level will TM-3 Elements required in a silvicultural prescrip- be based on the total number, distribution, and tion are documented in FSM 2478 and the condtion of trees needed to carry out the least Silvicultural Examination and Prescription Hand- intensive silvicultural strategy identlfied in the book (FSH 2409.26d). No standardized format will Forest Plan or as speclfied in Regional stocking be required, but all requirements must be ad- level curves (FSH 2409.26d) or site specific local dressed in the prescription or through project curves as well as mortality predicted at 20 percent environmental analysis. over the length of the rotation. A ste specific

Forest Plan 4 - 37 analysis documentedin the silvicultural prescription after the specified time period (regeneration time may justlry a change in management intensity or lag, see TM-49) for natural regeneration but pnor predicted mortality level. to overstory removal, or after the third year exam in plantations shall be evaluated for retreatment. TM-8 The decision to replant, interplant or apply Consideration shall be given to the existing trend additional site preparation to regeneration harvest- toward stocking by natural regeneration as well ed areas which are stocked above the minimum as other resource objectives identlfied for the stocking level but below the optimum stocking harvested area and the implementation compart- level by planted, advanced or natural regeneration ment as a whole. Where stocking is below the shall be based on a site speclfic economic analysis. minimum, no positive stocking trend is indicated The economic analysis will weight the additional and other identlfied resource objectives can be costs of replanting, interplanting, or applying met, additional slte preparation, replanting or supplementalsite preparation against the discount- interplanting shall be prescribed without further ed beneft of the additional volume contributed from the addltional trees which resulted from the economic analysis. The most recent interpretation retreatment. Retreatment should not be prescribed of regeneration assurance should be followed. with a benefRlcost ratio of less than 1.0 unless warranted by other management objectives which TM-10 The silvicultural prescription will consider were identified and documented in the project integrated pest management. Pests include insects, planning process. diseases, animals, and vegetation. Where conditions are such that unacceptable damage or TM-9 Regeneration harvested areas which are reductions in tree growth can be predicted, stocked below the minimum stocking level after protection measures may be warranted prior to overstory removal from advanced regeneration, the actual damage occurring.

Forest Plan 4 - 38 Table 4-29 Possible Forest Pest Management Strategies for General Forest Stands

pest Conditlons Favoring Damage Management Strategy

~~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ vlountaln pine beetle PP-Overstocked, clumpy stands Keep stands in vigorous condltlon by LPP-Stands of low vigor due to controlling stocking levels through overstocking andlor age thinning, clearing, and prescribedburning Strnre for radial growth of at lead l'ldecade

Vestern pine beetle Stands wlth overmature, low vigor Pon- Remove high risk trees wlth declining crown derosa pines; also, in overstocked pine vigor, decrease Intertree compeldon bythinning, stands damaged by mtn pine beetle cleaning, or underburning Anempt to establish mistletoe free unlt boundaries whenever possible

)wad Mistletoes Multi-storied single-species stands with Eliminate Inoculum by regeneration halvest moderate to heavy infection *

MuHi-storied slngle-species stands with Convert to single story structure, leaving onb mistletoe throughout but which could be lightly Infected trees Regenerate at the end of converted to a fully stocked single story the rotation wdh light mistletoe.'

Multistoried mhed-species stands where Favor non-host species in sifvicultural operations one species is infected 1

Infected overstory in single-species Remove overstory before regeneration is 3 fl tall sheilerwood 1 or 10 yrs old

Lightly infected understory in two-storied Remove overstory and thln understory to maintain stands 1 infections at low levels

)efollating lnsecis-(western Multi-storied stands wdh major true fir Short term Treat infested stands wlth chemical pruce budworm and Douglas- andlor Douglas-fir components or biological insecticides. Long term Favor r tussock moth) pines to reduce TFIDF component

loot diseases (laminated root Stands with major TWDF components Regenerate areas wlth tolerant or resistant ot: Armillaria, annosus root I where Inoculum Is present species For Laminated root rot and Armillaria, discriminate against Douglas fir and whlte fir [favor Pine). for annosus root disease, discriminate against whlte fir, favor any other species If white fir is desired, treat stumps wdh borax wdhin 48 hrs of cuUing to prevent Infection

idlan paint fungus Stands wdh major component of white fir Do not manage high risk understories Where and a history of tree suppression and whlte fir 1s desired, starf over and keep rotahons wounding. under 120 years, promote tree vigor throughout the Ida of the stand, avoid wounding crop trees

~~ ~ ~ ~ Vestern gall rust Moist cool weather conditions in young Replace stand d the number of trees wlth bole vigorous lodgepole pine stands infections Is less than the minimum stocking level for the slte Otherwise discriminate against trees with infections during thinning Wdhout mltigation, most regeneration andlor small trees will not become large trees I

'Attempt to establish mistletoe free unlt boundaries whenever possible Without mltigation, most regeneration andlor small trees will not become large trees

NOTE Not all pest condltlons have been covered in these examples

Forest Plan 4 - 39 TM-11 Livestock grazing will be controlled to TM-16 Group selection should be applied where achieve successful reforestation. LNeStOCk shall forest stands are irregular or contain a mosiac of not be permitted on a reforestation area until small even-aged groups. Even-aged groups may seedlings are capable of withstanding the type of be as small as one quarter acre and contain two grazing use intended. or three mature trees or in rare cases as large as SM or seven acres. Even-aged groups are usually TM-12 Regeneration examinations shall be made less than two acres in size and no wider than in accordance wlth FSM 2472.4, including as a twice the height of mature trees in the stand. minimum, exams after the first and third growing From an ecological viewpoint, maximum group seasons. Certification of regeneration units must size is reached when climatic condltions wlthin be made based on a site specific determination, the even-aged group are no longer modlfied by and regeneration units must meet minimum the adjacent even-aged groups. Actwlties will vary stocking guidelines prior to certification as success- within each small even-aged group depending on fully reforested. Certlfication for seed tree and the size, age and denslty of the trees Both shelterwood units follows removal of the overstory individual tree and group Selection systems are and determination that the minimum stocking appropriate. The decision to apply elther system objectives have been met. of uneven-aged management should be based on actual stand and slte conditions. TM-13 In clearcut unlts, slte preparation shall be TM-17 Whether indvidual tree or group selection, completed wlthin 2 years of harvest. Planting shall the silvicultural objectwe is to systematically occur within 1 year of slte preparation. Exceptions can occur but only for resource objectives that reallocate the site’s growth potential to a stand have been documented through environmental wlth nearly all size classes represented. This analysis. These units shall be suitable and certified structure will include a few larger diameter mature or overmature trees, many smaller, younger and satisfactorily reforested 3 years after planting, as potentially more vigorous trees well as growing or no later than 5 years following halvest. as space for new seedlings to become established in openings. Each halvest entry will remove trees TM-14 The Silvicultural Prescription Handbook from nearly all size classes wnhin the stand. With (FSH 2409.26d) will be used as the guide for all each successive hawest activny, a better distribu- even-aged management prescriptions. The follow- tion can be developed where eventually, trees in ing standards/guidelines will be used for all most size classes are represented. Silvicultural unevenaged management prescriptions. systems described here for uneven-aged management are described in further detail by David M. Uneven-Aged Management Smth in The Practice of Silviculture, 7th edition, published in 1962. Appropriate Uneven-Aged Silvicultural Systems Stand Conditions as Criteria for Uneven- Aged Management TM-15 Uneven-aged management within the Ponderosa and muced conlfer community types In the Ponderosa plne and mlxed conifer can be applied using either individual tree or community types, uneven-aged management group selection silvicultural systems. Individual has appllcatlon where the followlng stand tree selection should be applied where forest condltlona apply: stands contain a variety of size classes, usually three or more, which are evenly distributed on TM-18 Uneven-aged management is applicable in nearly every acre throughout the stand. In the mature and overmature pure Ponderosa pine single tree selection system, the growing space stands in the Ponderosa pine community types. created by the removal of a single mature tree will From a biological standpoint, these community become occupied by numerous seedlings. In types are particularly well suited to uneven-aged turn, the seedlings will grow and will gradually be management. Ponderosa pine is both the dominant reduced in number by thinning until a single mature successional and climax species. Shade tolerant tree again occupies this growing space at the or potentially less desirable conifer species do end of the prescribed rotation. not invade and dominate these sites. In addition, Forest Plan 4 - 40 Ponderosa pine seedlings and saplings should moderate vigor and which can contribute to respond well to release from overstory competltion the development of a multi-storied stand even after many years of suppression. Ponderosa structure. It is not appropriate to retain slower pine are not highly susceptible to root and stem growing or suppressed trees rather than the rots resulting from wounding associated wlth best growing trees of the same age as the hawest activities. Lastly, pine is commonly found dominant even-aged stand simply to increase growing in irregular, multi-aged stands or in a the uneven-aged appearance. Following the mosiac of small even-aged groups which are final commercial thinning, natural regeneration particularly conducive to uneven-aged manage- can be encouraged to further the development ment. of an uneven-aged structure. In this situation, consideration must be given to the competltive Although uneven-aged management can be effects between the emerging understory and applied to all existing stand structures, the best the commercially thinned stand. Wider spacing candidates for uneven-aged management are of the thinned stand would generally be those stands which already display an uneven recommended. or mixed sue structure. They should contain multiple canopy layers including a manageable TM-19 Uneven-aged management is applicable to component of sapling and polesize trees which mature and overmature stands of muted Ponderosa are of crop tree qualtty as well as scattered pine and lodgepole pine within the Ponderosa mature or overmature trees of acceptable vigor pine community types but only where silvicultural and qualtty. The sapling and pole component activities will result in stands dominated by is particularly important to the maintenance of Ponderosa pine. Dominance in these community acceptable yields over time. These trees will types is achieved when stocking by Ponderosa become the dominant and codominant overstory pine can be maintained at or above 50 percent of at the end of the 150 year planning period the minimum stocking level established in the Although some stands appear to be good silvicultural prescription on 80 percent of the treated candidates based on stand structure, If crown acres As an objective, dominance by Ponderosa ratios are poor, past rates of diameter growth pine should maintain the existing character of are only fair, and saplings or poles are poorly these stands as well as meet the long term needs represented, rates of volume production over for species diversity. time may not be acceptable. TM-20 Uneven-aged management can be applied Uneven-aged management can also be applied in the mixed conifer community types but only in even-aged mature and overmature stands where silvicultural treatments will result in a stand although this prescription will require numerous dominated by early successional species such as periodic entries before the desired uneven-aged Ponderosa pine, Douglas-fir, western whlte pine stand structure can begin to be developed. and western larch. Dominance in these community Through a series of two or three partial removal types is established when stocking by early entries, stands wlth this structure are opened successional species can be maintained at or up and usually allowed to regenerate naturally. above 50 percent of the minimum stocking level Here the best candidates for uneven-aged established in the silvicultural prescription on 80 management are those stands and sites wlth a percent of the treated acres As an objective, good potential for continued growth and for dominance by early successional species should natural regeneration. assure long term stand health and vigor as well as provide for the final hawest of preferred species Uneven-agedmanagement can also be applied as planned in the silvicultural prescription. Uneven- in immature, even-aged stands in the Ponderosa aged management is not generally applicable in pine communtty types, particularly where a mixed conifer stands where silvicultural treatments remnant multi-story structure currently exists. In result in stands dominated by whlte fir or lodgepole this case the transtion to an uneven-aged pine In this sltuation, the potential for insect and structure would occur over two or more entry disease depredation is high. In addition, this cycles. In these stands the silvicultural objective reductionin species diversity can potentially reduce is to retain a remnant mature or overmature the long term needs for habitat diversity by wildlife stand component of three to six trees which species. Dominance by acceptable early succes- are free of disease and have good crowns, sional species can be maintained by selection of Forest Plan 4 - 41 -. _I~ seed trees when present in the stand, showing Standards for Silvicultural Prescriptions preference during precommercial and commercial harvest entries or by planting or interplanting Where stand and site conditions are appllcable, stands with the early successional species listed the following standards/guldellnes should be above. used for prescrlblng uneven-aged management:

TM-21 Uneven-aged management is not appropri- TM-27 Sihricuitural prescriptions should be de- ate in the lodgepole pine community types. signed to maintain or improve the existing stand Lodgepole pine should be managed using even- diverslty and uneven-aged structure. Emphasis, aged systems, and where possible, should be however,should be given to managing the existing regeneratedusing seed trees and natural regenera- growing stock rather than cutting against it to tion. create the ultimately desired uneven-ageddiameter distribution during one hawvest entry. Of equal TM-22 The opportunities for uneven-agedmanage- importance, trees of poor quallty and high risk ment in the higher elevation true fir and mountain should not be retained simply to fill a need in the hemlock communlty types are not well understood. desired diameter distribution. The prescription Attempts at uneven-aged management in these should be designed to move the stand structure forest types should be made with great caution. toward an uneven-ageddiameter class distribution through an orderly sequence of harvest activities Site Conditions as Criteria for Uneven- which occur during the next 20 to 60 years. Stand simulation models such as Prognosis should be Aged Management used as the primary tool to evaluate optimum levels of growing stock and diameter distributions Within the Ponderosa plne and mixed conifer which best meet management objectives. forest types, uneven-aged management has appllcatlon where the following site conditlons TM-28 Timber harvest and post sale activities apply: should generally be planned on a 20 year entry cycle. Longer entry cycles may be necessary TM-23 Uneven-aged management will generally where site potential or current levels of growing be applied on slopes of less than 30 percent stock will not produce a economical harvest entry where tractors and rubber tired skidders normally within the twenty year period. Harvest entries operate. Uneven-aged management will generally should be Prescribed which will result in residual not be applied where cable or skyline yarding levels of growing stock which will not require systems are prescribed, unless this management retreatment for 20 years. All post sale activities technique is the best way to meet management includingfuels treatment, site preparation, planting, objectives. There may be occasions where heli- precommercial thinning and conifer release copter logging could be compatible with extensive necessary for the 20 year entry cycle should occur management of uneven-aged stands no later than 5 years following the harvest entry. Stands should not be harvested at other than the TM-24 Uneven-aged management can be applied prescribed entry times except to salvage fire killed where the total area impacted by detrimental soil trees, bark beetle related mortality which has compaction, erosion or displacement can be occurred at epidemic levels, extenswe mortallty restricted to less than 20 percent of the stand. caused by other catastrophic events or where stand performance has fallen below acceptable TM-25 Uneven-aged management is particularly levels and the stand has become high risk for appropriate adjacent to streamside management bark beetles. It is not appropriate to make entries units and other riparian areas where maintenance at other than the prescribed entry cycle to harvest of forest cwer is an impoitant objective. scattered high risk or high value trees or mortallty below epidemic levels which contribute to wildlife TM-26 Uneven-aged management is particularly habitat needs. appropriate on rocky soil areas where lava rock outcroppings and lava pressure ridges are a TM-29 No minimum or maximum sized treatment dominant feature and the objectiie is to minimize area is speclfied where uneven-aged conditions reforestation costs or manage with less intensity. can be maintained throughout the area. Where Forest Plan 4 - 42 group selection is prescribed, an individual harvest Sites for new seedlings can be prepared by unit may contain even-aged groups of many tree prescribed burning or by mechanical means. sizes and accommodate prescriptions for precom- These objectives should be tempered by the mercial thinning, commercial thinning, partial need to leave poor quallty or high risk trees, overstory removal, final overstory removal and site particularly those with heart rot, for future wildlife preparation for natural regeneration. trees. If at high risk, these trees can provide cavity dependent wildlife habitat through natural TM-30 Each silvicultural prescriptionshould specify mortality. The second and subsequent entries stand management criteria including the appropri- will continue to reduce the denslty of mature ate 'Q' value or relationship between numbers of and overmature trees, reallocate growing space trees of different diameter classes, the appropriate to younger and more vigorous trees and provide residual basal area as well as the upper diameter growing space for addltional seedlings to limlt or rotational size for trees to be harvested. become established. These stand management crlteria will vary depending on slte quallty and management emphasis. Where the stand structure is only partially Within a classical, fully regulated, uneven-aged dominated by mature and overmature trees forest, at each entry cycle all trees, except those and the understory is moderately stocked with reservedfor wildlife, in excess of the upper diameter seedlings, saplings and pole-sizetrees, between limit would be harvested, allowing growing space 25 and 50 percent of the best qualty overstory for a new stand layer to develop. Wlthin our typical trees should be retained. Trees which are unmanagedand irregularforest, unlikethe classical harvested will provide added growing space for and uneven-aged forest, the existing relationship existing trees and allow more growing space between trees in all size classes as well as the for natural regeneration and the development condltion of these trees should be considered. of a new stand layer. Again, precommercial These factors should be used as a basis for thinning and site preparation should occur developing marking guidelines rather than a strict where needed. desired diameter distribution or upper diameter limit. Where the understory is fully stocked with seedlings and saplings of crop tree quality and Where the stand structure is dominated by at least 20 percent of the stand structure consists mature and overmature trees and the understory of poles and small sawtimber, the majoilty of is of poor quality or is poorly stocked with the mature and overmature trees may be seedlings, saplings and pole-size trees, the harvested. At a minimum, the appropriate inltial silvicultural objective is to eliminate the number of trees greater than 20 inches of best undesirable understory, harvest the poorest vigor and quality necessary to maintain the quallty and highest risk overstory trees, release uneven-aged size class distribution will be thickets of saplings and poles from overstory retained in addltion to the poles or small competition, and initiate the regeneration and sawtimber and the understory of seedlings and establishment of a new stand below the saplings These larger trees will contribute to dominant overstory. This is achieved by first the uneven-aged structure and if located reducing the densty of the overstory to allow adjacent to non-stocked openings, they can growing space for newly regenerated seedlings. serve as seed trees. At the time of this inrtial Between 50 and 75 percent of the trees of best entry, poles and small sawtimber should be qualty and least risk which are greater than 20 commercially thinned and saplings should be inches will be retained following the initial entry. precommercially thinned. At the same time Trees greater than 20 inches will be retained in non-stocked openings should be treated to the stand without strong consideration for prepare s~esfor regeneration. Eventually, as between-treespacing Openings can be created pole and small sawtimber-sized trees grow to for natural regeneration using either individual large size, these older trees can be considered tree or group selection methods depending on for harvest or retained as wildlife trees. the existing stand structure, site quailty and the needs for fuel treatment and site preparation. TM-31 Wlthin the General Forest emphasis area, Overstory trees should generally be harvested timber marking guidelines should be developed where they occur above regenerated thickets. which retain the best quality crop trees of the Thickets should then be orecommercial thinned. greatest vigor. First priority for leave trees are Forest Plan 4 - 43 those with demonstrated characteristics of good are crltical when considering uneven-aged pre- vigor. Second prioilty are those trees with charac- scriptions in stands wlth root disease. In stands teristics which will produce high value products in where seral species (larch or pine) can be favored the future. At each harvest entry the poorest quallty over Douglas-fir and true firs, maintenance of root trees of the highest risk should be removed. In dlsease at low levels will be possible in many some cases, wildlife trees may be retained which cases. are of poor crop tree quallty and high risk. Keen’s (1943) risk rating system may be used to identify TM.35 Following each commercial harvest entry, trees with the greatest vigor. Timber marking post sale activlties should emphasize stocking guidelines should not necessarily retain the largest level control in sapling sized stands. Spacing or oldest trees but instead should focus on trees guidelines should take into consideration the of best vigor and quallty. Addltional timber marking growing space being utilized by the pole and guidelines may be appropriate in management saw-timber sized components within the stand. emphasis areas other than General Forest. Stand simulations models such as Prognosis should be used here to evaluate the best spacing TM-32 Uneven-aged management is most applica- to meet management objectives. ble in stands free of dwarf mistletoe. Uneven-aged management should be restricted to stands where TM-36 Timber harvest and fuels treatment activities dwarf mistletoe can be stabilized indefinitely at a should strive not to damage residual trees which low infection level in the trees comprising the are sapling sized which have been precommercially regulated stand. This will insure that no more thinned or pole size and larger regardless of than a 10%loss in productivity will occur. Maintain- spacing. Damage typically occurs to trees by bole ing mistletoe at low levels will be easiest where wounding or tipping Damage below ground can mistletoe occurs on species which are minor occur where soil displacement severs or compacts components of the stand. In single species stands, the fine surface root system necessary for primary or stands where mistletoe infects the dominant nutrient absorbtion. In some cases damage to species, stabilization will be more difficult both to unthinned thickets of seedlings and saplings may accomplish and to predict. be acceptable. These situations should be identified in advance of harvest operations. TM-33 Consultation with the Zone Pathologist and careful record keeping is critical in these TM-37 Following each commercial harvest ently higher risk sltuations. In lightly infected stands where natural regeneration is a planned objective, where the mistletoe infected trees occur in patches, fuel treatment and slte preparation should be group selection may be an appropriate manage- closely coordinated to produce disturbance of the ment technique: especially wnh good boundary litter and vegetation necessary for naturalregenera- design and follow up treatments of trees surrounnd- tion to occur. Emphasis should be given to the ing the cut area. Conifer species to plant include control of competltive grasses and brush including Ponderosa pine, western larch and western whlte Idaho fescue, Ross’s and long stolon sedge, pine which are tolerant or moderately tolerant to bitterbrush, greenleaf manzanita, and evergreen root rots. ceanothus in openings larger than 1/4 acre which are not currently stocked with conifers. TM-34 Uneven-aged management is also most applicable in stands free of root disease. Uneven- TM-38 Uneven-aged management is most applica- aged management should be restricted to stands ble where there is reasonable assurance that where root rot centers can be stabilized to natural regeneration will occur wlthin ten years. encompass 10%. at most, of the management An abundant seed crop, a seedbed of bare mineral area at regulation. Restricting the root disease to soil free of competitive vegetation, and a low 10 percent levels insures that no more than a population of seed-eating rodents are essential 10% loss in productivltywill occur. In root diseased for natural regeneration to occur in the Ponderosa stands where Douglas-firand true firs are dominant, pine forest type. Planting or interplanting is also and seral species do not constitute a significant appropriate where natural regeneration cannot be portion of the stocking, regulating levels of root assured and uneven-aged management is still the disease is extremely difficult and even-aged preferred silvicultural system. Planting may also systems are most appropriate. Consultation with be prescribed where the existing understory is the Zone pathologist and careful record keeping dominated by crop trees which display genetically Forest Plan 4 - 44 undesirable characteristics or where the mainte- TM41 In stands where the total area of detrimental- nance or enhancement of tree species diversity is ly compacted or displaced soils occupied by an objective. Planting may also be necessary to skidtrails, landings and temporary roads exceed maintain dominance by early successionalspecies. 20 percent, restoration is required. Restoration of Where there is reasonable assurance that brush the area exceeding 20 percent by tilling, ripping species such as greenleaf manzinita and evergreen or discing should be done to the base of the ceanothus or grasses and sedges will dominate compacted zone. The objective is to return these sites prior to conifer establishment, planting may areas to a near-naturalstate of productive capacity. be appropriate to maintain conlfer dominance Soil mlxing is not considered detrimental, but the and acceptable rates of growth. Thls may also be occurrence of soil gouges, mounds or other a good opportunity to introduce genetically deposits that have removed lmer and topsoil is improved planting stock detrimental. On severely displaced lands, measures like back-blading or smoothing is required. Subse- TM-39 The importance of animal damage to quent entries should be monitored closely to seedlings and saplings should decrease in most insure that stands are kept within these standards cases where uneven-aged management is prescribed. Stand conditions which produce favorable Management of Advanced Regeneration habitat conditions including the introduction of early Successional grasses and forbs for pocket TM-42 Advanced regeneration is defined as gophers will be restricted in size and natural conifers of less than merchantable or marketable regeneration should provide a reoccurring supply size which are established in areas proposed for of seedlings to replace destroyed or damaged silvicultural activities. Advanced regeneration ones. Deer and elk browsing on natural regenera- should be retained following silvicultural activities tion should not be a significant problem except and managed as future crop trees if these trees on winter range. Porcupine damage should are of acceptable condition. Timber harvest, fuels continue to be an important problem in some treatment and site preparation activities should be locatlons where uneven-aged management is tailored to protect advanced regeneration from applied. Animal damage should be closely moni- damage. tored in stands managed using uneven-aged TM-43 Trees of acceptable condition will generally systems until the actual impacts of pocket gophers, have the following characteristics: deer, elk and porcupines can be verified. * Minimum live crown ratio for trees is predicted TM40 In stands where soil compaction has been to be 30 percent within a 20 year period except identified as a critical concern during the NEPA true firs where the minimum crown ratio is 50 process, the use of several contract provisions percent will be necessary to meet the protection requirements for long term soil productivity. On soils that * There is reasonable expectation that trees will dry out during the summer, restrict the season of remain undamagedfollowing proposed harvest operation to the period of July 1 to October 31 activity, fuels treatment and site preparation. and allow conventional skidding and tractor slash piling methods In stands where the soils remain * Trees are free of dwalf mistletoe bole infections moist throughout the year due to a high water and predicted to maintain a minimum of 10 table, use low ground pressure skidders operating inches of leader growth annually within a 20 from designated skidtrarls where directional felling year period. is required and winch line is pulled to the logs. At no time should the equipment be allowedto operate * Trees are currently free of frost cracks, stem away from the main skidtrails on these moist soils. or root rots, or other diseases and there is Fuels should not be tractor piled where soils remain reasonable expectation that they will remain moist throughout the year. Alternatlve fuels disease free until rotation age. treatment methods such as leaving tops attached to the last log, yarding unmerchantable materials, There is reasonable expectation that trees will lopping and scattering or hand piling should be increase in height and diameter growth when used. gwen increased growing space.

Forest Plan 4 - 45 M44 Where more than 10 percent of the An acceptable number of seed trees can be prescribed minimum stocking level can be met retained on ste in an acceptable condltion through the retention of advanced regeneration, following the harvest activny, fuels treatment the appropriate timber sate and service contract and site preparation to insure natural regenera- provisions should be used to insure protection of tion within the specified time period. advanced regeneration. Seed trees can be dwarf mistletoe infected TM-45 The preference given to one commercial but in that case must be removed or girdled conifer species over others should be based on before regeneration reaches a height of 3 the standardslguidelinesdeveloped for species feet. If dwarf mistletoe infected trees are preference and species dNeV3.Q. retained to meet wildlife habtat needs, they should be killed in place to avoid infecting the TM46 The decision to interplant or apply additional regeneration. ste preparation to areas where overstory removal has been completed which are stocked at less The appropriate degree of site preparation than optimum levels by advanced regeneration can be accomplished while protecting the should be based on stocking levels identfied in residual seed trees and advanced regenera- accordance with the standards/guidelines devel- tion. oped for silvicultural prescriptions TM49 The maximum specified time period (regenerationtime lag) for natural regeneration to Natural Regeneration meet minimum stocking requirements in shelterwood seed tree hawest areas, where a later TM47 Natural regeneration using the seed tree overstory removal is planned, is 10 years for the or shelterwood system generally provides the lodgepole pine forest type, 10 years for the mixed most economically efficient means for stand conifer forest type and 15 years for the Ponderosa regenerationusing even-aged systems. Opportuni- pine forest type. All clearcut and final overstory ties for natural regeneration should be analyzed removal halvest areas shall be regenerated, at in each silvicultural prescription where even-aged least to minimum stocking requirements, wlthin 5 systems are considered. Natural regeneration years of final hawest. should be the preferred alternative where stand and site condtions are appropriate and where TM-50 Natural regeneration shall be prescribed natural regeneration does not conflict wth other where It will meet the minimum stocking levels resource objectives identified and documented during the specified time period with a first time during the project planing process. Species success of 80 percent or greater. diversity should be an important consideration. Natural regeneration prescriptions should identify TM-51 The optimum and minimum stocking level optimum and minimum stocking level, specified for naturally regenerated stands should be docu- time period (regeneration time lag) and first time mented in accordance with the standards/ success as well as meet standards/guidelines for guidelines for silvicultural prescriptions. species preference and species diversity. TM-52 Stands prescribed for natural regeneration TM48 Appropriate stand and slte conditions for can not be certified as satisfactorily reforested natural regeneration include: until the final halvest and posthalvest activities are completed. Seed trees display what appear to be acceptable genetic characteristics including growth, TM-53 Fuels treatment and ste preparation should bole form and branching habit. generally be carried out following the seed cut in a manner such that no fuels treatment is required * Seed trees display evidence of past cone following !he final removal harvest. Where supple- production to the extent necessary to meet mental treatment is required, it should be carried minimum stocking levels wlthin the specified out in a manner such that essentially no damage time period. occurs to the advanced and natural regeneration.

Forest Plan 4 - 46 Species Preference species including true firs from consideration for management in the mixed conifer community TM-54 Many of the commercial conifer species types. Within an implementation compartment, common to the Forest have the ability to grow regenerated stands of seedling, sapling and well on a variety of sites. The presence of a species pole-sized lodgepole pine or true firs should on a particular site can be the result of natural dominate no more than 40 percent of the total ecological processes or past management prac- acres within the mixed conifer community type. tices. In determining which commercial conifer species to favor during the development of 3. In the Ponderosa pine community types where siivicuhural prescriptions, consideration should be climatic conditions allow for the survival and growth given to the following objectives: 1) economic of planted Ponderosa pine seedlings, and where efficiency based on the costs and values associated lodgepole pine is a common associated species, wlth timber management, 2) long term stand health natural regeneration of stands dominated by and vigor and speclfically those considerations lodgepole pine generally provides the most that relate to insect and disease impacts, 3) the economically efficient means of stand regeneration. biological diversity needs for wildlife species, Silvicultural prescriptions which feature planted visual quality, or other resource needs in accord- Ponderosa pine rather than naturally regenerated ance wlth the standardslguidelinesfor diversity. lodgepole pine should be justified either by an economic analysis or by non-economic considera- 1. Species preference can be justified wlthout tions which have been identified and documented economic basis when consideration is the mainte- in the project planning process. Long term stand nance of long term stand health or when manage- health and vigor is generally density dependent in ment objectives identified and documented during these community types and concerns can usually the project planning process call for preference to be met through stocking level control. Here, be given to one species over others. At a minimum, standards/guidelinesfor biological diversity should the objectives for biological diversity developed in require the management of Ponderosa pine as the standards/guidelinesshould be met. well as other associated species at levels necessary for the maintenance of diversity needed for wildlife 2. In the mixed conifer community types, manage- habitat ment activitiesgoverned predominately by economic considerations could inappropriately conven mixed conifer stands to stands dominated by true Diversity of Plant and Animal Communi- firs or lodgepole pine. Strong considerationshould ties be given to maintenance of stands dominated by early successional species including Ponderosa TM-55 Biological diversity is considered of primary pine, Douglas-fir, western white pine and western importanceto wildlife species Deer, elk, woodpeck- larch. Dominance in the mixed conifer community ers, and songbirds are species which can serve types is establishedwhen stocking be seral species as indicators of the maintenance of biological can be maintained above the minimum stocking diversity. Management activlties should be tailored level defined in the silvicultural prescription In to provide habitat diversity including horizontal, this forest type the potential for insect and disease vertical and vegetative species diversity necessary depredation is high and the economic analysis for the maintenance of these wildlife species at should clearly recognize this potential for future the appropriate population levels established in damage. This potential for loss is generally not the standards/guidelines density dependent and stocking level control cannot provide adequate means to protect long TM-56 Maintenance of forest structural and species term stand health and vigor. Because of this diversity provides numerous other less tangible potential, species preference considerations based benefits. These benefits include the maintenance on long term stand health and vigor will generally of visual quality as well as an enhanced recreation exceed those for maintenance of biological experience. In addition, vegetative diversity com- diversity. In turn, because of concerns for economic monly creates a diversity of forest fuel types, which efficiency and species diversity, management may reduce the intensity and spread of wildfire. activities should not totally eliminate advanced or Maintenance of wildlife habitat serves as a surro- natural regeneration of lodgepole pine or climax gate for these less tangible values.

Forest Plan 4 - 47 .~ ~ -Horizontal diversity (harvest unit size) TM-60 Openings to be created contiguous to natural openings should receive an exceptional TM-57 Horizontal diversity is of primary importance level of attention during the analysis and prescrip- to deer and elk. Forage/cover ratios are one tion for treatment since natural openings are measure of this diversity, Even-aged management recognized as important or critical. The decision strategies (clearcutting, sheltewood and seed to create openings contiguous to natural openings tree cutting) can have a positwe effect on the shall be supported by prescriptions specific to development of large-scale horizontal diversity. In individual natural openings or to a group of natural intermediate or mixed-age stands greater than 40 openings where their importance is diminished by acres in size, harvest activities such as overstory more frequent occurrence. The created openings removal, precommercial thinning, and commercial should generally not exceed 1/3 the size and/or thinning should be prescribed in unlt sizes and be contiguous to more than 1/3 the edge of a with between tree spacings that complement the natural opening where the natural opening exceeds eventual development of horizontal diversty. The 30 acres in size. Limitations for created openings needs for long term stand health and vigor contiguous to natural openings less than 30 acres achievable through stand densty control should in size will be sublect to the Interdisciplinary take precedence over the short term need for decision making process and Its review of land horizontal diversty beyond the minimums estab- management objectives. lished in the standards/guidelines for deer and elk habltat diversity. TM-61 Timber management activities that create essentially uniform structural condltions should Here, strong consideration should also be generally not exceed 100 contiguous acres on given to the staggered regeneration of large >95% of each implementation unit. Harvest units even-aged areas to avoid the eventual problem larger than 100 acres, however, may be prescribed of regenerating these large areas in one setting. on ~5%of each implementationcompartment. In this case, some stands may be regenerated prior to the culmination of mean annual incre- Vertical diversity ment while others may be regenerated later. These adjustments in rotation age are the most TM-62 Vertical diversity is of primary importance effectivemethod of creating horizontal dlverstty to cavity dependent wildlife species as well as in the long run. songbirds which require a variety of tree sizes for nesting, perching and feeding Vertical structural TM-58 The Forest will conform to the Regional diversty can best be maintained with uneven-aged guidelines on created forest openings. Forest management and It is the preferred prescription openings created by even-aged silviculture should to meet this objective. Conversely, because not exceed 40 acres in Ponderosa pine, muced even-aged forest management benefits certain conifer, and mountain hemlock except for any of wildlife species (e.g.'edge' and early seral-stage the four condltions which have been approved in species), R is desirable to apply a muc of both the Regional Plan. Created openings can exceed management strategies. 40 acres in lodgepole pine to treat the catastrophic situation created by the mountain pine beetle TM-63 Wlthin forest types and management areas epidemic. Units will be shaped to blend with the where both even and uneven-aged prescriptions natural terrain. are appropriate, each strategy should be represented on no less than 20 percent of an implementation TM-59 Created openings will be separated by unit. blocks of land generally not classed as created openings as described in these Standards/ Species diversity Guidelines. The blocks of land between created openings shall vary in size and contain one or TM-64 Maintaining the diversty of tree species is more logical logging units. These blocks of land important for cavity dependent species and shall be large enough and of a stand structure to songbirds which require a variety of tree species meet resource requirements of the Forest Plan. for nesting, perching and feeding. Maintenance of Harvest units will no longer be consideredopenings species diversity is most important in stands which when trees reach four and one-half feet tall. typically exhibit broad species diversty. Forest Plan 4 - 48 TM-65 In the mlxed conifer community types, the basic soil and water resources, and meet management practices which meet the objectives public needs for multiple resouce outputs. of long term stand health and vigor should maintain stands which provide the necessary species diversity for wildlfe habltat needs. StandarddGuidelines TM-66 Wlthin the Ponderosa pine community Allotment Management Planning types where climatic condltions allow for the survival and growth of planted Ponderosa pine seedlings RG-1 Allotment Management Plans (AMP's) will and where lodgepole pine is a common associated be developed on a priority basis under a schedule. species, management activities governed predomi- Priorities will be based upon: nately by economic considerations could inappropriately reduce species diversity, converting mixed Allotments where resource damage is occur- stands of mixed Ponderosa pine and lodgepole ring. (PC or PD). pine to those dominated by lodgepole pine. The consequence is a reduction in habitat for some Allotments with identified need for an approved wildlife species, particularly the large tree habitat plan. for woodpeckers and pine marten. Wlthin these Ponderosa pine community types, silvicultural Allotments wlth ideMied need for new or activities should emphasize the establishment updated analysis. and maintenance of Ponderosa pine to the extent necessary to provide for the long term needs for RG-2 Allotment management plans will be devel- species divers*. Diversity should be measured oped to meet the specfic needs of the allotment. by the habltat diversity requirements of the cavity Plans will include objectives which speclfy the dependent wildlfe species and include the reten- desired future condltion of the allotment based on tion of large tree habitat necessary to meet the existing and potential resource values and the objectives for cavity dependent species population planned management strategy. Plans will also levels specfied in the standards/guidelines. include: a) a timetable for achieving stated objectives, b) range management prescriptions TM-67 In single species stand types, including such as grazing systems, stocking levels, and lodgepole pine community types, and pure structural and/or non structural improvements Ponderosa pine community types where lodgepole needed, c) a monitoring plan, and d) a cost pine is rare or non-existent, species diversity need effectiveness analysis. not be strongly emphasized. RG-3 Allotment management plans will include Utilization Standards measures needed to protect and enhance the survival of threatened, endangered, and sensitive TM-68 Standard and Guide 4-2 of the Regional species Guide for the Pacfic Northwest Region will be followed for utilization standards Standards in FIG-4 Vacant allotments will be analyzed as to timber sale contracts may vary depending on economic viability, cost effectiveness, and compati- markets and costs of harvesting. bility with management areas and other resource objectives. This analysis will determine whether or not the allotment should be closed.

RG-5 Suitable range will be allocated by permit Range consistent with management area objectives. Goals Range Analysis

To manage the forage resources for long-term RG-6 Range analysis will be conducted on a sustained productivity through attainment of priority basis to meettheAMP schedule established upward or stable vegetative trends, protection of by the Forest Supervisor.

Forest Plan 4 - 49 ~ Range Administration Range Cooperation

RG-7 Annual operating plans will be prepared RG-10 Range use of National Forest lands will be with each permittee. They will identify speclfic coordinated with use of associated private lands and wlth other local, state, and federal agencies. permittee responsibilities and will schedule Iive- stock distribution and use patterns to prevent or resolve resource conflicts. Transitory Range RG-11 Transitoly range will be managed in RG-8 Grazing allotments will be administered coordination and cooperation with timber manage- through the Forest Selvice grazing permit system ment. Forage may be enhanced where no conflict using inspections, monitoring, and permittee with reforestation goals will result. meetings. Range Monitoring RG-9 Actlvities such as noxious weed or predator control will be approved, as needed, to achieve RG-12 Allotment Management Plans will be desired future condtions in cooperation and monitored using allotment inspections, utilization studies/checks, and condltion and trend studies. coordination with the appropriate state and federal agencies. RG-13 Utilization standards will be developed for each allotment based on the following guidelines. RG-9 Improvementswill be maintained as assigned These standards will be included in the annual and to the standards identlfied in the grazing operating plans and in the monitoring plan of the permit and AMP. AMP

PRIMARY RANGE (Except riparian)

Allowable use of avaliabie forage’

Maxlmum annual utiliratlon (percentp

Range Resource Forest Grassland Shrub Lands Management Level SatlSP Unsat. SatisP Unsat. Satlsf3 Unsat.

B. Livestock use managed 40 030 50 030 40 0-25 within current grazing capacity by riding, herding and salting Cost-effective improvements used only to maintain stewardship of range.

C. LNestOCk managed to 45 035 55 035 45 030 achieve full utilization of allocated forage. Management systems designed to obtain distribution and maintain plant vigor include fencing and water development.

Forest Plan 4 - 50 D. Livestock managed to4 50 040 60 0-40 50 0-35 optimize forage production and utilization Cost effective culture practices improving forage supply, forage use & livestock distribution may be combined wlth fencing and water development to implement complex grazing systems

'This will be incorporated In annual operating plans and Allotment Mgmt Plans At this time, these numbers may be adjusted, eg , by grass species and grazing system, with rationale to meet the numerical objectives stated above Includes cumulative annual use by big game and livestock

*Utilization based on percent removed by weight for grass, grasslike, and forbs

Satisfactory oondltion - See glossary

4An Allotment Management Pian may include higher utilization standards associated with Intensive grazing systems where specific resource OblectNes are identified

RG-14 Utilization studies/checks (production/ utilization, reconnaissance utilization, key area, Wildlife etc.) will be conducted to monltor the success of the AMP's and firm up allotment carrying capacities. Goal

RG-15 Condition and trend studies will be estab- Provide habitat for viable populations of all lished on all permanent range. These studies will vertebrate species, and maintain or enhance be conducted at permanent benchmarks to habitat for selected wildlife species. determine long term trend in range condition and the success of the AMP. More specific Goals, Objectives, and Activlties are presented in the Wildlife Implementation Schedule FIG-16 Condition and trend studies will normally in Appendix 15 of this Plan and in the Management be completed concurrently with range analyses. Trend studies will be done or evaluated periodically, Areas not exceeding 10 years, regardless of the need to update the range analysis Preferred Conditions RG-17 Allotment Management Plans will identlfy quantiied stream channel standards which will The following standards/guidelinesare established insure stream bank protection. as minimums which will be maintained and are not preferred conditions for wildlife. The accom- Implementation plishment of higher levels of habitat management is anticipated where higher levels will not prohiblt The activity schedule for the Forest Range Program accomplishment of the management allocations is presented in Appendix 12. primary objective.

Forest Plan 4 - 51 use of explosives) of the nest by restncting slte disturbing operations during the period of'

Management Indicator Species February 1 - July 31: Golden eagle April 1 - August 31: Osprey March 1 -August 31: Redtail hawk Bald Eagle and Northern Spotted Owl WL4 'Disturbing' activities will vary slte specifically. WL-1 Management areas have been established An evaluation of potential disturbance will be for these species. Should one of these species made prior to planned activities, should a nest be be encountered outside of the Management Area, encountered. the following process will apply.

1. A Biological Evaluation will be conducted or WL-5 If the specified restriction period must be reviewed by a journey-level wildlife biologist compromised, project activity at the end of the to determine if a species use of the area is period (e.g. the last month or two) is least likely to incidental or essential. cause nest abandonment. A nest slte may be considered inactive for the year d nesting activity 2. If it is determined to be essential habltat, is not evident by May 15. protect it from adverse modlcation through curtailment of conflicting actrnties, modlfication of activlties, seasonal restriction of Accipiter Hawks activities, or avoidence of the area. Request a formal consultation wth the Endangered Species Branch of the USDl Fish and Wildlde Northern Goshawk Service on any proposed action which may affect the species. WL-6 Nesting habtat for at least 40 goshawk pairs will be provided in mixed confer, mountain 3. For newly discovered essential habitat, hemlock, and Ponderosa pine forests outside of conduct an environmental analysis under Wilderness and the Oregon Cascades Recreation the NEPA process to determine d It is Area. Habtat for an addtional 30 pairs in lodgepole necessary to designate the area as essential pine forest, while potentially available, may not be habltat. If so, the Forest Plan will be amended suitable due to extensive tree mortality from the and the essential habitat designation will current mountain pine beetle epidemic. supersede previous land allocations, or can substltuied for Other habitat to WL-7 Nesting habitat is available in management Threatened or Sensltive species. areas emphasizingOld Growth (MA 15), Wilderness [MA 61. UndevelopedRecreation (MA 121. Research Natuiai Areas (MA 2), Spotted Owls (MA 4), Bend Golden Eagles, Redtail Hawk, and Municipal Watershed (MA IO), Winter Recreation Osprey (Outside Osprey Management (MA 13), the Oregon Cascades Recreation Area Area 5) (MA 14), Metolius Wildllfe-Primtive (MA 20), Metolius Special Forest (MA 22),Metolius Research WL-2 Active nest sites will be protected by Natural Areas (MA 24), Metolius Spotted Owl (MA maintaining the forested character of an area at 25), Metolius Old Growth (MA 27), Metolius Special least 300 feet in radius around the nest. While Interest (MA 23), and Metolius Wild & Scenic timber management may occur, maintain an River (MA 28). average of at least four (4) dominant overstory trees per acre suitable for nest and perch trees-with WL-8 Suitable habitat may be available in manage- Ponderosa pine favored, where available. ment areas emphasizing Bald Eagles (MA 3). Osprey (MA 5), Wild & Scenic Rivers (MA 13, Metolius Herltage Area (MA 19), Front Country WL-3 Active nest sites should be protected from (MA la), Metolius Black Butte Scenic (MA 21), disturbing activties within 1/4 mile (1 mile for the and Metolius Scenic Views (MA 26).. Forest Plan 4 - 52 WL-9 Nest sites will be selected on the basis of WL-15 Management areas emphasizing Bald present or past use whenever possible. Newly- Eagles (MA 3), Osprey (MA 5). Wild & Scenic found goshawk nest sites should be evaluated for Rivers (MA 17), and Metolius Wildlife-Primitwe (MA inclusion into MR areas that have already been 20) may be suitable. The General Forest Manage- selected. Where nest sites are not known, the ment Area (MA 8) may provide suitable habitat following physiographicand vegetative characteris- wlthin big game thermal cover areas meeting the tics will be used: required vegetative structure.

* Mean canopy cover of 60 percent or greater: WL-16 Prospectwe sites with appropriate vegetatwe structure and physiography will be identified * Tree density of at least 195 trees per acre; before they have been pre-commercially or commercially thinned. In addition to opening a * Stand age of 100 years or more; stand, thinning diminishes stand suitability for nesting by maintaining trees with a fuller crown * Stand size of at least 25 acres. ratio.

WL-10 Locating new roads within nest site stands WL-17 Nest sites will be selected on the basis of will be avoided. present or past use whenever possible. Where nest sites are not known, the following physiograph- ic and vegetative characteristics will be used: WL-11 'Disturbing' activities will vary site specAcal- ly. An evaluation of potential disturbance will be * Mean canopy cover of 60 percent or greater; made prior to planned acitives, should a nest be encountered. * Tree denslty of a least 365 trees per acre:

WL-12 If the specified restriction period must be * Stand age of 50 to 80 years: compromised, prolect activity at the end of the period (e.g. the last month or two) is least likely to * Stand size of at least 15 acres. cause nest abandonment. A nest site may be considered inactwe for the year if nesting actwity WL-18 Locating new roads within nest site stands is not evident by May 15 will be avoided.

WL-19 'Disturbing' activities will vary site specfical- Cooper's Hawk ly. An evaluation of potential disturbance will be made prior to planned actives, should a nest be WL-13 Nesting habltat for at least 60 pairs of encountered Cooper's hawk will be provided in mlxed conifer and Ponderosa pine forests outside of Wilderness WL-20 If the specified restriction period must be and the Oregon Cascades Recreation Area. compromised, project activity at the end of the period (e.g the last month or two) is least likely to WL-14 The Cooper's hawk prefers 50 to 80 year-old cause nest abandonment. A nest site may be confer stands with a closed canopy. Nesting considered inactive for the year f nesting activity habitat is available in management areas emphasiz- is not evident by June 15. ing (MA 15), Wilderness (MA 6), Undeveloped Recreation (MA 12), Research Natural Areas (MA 2), Spotted Owls (MA4), Bend MunicipalWatershed Sharp-shinned Hawk (MA IO), Winter Recreation (MA 13), the Oregon Cascades Recreation Area (MA 14), Metolius WL-21 Nesting habitat for at least 60 pairs of Special Interest (MA23), Metolius Research Natural sharp-shinned hawk will be provided in mixed Areas (MA 24), Metolius Spotted Owl (MA 25), conifer and Ponderosa pine forests outside of Metolius Old Growth (MA 23, and Metolius Wild Wilderness and the Oregon Cascades Recreation & Scenic Rivers (MA 28). Area.

Forest Plan 4 - 53 _..~-WL-22lhesharp-shinned hawk prefers nest groves specifically. An evaluation of potential disturbance that are even-aged stands of 40 to 60 year-old will be made prior to planned actives, should a confers wth a dense canopy. Nesting can occur nest be encountered. in dense stands of second growth trees beneath an over-mature overstory. WL-29 If the specified restriction period must be compromised, project activity at the end of the WL-23 Nesting habitat is available in management period (e.g. the last month or two) is least likely to areasemphasbingOld Growth (MA 15), Wilderness cause nest abandonment. A nest site may be (MA6), UndevelopedRecreation (MA 12), Research considered inactive for the year If nesting activty Natural Areas (MA Z), Spotted Owls (MA 4). Bend is not evident by June 15. Municipal Watershed (MA IO), Winter Recreation (MA 13), the Oregon Cascades Recreation Area (MA 14). Metolius Special Interest (MA 23), Metolius Great Gray Owl Research Natural Areas (MA 24), Metolius Spotted Owl (MA 25), Metolius Old Growth (MA 27). and WL-30 Habtat sutable for 8 great grey owl nesting Metolius Wild & Scenic Rivers (MA 28). pairs will be provided. WL-24 Management areas emphasizing Bald Eagles (MA 3), Osprey (MA 5), Wild & Scenic WL-31 Active nest stes will be protected by Rvers (MA 13, and Metolius Wildlife-Primitive maintaining forested stand of at least 30 acres. Its may be suitable. The General Forest Management configuration will include the area between the Area (MA 8) may provide sutable habitat wthin nest and adjacent forested riparian or meadow big game thermal cover areas meeting the required ecosystems, and maintain at least 300 feet of vegetative structure. forest between the nest and an opening. Mean (and range of) nest stand conditions for three WL-25 Nest sites will be selected on the basis of known nest stes in south-centralOregon (Forsman present or past use whenever possible. Where & Bryan, 1984) were found to be: nest sites are not known, the following physiograph- ic and vegetative characteristics will be used: Lodgepole pine-dominatedoverstory;

* Mean canopy cover of 65 percent or greater; Overstory tree density of 67 (56-72) trees per acre for trees 12' d.b.h. and greater; * Tree density of at least 475 trees per acre; Canopy cover of 60% (50-70%): * Stand age of 40 to 60 years; Distance to nearest meadow 440 (63-1,070) Stand size of at least 10 acres. feet.

WL-26 Prospective stes with appropriate vegeta- WL-32 To maintain the forested perimeter of tive structure and physiography will be identded meadows for long-term utillty as overhead cover before they have been pre-commercially or for the owl to travel through, up to than 1/3 of the commercially thinned. In addtion to opening a area included in a strip-vatying in width from at stand, thinning diminishes stand sutabilty for least 200 feet to 600 feet-around the meadow nesting by maintainingtrees with a fuller crown may be selectively harvested every other decade ratio. to faciltate the natural regeneration process.

WL-27 Locating new roads within nest site stands WL-33 Active nest sites will be protected from will be avoided. disturbing activities within 1/4 mile (1 mile for the use of explosives) of the nest by restricting WL-28 Active nest stes should be protected from operations during the nesting period of March 1 - disturbing activities within 1/4 mile (1 mile for the June 30. 'Disturbing' activties will vary site use of explosies) of the nest by restricting specifically. An evaluation of potential disturbance operations during the nesting period of April 15 - will be made prior to planned acitiies, should a August 31. 'Disturbing' activities will vary site nest be encountered.

Forest Plan 4 - 54 WL-34 If the specfied restriction period must be Waterfowl compromised, project activity at the end of the period (e.g. the last month or two) is least likely to WL-39 Waterfowl production will be increased cause nest abandonment. A nest site may be where possible wlth appropriate habltat enhance- considered inactive for the year if nesting activity ment, and continue maintenance of waterfowl is not evident by May 15. nesting boxes and platforms.

Great Blue Herons Peregrine Falcon and Wolverine

WL-35 The vegetative character of rookeries will WL40 Reported sightings will be evaluated for be protected, and seasonal restrictions on disturb- authenticity. In cooperation with the Oregon ing human activlties should be in effect from March Department of Fish and Wildlfe and the Endan- 1 through August 31 for a 1/4-mile radius around gered Species Branch of the USDl Fish and Wildlife the nest tree(s). 'Disturbing' activities will vary site Service, vertication of the presence of the species specdcally. An evaluation of potential disturbance will be pursued. will be made prior to planned acitives, should a nest be encountered. WL41 In areas of suspected occupancy, the following process will apply. WL-36 Future nesting trees for existing rookeries will be provided. Emphasis will be placed on A Biological Evaluation will be conducted or providing large, mature, and over-mature Pon- reviewed by a journey-level wildlife biologist to derosa pine within the general vicinlty of existing determine if species use of the area is incidental or essential. rookeries. Ifit is determined to be essential habltat, protect it from adverse modificationthrough curtailment Woodpeckers (Cavity Nesters) of conflicting activities, modfication of activities, seasonal restriction of activlties, or avoidance WL-37 In coniferous forest, sufficient snags will of the area. For peregrine falcon, request a be maintained to provide 40 percent of potential formal consultation with the Endangered population levels of cavity nesting species within Species Branch of the Fish and Wildlife Service even-aged harvest units of the General Forest, on any proposed action which may affect the visual areas (retention, partial retention, and middle species. ground), and Deer Management Area allocations. In uneven-aged hawest unlts, wlthin the manage- For newly discovered essential habltat, conduct ment areas noted above, live replacement trees environmental analysis under the NEPA process will be left during any hawest to assure 60 percent to determine f it is necessary to designate the of cavlty nesting potential through the rotation, area as essential habitat. If so, the Forest Plan except where natural deficits occur in diameter will be amended and the essential habltat classes In both even and uneven-aged manage- designation will supersede previous land ment, groupings of green replacements will be allocations or can be substltutedfor other habitat the preferred implementation technique. Compli- allocated to threatened or sensitive species ance will be based on the hawest unit area rather than an indlvidual acre evaluation In all other management areas, at least 60 percent of cavity Elk nesting species potential population needs will be provided. WL-42 Elk management objectives were developed wlth the Oregon Department of Fish and Wildlife. WL-38 Specific guidance will be provided by the The Department and Forest will cooperate in Deschutes National Forest Wildlife Tree Implemen- determining the level of habitat effectiveness tation Plan. needed to meet these objectives.

Forest Plan 4 - 55 Management Summer Wlnter Fall River unit Populatlon P0pul. Public use will be encouraged on travel routes Upper Deschutes 950 150 which will minimize conflicts with elk. Fort Rock 400 20 Metolius 100 30 Public use will not be restricted wlthin the Paulina 50 40 Deschutes Wild and Scenic River corridor during the elk calving season (May 1 to July 31). Total 1,500 240 Motorized traffic will be limited to designated WL-43 Elk are found in certain key habtat areas routes. (Maps in AppendM 16). Within these areas, management will provide condtions needed to Facilties will not be developed nor activities support at least 1,500 summering elk and 240 promoted which would encourage public use wintering elk. The following areas are considered during the winter. key: Elk habitat improvements must be compatible Clover Meadow Upper Spruce Creek with recreation, visual, and Wild and Scenic Crane Prairie Res. Davis Lake River objectives. Fall River Hemlock Creek Kiwa Butte McCool Butte Ryan Ranch Ryan Ranch Metolius Rwer Tumalo Mountain Public use will be encouraged on travel routes which will minimize conflicts wth elk. WL-44 Elk also use riparian areas for calving. The management of riparian areas will incorporate elk Public use will not be restricted wthin the calving needs to the extent they do not conflict Deschutes Wild and'Scenic River during the wlth the needs or objectives of riparian-dependent calving season (May 1 to July 31). resource management. Management of adjacent upland areas does not need to incorporate elk Facilities will not be developed nor activities needs unless they are within a key area. promoted which would encourage public use during the winter. Recreatlon Management In Key Elk Areas Motorized traffic will be limited to designated WL-45 Several of the key areas are wlthin important routes. recreation allocations. The following measures will be implemented to minimize conflicts: Elk habtat improvements must be compatible wlth recreation, visual objectives, and Wild and Crane Prairie Resewoir Scenic River objectives.

Public use will be encouraged on travel routes Davis Lake which will minimize conflicts wth elk. Management will encourage public use of travel Motorizedtraffic routes and trails will be designat- ways outside the area f a conflict with elk use ed to minimize conflicts with elk. occurs.

Motorized traffic will be limited to designated Public use will not be restricted during the routes. calving season (May 1 to July 31).

New recreation developments will be limited to Motorized traffic will be limited to designated minimize conflict with critical elk needs. routes.

Habitat Improvementsfor elk must be compatible Elk habitat improvements must be compatible with recreation and visual objectives. with recreation and visual objectives.

Forest Plan 4 - 56 Metolius River Six acre or larger stand capable of hiding 90 percent of a standing adult elk from human Road No. 1499 will be maintained at Level 2 view at a distance of 200 feet. (Thomas, 1979) (access by 4-wheel drlve vehicles) downstream of Bridge 99. Six acre or larger stand wlth an average height of 10 feet and which has not been thinned for Public use will not be restricted during the 20 years. calving season (May I to July 31). Residual clumps of two acre or larger stands Facilities will not be developed nor activities within unlts with advanced regeneration (trees promoted which would encourage public use including 'whips' up to 7-inch d.b.h.) and at during the winter. least 12, greater than 7-inch diameter trees per acre remaining after timber harvest. Motorized traffic will be limlted to designated Residual dead and down material meets the routes. fuel loadings of photo series identifiers 2-LP3PC and 2PP-4-PC (Maxwell and Ward, 1976). Only the clumps will be considered to Elk habitat improvements must be compatible be hiding areas unless the larger unit meets with recreation, visual, and Wild and Scenic the requirement of Thomas (1979) as noted River objectives. above.

Road Management In Key Areas WL-48 Travel corridors may be provided by linking stands meeting the clump and unit conditions WL-46 Open road densities should not exceed an described above. overall average between 0.5 - 1.5 miles per square mile wlthin each key area, unless impacts on elk WL-49 Hiding areas will be dispersed throughout can be avoided or the proposed project would the key areas. If proposed and existing harvest result in a net benefit to elk habitat. Where public unlts would create voids, the clump/unit conditions use is heavy, the low end of the range should be described above will be used to provide greater the objective. Where public use is light, the high dispersal. end of the density range would satsfy habitat effectiveness goals. WL-50 Thermal cover must be present over at least 20 percent of National Forest land each key The density will be applied as an average over a area. Lakes and 50 to 80 year old Ponderosa key area and will be used as a threshold for further pine stands ('black bark') should not be considered evaluation. The procedure described in the in evaluating conformance. To be suitable a stand Transportation standards/guidelines will be used must be at least 10 acres, and have an average in implementing this guideline if existlng or height of at least 40 feet. Canopy cover should proposed open road densities would exceed the be managed at the highest percentage that will threshold target. The final judgement on open maintain healthy stand condltions with a low risk road density will be based on the further evaluation of catastrophic damage due to insects or disease. rather than the density guideline. As a minimum, canopy cover must be 40% to qualify as thermal cover, but higher canopy cover Vegetation Management for Elk percentages will be preferred. Stands may provide both hiding area and thermal cover. WL47 Hiding areas must be present over at least 30 percent of National Forest lands in each key area Lakes and 50 to 80 year old Ponrjerosa Black Bark Plne Management pine stands ('black bark') should not be considered in evaluating conformance. 'Black bark' stands WL-51 At least 30 percent of the key areas will be will be managed under another set of guidelines. in clumps that will provide visual screening To be sultable as a hiding area a stand must throughout the area and meet the following meet one of the following condltions: conditions:

Forest Plan 4 - 57 -* A minimum of 6 acres in size which has not Road Management In Summer Range been thinned or harvested for at least 20 years. Smaller stands may be used if a WL-53 Target open road densties are 2.5 miles mountain pine beetle epidemic is a concern. per square mile to achieve deer summer range habitat effectiveness targets unless impacts on * Canopy cover at the highest percentage that deer can be avoided or the proposed project will maintain healthy stand conditions with a would result in a net beneft to deer habitat. The low risk of catastrophic damage due to insects density will be applied as an average for an or disease. As a minimum canopy cover must implementationunit and will be used as a threshold be 40% to qualify as thermal cover, but higher requiring a further evaluation. The procedure canopy cover percentages will be preferred. described in the Transportation standards/ guidelines, contained in this Chapter, will be used * Minimum height of 40 feet. If existing or proposed open road densities would exceed the threshold guideline. The final judgement * Dispersed throughout the key area. on open road dens.Ny will be based on the further evaluation rather than the density guideline.

Vegetation Management for Deer Mule Deer Outside of Deer Management Area 7 (Summer Range) WL-54 Hiding areas must be present over at least 30 percent of National Forest land in each WL-52 Deer summer range includes the entire implementation unit. Generally, this will result in Forest outside Deer Habitat Management Areas 70 percent of each implementation unit existing (although some use during summer takes place either as a hiding area or within 600 feet of a in some transition/winter range areas). Herd hiding area. Lakes and 50 to 80 year old Ponderosa management objectives have been established pine stands Cblack bark') should not be considered jointly with the Oregon Department of Fish and in evaluating conformance. 'Black bark' will be Wildllfe. Management of deer habitat outside of managed under another set of guidelines. To be Management Area 7 is designed to provide suitable as a hiding area, a stand must meet one adequate habitat quantity and quality to meet of the following sets of conditions: these objectrves. This requires a mosaic of forested conditions incorporating the concepts of security Six acres or larger stand capable of hiding 90 and thermal cover, travel corridors, visual screens, percent of a standing adult deer from view of and harassment potential from other activities, a human at a distance of 200 feet. (Thomas, e.g. roads, hunting pressure, and other recreation 1979) use. Si acres or larger stand with an average Deer Management Unit objectives developed height of 6feet and which has not been thinned jointly with the Oregon Department of Fish and in 15 years. Wildllfe are as follows: Residual clumps of one half acre or larger Management Unit Winter Population stands within units with advanced regeneration (trees including 'whips' up to 7' d.b.h.) and at Metolius 6,200 least 12 greater than 7 inch trees per acre Upper Deschutes 2,200 remaining after harvest. Residual dead and North Paulina 5,500 down matenal will be left to meet the fuel South Paulina I1,000 loadings of photo series identlfiers 2-LP3PC Total 24,900 and 2-PP4PC (Maxwell and Ward, 1976). Clumps should be located away from roads. These numbers are for deer populations on winter Only the clumps will be considered when ranges that include Deschutes National Forest, quantfying hiding area USDl Bureau of Land Management, and prrvate lands. The proportion of deer actually wintering WL-55 Hiding areas will be dispersed throughout on Deschutes National Forest range is dependent the implementation unit. If existing and proposed on annual winter weather condtions. halvest units would create voids, clump/unit Form Plan 4 - 58 requirements described above will be used to (MA 13), Wild & Scenic Rivets (MA 13, Metolius provide greater dispersal. Wildlfe-Primitive (MA 20), and big game cover areas located wlthin management areas not WL-56 Travel corridors will be provided where mentioned above may also provide sultable habitat. needed by linking stands meeting the clump/unit conditions described above. WL-63 In preferred forest types, concentrations of down woody material (logging slash, cull logs, WL-57 Hiding areas are assumed to provide fallen trees, etc.) will be left at an average rate of sultable thermal cover condltions on summer approximately one per acre after any timber harvest. range. Concentrations incorporating high tree stumps, logs, or snags are especially desirable. This WL-58 If possible, a narrow strip of trees should structure will simulate naturally-occuring leaning be left along roads to reduce view distances. trees, large fallen logs, and other debris protruding above winter snow in an uncut forest Such Black Bark Plne Management structure provides resting-slte locations, an entry- point for foraging below crusted snow, and habitat

WL-59 Approximately 10 percent of treated stands~ for rodent prey as the stand returns to suitability will be in clumps that will provide visual screening for marten occupancy. throughout the area and meet the following condltions: Townsend's Big-eared Bat * A minimum of one-half acre in size which have not been thinned or harvested for at WL-64 This Sensitive species will be protected least 20 years. Small clumps will be suitable by: (1) maintaining human presence below in dense stands but larger (4 or 5 acre) clumps disturbance levels during periods of use by bats may be needed in more open stands. at hibernacula (shelter occupied during winter * dormancy) and nursely colonies (sheher occupied Dispersed throughout the unlt so that visual during the rearing of young); (2) restricting public screening is provided by the clumps in knowledge of - and access to -these locations; combination wlth topographic features. (3) maintaining the character of forest vegetation at the entrance of important caves; and (4) WL-60 Slte-specific habitat needs should be enhancement of habltat condltions. identfied at the project level through the interdisciplinary process. WL-65 At caves already known to be important to this species, monitoring will occur to determine the character of human visltation and the status Pine Marten of bat occupation and productivity. Caves to be monitored are identified in Forest records. WL-61 Pine marten prefer extenswe stands of relatively dense lodgepole pine, mixed confer, or WL-66 If monitoring determines that human mountain hemlock forest containing abundant disturbance is having a detrimental effect on dead woody material as habltat for rodent prey. signficant numbers of this species, restrictions will be imposed on human visltatioa to reduce WL-62 Habltat will be available in management disturbance to an acceptable level. These restric- areas emphasizingOld Growth (MA 15), Wilderness tions may require an entrance-closing structure (MA6), UndevelopedRecreation (MA 12), Research permeable to bats. The crltical period for use as Natural Areas (MA 2), Spotted Owls (MA 4), Bend hibernacula is November 1 - April 15; for nursery Municipal Watershed (MA IO), and the Oregon colonies it is April 15 - October 31. Cascade RecreationArea (MA 14), Metolius Special Interest (MA 23), Research Natural Areas (MA 24), WL-67 Surveys will be completed to determine Metolius Spotted Owl (MA 25), Metolius Old Growth the distribution of the Townsend's bigeared bat (MA 23, and Metolius Wild & Scenic Rivers (MA wlthin the Forest. These suweys will help establish 28). Some Special Interest Areas (MA I), Bald the importance of individual caves to the viability Eagle (MA 3), Osprey (MA 5), Winter Recreation of the species.

Forest Plan 4 - 59 -WL68 Campfires will be prohibited in important Species Associated with Vari6us Plant caves, and posted accordingly. Communities and Successional Stages

WL-69 Knowledge about the location of-and WL-74 Diversity will be provided by having various ease of access to-important caves should be successional stages represented in an area restricted to discourage public vistation. Forest through time. Large homogeneous areas of the publications will be amended accordingly. The same species and/or successional stages will be Forest will discourage use of this information in avoided. external publications. The continuation of destination-signing to these caves,and closing roads or trails accessing them, will be evaluated Specles with Special or Unlque HabHats on a case-by-case basis. WL-75 Habitat for species associated with springs, seeps, clii, and talus slopes will be protected WL-70 Because most lava-tube caves have air during project development. movement that could be significantly influenced by their entrance environment, the character of existing forest vegetation will be maintained at these openings. Threatened, Endan-

WL-71 Artificial watering devices near day-roost gered, and Sensitive or nursery colony caves are beneficial to the Plant Species Townsend's big-eared bat-as well as other bat species. Planningand design of watering structures proposed there should allow for use by bats. Goal To protect and manage habtat for the perpetuation of plants which are listed as Threatened, Endan- Species Associated with Logs and gered, or Sensitive. Downed Woody Debris Standards/Guidelines WL-72 Fallen trees and other woody debns will be retained in sufficient quantty, distribution, and TE-1 During environmentalanalysis of each project physical characteristics to provide habitat for activity, available habitat, location records, and viable populations of dependent wildlife species other information will be reviewed to determine over time. whether known or suspected locations of Sensitive plant species or their habtat occur. An average of at least 3 cull logs-per-acre, plus 3 additional logs-per-acre in more advanced stages TE-2 If no suitable habitat or reported locations of Sensitive plants are identified, these findings will of decompostion, will be retained after timber be documented, and no further investigation is management activiities. Minimum qualifying sizes required. However, personnel should continue to are 10 inches in diameter at the small end and 15 watch for the occurrence of previously unknown feet long, but larger sizes should be selected If populations. Where local conditions warrant, field present. Charring of logs should be minimized. reconnaissance will be preformed even though available records do not indicate the presence of WL-73 Where logs of the recommended size and Sensitive plant species. density are not available, an average of 1 slash pile (approximately 100 square feet) or concentra. TE-3 When suitable habitats or reported locations tion (approximately 200 square feet) per acre will are suspected to occur in the area of influence of be retained to supplement qualfying logs. the project, afield reconnaissancewill be pelformed to more precisely verify the presence, abundance, and distribution of the Sensitive species. If the search is conducted during a sewn of the year Forest Plan 4 - 60 when positive identlfication is probable and no regard to land management and land use. The listed species are found, this fact will be document- riparian area is composed of two distinct ecosys- ed and no further investigation is needed. Again, tems (Kovalchik 1987): project personnel will remain alert to the possibility of overlooked populations. * The rlparlan ecosystem is that land, next to water, where plants that are dependent on a TE-4 If listed plant species are found in the project perpetual source of water occur. Riparian influence area, their actual distribution and current sites include fluvial surfaces such as stream status will be determined. Informal consultation banks, stream channels, active channel with the Endangered Species Branch of the USDl shelves, active floodplains, and overflow Fish and Wildllfe Service will be initiated lf the channels species is Federally listed. If the proposed project would jeopardize the existence of the species, it * The transltlonal ecosystem occurs on would be modlfied or curtailed. If this is accom- subirrigated sites that lie between the riparian plished, a no-effect situation exists and will be and upland. It does not have true riparian documented. Identified safeguards will be clearly vegetation such as sedges and willows yet spelled out in the environmental analysis and is uniquely different from uplands. Transition project plan and project personnel will be fully sites include inactive floodplains, terraces, responsible for being aware of and implementing toe-slopes, and meadowswhich have season- them. Supervision of the activlty will assure that ably high water that recedes to below the actions which jeopardize the listed species do not rooting zone in mid to late summer occur. Goal TE-5 If actions which may affect habitat for Federally listed Endangered or Threatened species cannot To manage riparian areas to maintain or enhance be avoided, the activity will be deferred until a riparian dependent resources such as water quality, formal consultation with the Endangered Species water quantity, fish habitat, and wildlife and Branch of the USDl Fish and Wildllfe Service is vegetation that owe their existence to riparian completed to determine a course of action areas. TE-6 Field surveys, ecological studies, and Standards/Guidelines management recommendations will be completed for Sensitive plants as described in the implementa- RP-1 Riparian areas will be managed in the context tion schedule of the Forest Threatened, Endan- of the environment in which they are located. gered, and Sensitive Plant Program presented in Specifically, Forest policy shall be based on the Appendix 13. following guidelines:

TE-7 Where possible, opportunities to enhance RP-2 Maintain or enhance riparian areas and the the propagation of Sensitive plants will be pursued. riparian dependent resources (water qualty and quantity, fish, and certain wildllfe and vegetation that owe their existence to riparian areas) associat- Riparian Areas/ ed with these areas. Wetlands, Streamside RP-3 Give preference to riparian area dependent resources over other resources. Management Units, and RP-4 Manage riparian areas under the principles Flood Plains of multiple use and sustainedyield, while emphasizing protection of riparian dependent resources. Riparian areas occur along the interface between Outputs of non-riparian dependent resources aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems. These water (timber harvest, grazing, recreation, special uses) oriented ecosystems are surrounded by drier can be pursued as long as they do not conflict upslope ecosystems. They make up a minor portion with the objectivesand needs of ripariandependent of the landscape but are extremely important in resources. Forest Plan 4 - 61 RP-5 Identify and pursue opportunities in riparian Riparian areas/wetlands. areas for enhancement of fisheries and wildllfe habltat For approximately 100 feet from the mean high water mark of all perennial streams, lakes and other bodies of water. RP-6 Manage water temperatures to support benefiting resources. Evaluate the effects of For approximately 100 feet from the mean high proposed projects on water temperature and water mark of all Class I, I1 and 111 streams. make adjUS"ntS where impacts to beneflting resources are predicted. Any vegetative management activty within a riparian area will meet the following standards/ RP-7 Meet or exceed water quality standards for guidelines: the State of Oregon (Oregon Administrative Rules, Chapter 34041) through application of Best RP-12 The disturbance of ground cover should be minimized to prevent degradation of water Management Practices (BMP's). quality.

RP-8 Evaluate the cumulative effects of proposed RP-13 The need for special contract provisions to projects on water qualty, runoff, stream channel protect channel condltions and water qualii (e.g., conditions, and fish habitat and adopt measures directional or cable-assist falling) will be assessed to avoid adverse effects to these resources. through environmental analysis under the NEPA Cumulative effects will include lands of all owner- process. ship in the watershed. RP-14 An adequate supply of large organic material for present and future input to the stream will be RP-9 Protect instream flow on National Forest maintained. System Lands through NEPA analysis of proposed water uses, diversions, and transmission applica- RP-15 Provide the amount of shade necessary to tions and renewal of permits. Protection of instream meet stream temperature requirements of beneft- flows needed to achieve resource objectives may ting resources. be accomplished through filing protests with the State of Oregon, Water Resources Department if RP-16 Maintain upper streambanks in a condition applications are made that would adversely affect beneflting riparian dependent resource objectives. National Forest resources, asserting claims for water needs under Federal or state laws where Transportation applicable, inserting protection measures into special use permits, or reachingformal agreements Roads and Trails over use. Purchase of water rights and impound- ments are other means which may be used to RP-17 Roads and trails will be at the lowest density which meets long-term resource needs. Where secure needed water. existing roads or trails are inhibiting the achievement of fisheries or water quality objectives, RP-10 Manage woody debris and riparian vegeta- measures shall be taken to eliminate the problem. tion to: l) maintain or enhance stream channel and bank structure, and 2) provide structural fish Design and Construction habtat to meet the objectives for resident fish populations provided for in the Forest Plan. RP-18 Roads will not be constructed through the length of a riparian area. The length of roads crossing a riparian area will be minimized to avoid impactsto vegetative, soil, and water characteristics Timber/Silviculture above and below the roads.

RP-11 There will be no scheduled timber harvest RP-19 Road drainage shall be designed to in the Riparian Zones, which includes: eliminate any influx of sediment from road runoff Forest Plan 4 - 62 that is inhibiting achievement of riparian-dependent Stream Crossings resources objectives. RP-25 The transportation system will be designed RP-20 Heavy equipment may be used in the and constructed to minimize the number of stream riparian ecosystem If their use would maintain or crossings. improve riparian dependent resources The use of heavy equipment may be allowed in the transition RP-26 Stream crossings and the approach ecosystems if achievement of vegetatwe, soil, and alignment will be located to minimize stream water objectives are met. New timber landings will damage. not be placed in nparian areas and existing landings which are impacting or could impact RP-27 Bridge approach fills will be riprap and/or vegetation, soils, or water quality, shall be restored. protected by wing walls, as needed, to minimize erosion. RP-21 Culverts will be removed from roads which RP-28 The size and type of crossing structures will be closed for long periods failure of the If will be adequate to accommodate anticipated culvert would result in sediment addltions to the high streamflows and to allow fish passage, where stream that would be harmful to riparian dependant needed resources. RP-29 Stream crossing construction will be Maintenance scheduled during low streamflow and/or outside fish spawning periods. RP-22 Road and trail maintenance shall be performed on a frequency necessary to maintain Range Allotments drainage efficiency at all runoff control and drainage structures (dips and culverts). RP-30 Range allotment management plans will identify quantified vegetative and stream channel RP-23 Road management objectives shall include standards which will ensure the protection of direction to minimize soil erosion in accordance. stream channel integrty Corrective action will be taken if satisfactory channel conditions (see RP-24 Opportunities to relocate, close, or obllterate glossary) are not achieved or the following existing roads in riparian areas shall be pursued utilization standards are exceeded

Forest Plan 4 - 63 Allowable Use of Available Forage’

Maxlmum Annual Utlllzatlon (percent) Grass & Grasslike Shrubs3 Range Resource Management Level Sat.4 Unsatlsf. Sat.4 Unsatlsf.

B - Livestock use managed wlthin grazing capacity 40 030 30 0-25 by riding, herding, salting, as cost-effective improvements used only to maintain stewardship of range.

C - hestock managed to achieve full utilization of 45 035 40 030 allocated forage. Management systems designed to obtain distribution and maintain plan vigor include fencing and water development.

D - Livestock managed to optimize forage production 50 040 50 035 and utilization. Cost-effective cube practices improving forage supply, forage use and livestock distribution may be combinedwith fencing and water development to implement complex grazing systems.

‘This will be incorporatedin annual operating plans and Allotment Management Plans Allotment Management Plans may include Utilizationstandards which vary from those associated wlth intensive grazing systems or specific vegetation management objectives which will meet objecbves for riparian dependent resources includes cumulative annual use by big game and INestock

*Utilization based on percent removed by weight

W!iikation based on incidence of use. Example’ H 50 leaders ovt of 100 are browsed, utilization is 50 percent

.Satisfactory Condition -See Glossary.

RP-31 Allotments with riparian areas will have an streambank stability, and shrub cover. The updated Allotment Management Plan prepared by plan will address the montoring needed to the end of FY 1995. determine f the desired rate of improvement is occurring. When current condnions ar less RP-32 Range allotment management plans will than the desired future conditions, the objectives include a strategy for managing riparian areas for in ltem 3 will include a schedule for improvement. a mix of resource uses. A measurable desired Allotment management plans will identify those future riparian condnion will be established based actions needed to meet ripanan objectives on existing and potential vegetative conditions. within the specified time frame. The plan will include a cost-beneft analysisand will address When the current riparian condltion is less than the condition analysis and monitoring needed desired, objectives will include a schedule for to determine if the desired rate of improvement improvement. The allotment management plans is occuring. Allotment management plans will identify management actions needed to currently not consistent with this direction will meet riparian objectives within the speclfic time be developed or revised on a prioriity basis frame. Measurable objectwes will be set for key under a schedule established by the Forest parameters, such as stream surface shaded, Supelvisor.

Forest Plan 4 - 64 Fire Recreation

RP-33 For fuel treatment in riparian areas: RP-36 Recreation activlties will be managed to prevent site deterioration wlthin riparian areas. In Hand piling and burning or low intensity areas of concentrated use, trails, and dispersed broadcast burns will be the preferred treatment and non-dispersed recreation sltes will be de- methods Residual material less than 5 inches signed, managed and maintained to minimize in diameter needed to meet fire protection impacts on riparian ecosystems. objectives will be removed or treated. Residual material larger than 5 inches in diameter will be RP-37 Opportunities to restore riparian values in preserved in quantlties needed to provide for campgrounds (developed and nondeveloped), along trails, and on special use summer home achievement of desired stream bank conditions, sltes (refer to River Corridor Management S&Gs) fisheries and wildllfe habltat diversity, and long will be pursued. term site productivity.

Slash piles should be burned wlthin one year Special Uses after piling unless needed for wildlife purposes. RP-38 Summer home permlts -will require that riparian resources be maintained. Native stream- RP-34 For fuel treatment in transitionalecosystems: side and lakeside deciduous and conlfer vegetation will be maintained or establishedwhich will enhance The preferred fuel treatment methods are low riparian resources Permits will prohiblt the manipu- intensity prescribed burning, lopping and lation of riparian vegetation. Where this vegetation scattering or small hand piles. has been altered, every effort will be made to reestablish riparian vegetation that will benefit Residual material less than 5 inches in diameter, riparian dependent resources. needed to meet fire protection objectives, will be removed or treated. Residual material larger RP-39 Large organic material which is beneficial than 5 inches in diameter will be preserved If to fish, wildlife or water quality will be preserved needed desired for stream bank condtion, in riparian areas, stream or river channels, and fisheries and wildlife habitat diversity, and long lakes adjacent to summer homes. Stream bank term site productivity. erosion or esthetic enhancement are not adequate reasonsfor Its removal. The material may be altered Mechanical treatment would be sultable only If if it creates a safety hazard, however its contribution t will not cause soil compaction and soil to riparian resources will be preserved disturbance RP-40 Public access to riparian areas adjacent to Fine material, less than 3 inches in diameter summer homes will not be restricted except where and 3 feet long, will be disposed of so it will riparian resource objectives are threatened. not reach stream courses. RP41 Special Use permits -will include measures to protect riparian resources. RP-35 For fuel treatment in uplands adjacent to riparian areas RP-42 Small Hydropower Development - Recom- mendations or requirements for small hydropower Water diversions on fire lines will be constructed development will include: to drain water into areas with sufficient ground cover to avoid sediment transport to stream Development will provide for adequate minimum channels. instream flow requirements for the protection and maintenance of existing fish populations. A protective strip of undisturbed ground surface will be provided between prescribed burn areas Adequate instream flow requirements will be and riparian transitional areas if sediment maintainedfor the total length of stream between movement to stream channels is likely. the diversion and discharge point. Forest Plan 4 - 65 Intake screens will be provided to prevent Water quallty standards and goals. entrainment of fish into the diversion flow. The screen size and intake approach will conform Other riparian resource objectives, as appropri- to Oregon Department of Fish and Wildlife ate. criteria. Opportunities for enhancement The powerplant outflow will be designed so that fish will not be attracted to the powerplant RP-45 SMU management objectives will be turbine(s). described for a specific zone along the river or stream’s length wlthin the proposed project area As a minimum, a distance of 100 feet horizontal Project construction should be timed to coinicide from each side of all water bodies, will be evaluated wlth the low flow summer period and construc- during the development of the SMU obpctives. tion will not be made during spawning periods. The evaluated area should include 100 feet from the edges of active floodplains. Excess removal matenal from the project site will be hauled to an upland site for disposal. RP-46 Tree stands within SMU‘s will be managed to maintain or enhance the vegetative characteris- All of the disturbed riparian and streambed tics needed for water quality and quantty, fish area at the project area will be restored habitat, and other riparian dependent resources. immediately after construction has been com- The need for vegetative treatment within an SMU

I pleted. will be determined on a case-by-case basisthrough the project’s environmental analysis. Special The powerplant and penstock will be located prescriptions will be developed during project where they will not interfere with big game planning to protect or enhance riparian dependent migration routes. resources. The prescription will feature ripanan area objectives over the management area’s objectives if a conflict arises. RP-43 Streamside Management Unlts (SMU’s) - are riparian areas and adjacent uplands along streams, rivers, and lakes where forest manage- 100-Year Floodplains (high risk) ment practices directly affect riparian dependent resource values. Management practices wlthin the RP-47 Floodplalns are the nearly level alluvial SMU’s will be developed to meet riparian depend- plains that border a stream or rlver. They are ent resource goals. All standards/guidelines listed usually composed of sediment deposlted during under riparian apply to Stream Management Unlts. overflow and lateral migration of the stream or rwer and generally include most of the riparian RP-44 If project areas include SMU’s, specific area. One hundred year floodplains are high risk objectives, oppoitunities, and management prac- areas flooded by major storm events (e g., rain or tices for the SMU’s will be developed during the snow, or high intensity-short duration thunder- storms, etc.). NEPA process. The NEPA document will display the project’s effects on the SMU objectives. These Investments in major structures, roads, or other objectlves and management practices will be facilities within floodplain zones may be made based on: only IF no feasible alternative slte outside the floodplain exists. Stream channel conditions and riparian zone plant associations. Floodplain and wetland development or construction projects will be avoided when there is Stream classtfication and fish habitat ObjectNeS. an adverse impact on the natural and beneficial values and where practicable akernatives exist. Slte-specific topographic, soil, channel, and This includes the rehabilitation of unused vegetative characteristics. structures or significant enlargement of existing

Forest Plan 4 - 66 facillties. Normal maintenance and rehabilltation the value for the fishery and the type of recreational of functioning structures are not excluded. fishing use.

Activties, which could have short-term impacts Appenduc 11 identifies the streams, rivers, and on floodplain values will incorporate mltigation lakes providing habitat supporting fishery measures designed to minimize impacts Natural resources on the Forest. Habitat capacrty targets floodplain characteristics will be restored shortly will be identified for each of these waters as a after the activny has been completed. result of habitat surveys. These targets will be reevaluated during project development. Land acquisltion or exchange applications to acquire properly in floodplains or wetlands for FI-2 Quantified habitat surveys will be completed undeveloped recreational facillties normally are prior to the pursuit of projects which could affect permissible. fish habitat quality on important (listed) streams, riiers and lakes. The data will be analyzed to. The public will be given an opportunlty for early review of any projects proposed in Assess present conditions and the ability to floodplains or wetlands. In all cases, a press contribute to fishery resource objectives. notice will be published in the local news media briefly describing the proposed action and Determine habitat capaclty targets for the rivers, urging members of the public to provide their streams, and lakes. views Quantify changes in fishery outputs from past A notice will be circulated through appropriate and proposed project actiities which could State and Federal agencies, and public input significantly affect fish resource targets or will be soliclted for projects or actions that are objectives positively or negatively. (Effects such located in floodplains or wetlands as improvedcover, increased sediment, reduced log recruitment, altered water temperatures will be considered ) Fisheries Identify work that would enhance the potential productivity of the fishery or provide protection The goal and implementation schedule of the from potential negative effects. Forest Fishery Program are presented in Appendix 11. Monltor changes in habltat condltions over time.

Goal FI-3 Stream and lake survey information will be updated every ten years Stream, river, and lake To manage stream, river and lake resources to implementation plans which consider watered achieve a broad variety of fishing experiences and riparian areas will be prepared or updated which are responsive to public needs, resource based on those surveys. capabillties, and supportive of cooperative targets established wlth the Oregon Department of Fish FI-4 Habitat improvement work will be pursued and Wildlife. based on the contribution of the work to fishery objectives and targets. Improvement work will Standards/Guidelines adopt measures to protect other resources as needed. FI-I Streams, rivers, and lakes will be classfied based upon public use and their potential contribu- FI-5 Site-specific riparian prescriptions will be tion to achieving cooperative fishing targets, (angler developed to enhance the contribution of riparian success and quallty of fishery) with the Oregon vegetation to fish habitat quallty. Prescriptions will Department of Fish and Wildlife. Stream classifica- be developed to enhance the recrultment of large tion will be based upon the fishery objective that organic material and to optimize water tempera- will be managed for. Fishery objectives will include tures for fish production.

Forest Plan 4 - 67 -~-=FI-6 Stream crossing structures on fishery streams will provide for fish passage. Existing crossings Minerals will be evaluated for their sultabillty and corrected if needed. Goal To provide for exploration, development, and FI-7 Management practices which will significantly production of a variety of minerals on the Forest. reduce the potential production of the Forest's Fishery resources will be corrected to eliminate Standards and Guidelines the impact. Salable Mineral Materials FI-8 Range plans for allotments which include fishing streams will identify quantified stream MN-1 A limted supply of material is available in channel standards that will preserve fish habltat some areas of the Forest. qualty. The standards will be based upon the In areas where mineral resources are known to results of a stream survey. Where standards are be scarce, the Forest should intensify exploration exceeded correctwe actions will be taken. to determine if new 'proven' material reserves can be identified. FI-9 A recreationlfishingmanagement implementation plan will be developed to preservethe dwerslty MN-2 Use of existing materials sources will be and qualty of fishing opportunlties on the Forest. given priority over undeveloped sources. Excep The plan will be used to evaluate the sutabilty of tions could be made when existing sources are unable to economically supply the quantlty and fishery resources for alternative recreational use, quality of materials needed or when conflicts with to identify cooperative targets, and to guide future other resource uses are found to be unacceptable. management. Borrow, cinder, hard rock, gravel, and clay sources available for use during the planning period are FI-10 Information will be collected to identify shown on the Materials Source Map and identdied minimum flows necessary to preserve fish habtat in the Material Source Inventory. If undeveloped on fishery streams. The Forest will cooperate with sources are proposed for use the decision to develop these sources will be made through the the State Depaltment of Fish and Wildlie and the NEPA process. Department of Water Resources in legally establishing these flows. MN-3 Guidelines for who has priorlty of use in material sources are: FI-11 The Forest will cooperate wlth the Oregon Department of Fish and Wildlife to insure that the 1. Forest Service and Forest Service contractors, qualty of the recreational crayfish fishery is 2. Other Federal and State Agencies, 3. Local maintained at a high level. Government Agencies, and 4. Private Sector. Gravel or hard rock material will not be sold to FI-12 Fishing Guides Special Use Permits will be the private sector during the planning period. issued in accordance with standards/guidelines However, gravel and hard rock will be available listed under Recreation Special Use Permits. to Forest Service permittees and easment holders on a case-by-case basis. FI-13 Work with the Oregon Department of Fish MN-4 Management plans will be developed for and Wildlie, the Oregon Department of Water each existing and new mineral materials source Resources and local irrigation districts to establish used during the planning period. acceptable flows for fish survwal in Tumalo and Squaw Creeks, and the Deschutes River below MN-5 Capital investments will not be made when Wickiup. All legal avenues should be pursued. there are conflicts wlth the use of a known mineral

Forest Plan 4 - 68 material deposit except under the following with the Forest Service recommendation before condtions: lands are formally withdrawn.

The need for the investment is greater than the Withdrawals from mineral entry may be recom- value of the mineral resource. mended to the BLM If an established or anticipated use is not compatible with, and cannot be mitigated The investment cannot be located anywhere as part of the mineral entry. Proposed withdrawal else. areas may include all or portions of Experimental Forests, Research Natural Areas, Special Interest The investment can be amortized before the Areas, Intensive RecreationAreas, and administra- mineral resource is to be utilized. tive sites and special use areas that have major investments Locatable Minerals Mining Claims Water - Best Manage- MN-6 The Forest is generally open to mineral ment Practices entry under the 1872 Mining Law. Some exceptions are wilderness, power sites, and other specific StandarddGuidelines areas that have been withdrawn from appropriation or entry under the mining laws WT-1 State requirements will be followed in accordance with the Clean Water Act for protection MN-7 In accordance with Federal regulations (36 of waters of the State of Oregon (Oregon Adminis- CFR 228), mining claimants and prospectors are trative Rules, Chapter 34041) through planning, required to file notices of intent or operating plans application, and monitoring of Best Management for mining activties that involve significant disturb- Practices (BMPs) in conformance with the Clean ance to surface resources. The Forest’s review Water Act, regulations, and federal guidance issued will be directed toward minimizing adverse environ- thereto mental impacts on the surface resource and toward reclaiming the slte. WT-2 In cooperation with the State of Oregon, the Forest will use the following process Conflicts. 1 Select and design BMPs based on site- specific conditions, technical, economic, and MN-8 The normal approach to deal with potential institutional feasibility, and the water quality conflicts between mineral activities and other standards for those waters potentially impact- resources is to use the 36 CFR 228 Subpart A ed. regulations for locatable minerals or the Secretary’s discretionary authoity on leasable and salable 2 Implement and enforce BMPs. minerals. 3. Monitor to ensure that practices are correctly Withdrawals: applied as designed.

MN-9 In the event conflicts between minerals and 4. Monitor to determine the effectiveness of other resources cannot be resolved the land can practices in meeting design expectations be withdrawn from appropriation or Entry Under and in attaining water quality standards. The Mining Laws. 5. Evaluate monitoring results and mitigate MN-1 OThe authorlty to withdraw lands from mineral where necessary to minimize impacts from entry rests with the United Department of the activities where BMPs do not perform as Interior Bureau of Land Management (BLM). Forest expected. Service recommendationsto the BLM for withdrawal must be preceded by mineral potential evaluations 6. Adjust BMP design standards and application and NEPA compliance. The BLM must concur when it is found that beneficial uses are not Forest Plan 4 - 69 - ..~~ being protected and water quali standards are not being achieved to the desired level. Soils Evaluatethe appropriatenessof water quality criteria for reasonably assuring protection of Goal beneficial uses. Consider recommending To maintain or enhance long-term soil productivity. adjustment of water quallty standards. StandarddGuidelines WT-3 Use the existing agreed to process to implement the State Water Quallty Management SL-1 Management activities will be prescribed to Plan on lands administered by the USFS as promote maintenance or enhancement of soil productivity. The potential for detrimental soil described in Memoranda of Understanding be- damages will be specifically addressed through tween the Oregon Department of Environmental project environmental analysis. Alternatlve manage- Quallty and US. Department of Agriculture, Forest ment practices will be developed and mltigating Sewice (2/12/79 and 12/7/82), and 'Attachments measures implemented when activities will result A and B' referred to in this MOU (Implementation in detrimental soil compaction, puddling, displace- Plan for Water Quality Planning on National Forest ment, or soils wlth severely burned surfaces or those with accelerated erosion. Lands in the Pacdic Northwest 12/78 and Best Management Practices for Range and Grazing SL-2 The Forest will have and use appropriate Activities on Federal Lands, respectively). contract and permlt language to meet the following standards/guidelines: WT4 For a more complete explanation of the above, refer to Appenduc H in the Appendix to the Soil Compaction , Displacement, FEIS, 'Best Management Practices'. Puddling, Severely Burned. SL-3 Leave a minimum of 80 percent of an activlty WT-5 Individual, general Best Management Prac- arealin a condition of acceptable productivity tices are described in General Wafer OuaCfy Best potential for trees and other managed vegetation Management Practices, Pacific Northwest Region, following land management actwities. Include all 11/88. This provides guidance but is not a direction system roads, landings, spur roads, and skid document. Also included in this document is a roads or trails to evaluate impacts. Soil monitoring. to include statistical methods, will be required on description of the process, and limitations and all sensitive soil areas. use of these BMPs. Each BMP listed includes the Title, Objectives, Explanation, Implementation and SL-4 Any sites where this direction cannot be met Responsibillty, and Monitoring. Evaluations of will require rehabilitation Measures may include ability to implement and estimated effectiveness tillage, smoothing, fertilizing or spreading of are made at the project level. biological rich organic materials. SL-5 The use of mechanical equipment in sensltive WT-6 Not all of the general BMPs listed will normally soil areas will be regulated to protect the soil apply to a given prolect. and there may be specdic resource. Operations will be restricted to existing BMPs which are not represented by a general trails and roads whenever feasible. BMP in this document. Surface Soil Erosion

WT-7 The sensitiivlty of the proiect determines SL-6 In order to minimize soil erosion by water whether the slte-specfic BMP prescriptions are and wind, the following ground cover objectives included in the WElS or in the sale/project plan, should be met within the first 2 years after an or in the analysis files. activity is completed. (See Table 4-30),

Forest Plan 4 - 70 Table 4-30 Surface Soil Erosion Standards/Guidelines

Surface Sol1 Mlnlmum Percent Personal Use Fuelwood: Eroslon Effectlve Ground FL-1 Personal use fuelwood will be provided for Potentlalz Cover individuals who wish to cut or gather their own. 1st Year 2nd Year FL-2 Personal use fuelwood will be available to Low 20 30 31 -45 - those who, because of age, infirmity, or economic Moderate 31 -45 46 60 - considerations, are unable to cut or gather their High 46 60 61 -75 - own. Severe 61 - 75 76 - 90 FL-3 Slash and other unmerchantable material 'Act~iiyarea is the total area of ground impacted activiiy end will be considered a potentially useful commodity: IS a feasible unit for sampling and evaluating The area would and all reasonable efforts will be made to make include the unit of timber sale. slash disposal project or grazing allotment pasture and include transportation systems wlthin such material available for public use. Slash and and directly adjacent to the project. residue material will normally be made available in a Free-Use program ZErosion potenbai can be obtained by using the Erosion Hazard Rating Form or by referencing the Soil Resource inventory, Commercial Use Firewood: Oeschules Nailonal Forest, Pacdic Northweht region. (0 M Larsen. 1976). FL-4 The Forest will continue to make fuelwood available for commercial use. aEffect~eground cover includes ail living or dead herbaceous or woody materials and rock fragments greater than three-fourths FL-5 High bidders will pay the entire stumpage of an inch in diameter in contact with the ground sudace. price, performance bond, and any required includes tree or shrub seedlings. grass, forbs, IHier, woody deposits, as a condition of contract or permit biomass, chips, and SO forth award.

FL-6 The Forest will emphasize the commercial Soil Mass Wasting fuelwood program over personal use in contract areas where heavy equipment may be required SL-7 When a project could result in an increased for removal, in remote areas where large loads potential for mass wasting, alternative project are more economical to haul than small loads, or proposals will be developed and evaluated through where environmental constraints require special the projects environmental analysis. controls. FL-7 Timber Sale Contracts, and other contracts Implementation such as for slash disposal, thinning, and site preparation, will be designed to encourage the SL-8 The implementation schedule for the Forest utilization of fuelwood that results from these Soils Program is presented in Appendix 14 of this operations. Forest Plan. Transportation System Fuelwood Goal

Goal To plan, design, operate and maintain a safe and economical transportation system providing To provide fueiwood as a renewable energy efficient access for the movement of people and resource for personal and commercial uses in materials involved in the use and protection of management areas where gathering is permitted. National Forest lands. Forest Plan 4 - 71 contract, lease, or permit through which they Standards/Guidelines were constructed (RPA as amended by NFMA, Section 10 (b)). TS-1 Adequate access to and within the Forest will be provided and will include travel by foot, horse, aircraft, watercraft, and motorized vehicles Road Management of all types. A process for access and travel management is defined in the Forest Service TS-6 The road system will be managed to meet Handbook on transportation planning. The process the stated goal. When a conflict occurs between will utilize an interdisciplinary approach which safety, impact on resources, investment protection, administrative access, public access, the traffic considers the standards/guidelines of all resource or restrictions will be utilized to mitigate the conflict. areas, will involve Forest visltors and interest groups, and will focus on the positive aspects TS-7 Operation plans will use one or more of the and opportunities provided by access and travel following road management strategies for use to management. The partnership will demonstrate accomplish the management oblectives for the that both resources and people are better accom- area: modated through a spectrum of carefully planned an implemented strategies. Encourage -The objective is to influence certain user groups in specific types of vehicles to use TS-2 The transportation system will be planned to this road. This is done by use of information sewe long-term multiple resource needs rather techniques such as maps or signing The road than individual project proposals. In addnion, the will be actively maintained and operated at the planning for primary routes will be consistent wnh standard appropriate to the use experienced. Regional direction to ensure unlformity wnh the The roads will meet the requirements of the transportation systems of adjacent Forests and Highway Safety Act. state and county agencies. Accept -The objective is to allow use but not Road Construction and Reconstruction to advertise or invite passage on a road that meets design and maintenance standards for TS-3 Transportation planning decisions will be full public use. Continued use IS not encouraged developed from the Forest Plan Implementation and will be discouraged or eliminated If the process in which all resource needs will be road condnion deteriorates or resource impacts concurrently assessed and will be consistent wkh develop. Use could be speclfied for one user the prescriptions for each management area. The group ie. four wheel drive vehicles or high area analysis will consider alternatives far road clearance vehicles. access based on resource impacts and the long-term economics of the investment. Discourage - Passage appears feasible, but entrance information is designed to persuade TS4 New roads will be located and designed to some user groups or vehicle types not to use the lowest standard necessary to meet resource the road. Entrance management can be accom- objectives. Long-term economicswill be considered plished by using advisoly or warning signs during the selection of the standard to minimize and/or barriers. the possibility of repeated reconstruction. The economic llfe selected for analysis will vary wlth Ellmlnate - Intermittent use, on a ten year Cycle the type of facility (road, culvert, bridge) and will or less, would call for a gate, a guard rail barrier, consider investment risk. a log, or an earth berm. Permanent closure would call for entrance obliteration and/or road TS-5 Non-system (temporary) roads may be obliteration constructed for short-term use where the risk for resource impact is low, or can be mitigated, and Prohlbli - Some user groups or all users are where analysis has shown they are cost effective. informed not to use this road and this is actively Temporaly roads will be obliterated when their enforced under a regulatoly order. There would intended use no longer exists and must be be some need for this road for administrative revegetated wlthin 10 years of completion of the or seasonal use to keep It on the system. Forest Plan 4 - 72 TS-8 Roads will be closed through the most evaluation would include the biologist’s best economical method that is effective in meeting professional pdgement on the effects of proposed the management objectives for the area. These projects open road density on wildlife habitat use, include seasonal administratwe closures, sign site-specific factors supporting this judgement, restrictions, barriers, gates, and road obliteration. and possible mitigation measures. If the evaluation The preferred method of closing roads will be by concludes that the net effect of the project is obscuring the road entrance to discourage vehicle compatible with Forest Plan wildllfe objectives as access. When formal (legal) closures are needed, proposed or with mitigation measures, or signifi- the orders will be consistent with the Code of cantly enhances the conformanceof the Implemen- Federal Regulations. tation Unit with wildllfe objectives, the project will be considered compatible with Forest Plan direc- TS-9 Road maintenance activities will be planned tion. on a prioiity basis and will be consistent with the management objectives for each road The method TS-14 The biologist’s evaluation would be used of accomplishment mayvaty depending on speclfic by the project ID Team and line officer in deciding prescriptions particular to a management area. on a plan which best satisfies multiresourceneeds, The priorrty for maintenancework is as follows: and in preparing the NEPA document and Decision (1) Safety, (2) Resource and investment protection Notice. The line officer may select an open-road and wildfire access, (3) Developed recreation and density that exceeds the biologist‘s evaluation. administratwe access, and (4) Dispersed recreation Selection of project alternatives, which the further access. evaluation finds are not compatible with Forest Plan wildlife objectives or will not signlficantly TS-10 All commercial users of Forest roads will enhance conformance of the Implementation Unit be financially responsible for maintenanceactivities with wildlife objectives, will require an amendment resulting from their use of the Forest road system. of the Plan. Commercial users having products from private lands may be responsible for cost recovely on Trails and Other Access the road investment as well as maintenance. TS-15 The S&Gs for trail, ATV, and OHV access Open Road Density are included in the Recreation and Trail sections of this Chapter. The S&Gs for airstrips and helispots TS-11 To achieve the Forest’s wildlife objectives, are included in the Fire section for each manage- open road density must be managed. Density ment area. guidelines are not intended to be objectives in themsehres, but are means to accomplish wildlife resource objectwes. Therefore, open road densities will be evaluated in relation to the needs and Fire and Fuels sensitivity of site specific wildlife habitats and populations. Management

TS-12 Some management areas include open Goal road density guidelines If not included in the management area direction, the deer summer To provide a well managed fire protection and range guideline of 2.5 miles per square mile, as prescribed fire program that is cost efficient, an average over the entire implementation unit, is responsive to land stewardship needs, and assumed. Guideline densities will be used as resource management goals and objectives thresholds for a further evaluation and will not serve as the basis for assessing conformance Standards/Guidelines (Specifics are with the Forest Plan. containedwithin the individual management areas.)

TS-13 If a preferred project alternative would FF-1 Prevention of human caused wildfires will exceed these guidelines, a detailed further evalua- focus on areas of high use and high risk. Identified tion by a wildllfe biologist would be required. The areas of high use and high risk are:

Forest Plan 4 - 73 Recreation use along major travelways and strategies are identllied in the Fire Management bodies of water during the summer periqd. Action Plan.

Personal use firewood cutting during late FF-7 Objectives for burned acres and constraints spring and early summer. are identified for each management area. This identification does not mean that fires will be Large numbers of deer hunters during the fall. allowed to burn to these sizes prior to suppression. Rather, it is a tool to measure the fire suppression Large areas of Beetle Killed pine adjacent to organizational needs. The fire suppression organi- SUbdMSiOnS and private developments. zation shall strive to keep the resource losses caused by wildfire to a level that will not adversely Industrial operations on National Forest Land affect resource outputs. during summer. FF-8 If a wildfire escapes initial action, an escaped fire situation analysis shall be prepared. The FF-2 A successful annual fire prevention program objective of this analysis is to identify a suppression will have less than the following numben of human alternative that minimizes suppression cost plus caused fires: resource loss and best meets multiple use standards/guidelines for each management area. Bend Ranger District 15 Crescent Ranger Dist. 9 FF-9 Burning plans will be prepared in advance Fort Rock Ranger Dist. 12 of ignition and approved by the appropriate line Sisters Ranger Dist. 16 officer for each prescribedfire. Prescribed burning Forest Total 53 will conform to air quality guidelines. Burning (Arson fires are not included in the prevention plans will define an escaped fire. A fire that escapes goals.) will be declared a wildfire and an escaped fire situation analysis will be prepared. FF-3 The Ranger Districts will prepare a fire prevention plan annually to assist in meeting FF-10 Unplanned ignitions may be used as these goals. prescribed fires if (1) a prescribed fire plan has been prepared and approved and (2) the fire is FF-4 Wildfire detection will be primarily by lookout: burning within prescription. Normally, prescribed Black Butte, Lava Butte, Round Mountain, Odell burning will be by planned ignition. Butte, Spring Butte and East Butte. FF-11 Levels and methods of fuels treatment will The Lookouts will be supplemented with aerial be guided by the resource objectives within the detection after lightning storms, on high risk or management area. extreme fire danger days and during periods of reduced visibility.

FF-5 All wildfires will receive a timely and energetic Special Uses suppression response that minimizes suppression costs plus resource losses, and best meets multiple Goal use standards/guidelines for each management area. Those fires that threaten life, pnvate property, To provide for the use and occupancy of the public and fire fighter safely, improvements or National Forest system by indwiduals or Federal, investments shall be given high priority and State, and local Governments when such use will suppressed to minimize losses. not detract from specific management area direction, is in the public interest, and cannot FF-6 All wildfires will require an appropriate reasonably be sewed by development on non- suppression response. Appropriate suppression National Forest System land.

Forest Plan 4 - 74 Standards/Guidelines Within each window, alternative routes will be fully evaluated. Nonrecreation Special Uses SU-8 Compatibility of each alternative with the Utility Corrldors management areas affected will be determined. If a route is not compatible with the management SU-I Existing utillty corridors are listed and shown area direction and other alternatives are not on the Electronic sites and Malor Utillty Comdors feasible, an amendment to the Forest Plan could Map. be pursued through the appropriateNEPA process.

SU-2 When applicationsfor rights-of-wayfor utilities Dams and Reservolrs are recewed, the Forest's first prioi%y will be to utilize residual capaclty in existing corridors. SU-9 Applications for licenses or grants associated with dams and resewoirs may be recommended SU-3 When residual capacity is not available, for approval f they do not detract from management consider expansion of existing corridors. Expan- area direction and do meet State of Oregon sions may require a slte-specific analysis in requirements Such applications will be subject to accordance wlth NEPA an environmental analysis pursuant to NEPA.

SU-4 All existing utillties will conduct hazard tree Electronic Sltes analysis on aerial powerline corridors in accordance wlth the Deschutes National Forest Hazard Tree SU-IO Developed, planned, and denied electronic Handbook. The utillty will refer to the handbook for identlficabon and removal procedures. stes are listed and shown on the Electronic Sites and Major Utilities Corridor Map. SU-5 Three windows for future energy transmission corridors have been identled. (Refer to the Utillty SU-11 Develop site plans for developed sites and Corridor and Electronic Slte map) Following are planned sites in accordance with FSM 2728.1 (3) the guidelines that will apply to future evaluations and other Forest Service handbooks (See Ap- of these areas should the need for a corridor pendix 7 on Electronic Sites for listing of developed arise. and planned sites.)

SU-6 All evaluation and analysis will be done in SU-12 Site plans for planned sites must be accordance wlth the NEPA process and wlth completed prior to installation of facilities. Plans procedures set fonh in the Regional Guide. must be compatible with the Recreation Opportu- nity Spectrum (ROS) and visual classification of A lead agency will be determined prior to the the area start of any analysis. Analysis will be coordinated with other Forests and land management SU-13 Applicants for electronic facilities will be agencies and a study plan developed and directed toward use of the developed sites before agreed upon prior to stalting the analysis. use of planned snes is considered. SU-7 Alternatives will be based on environmental, SU-14 Application for sltes not identfied as cultural, social and economic issues, in considera- developed, planned, denied (in Appendix 7) tion of powerline features, such as engineering or specification and clearing standards. must be evaluated through the NEPA process before approval could be granted. Alternatives will be developed that include moving energy through existing corridors. Other Uses

Each window could be considered as an SU-15 The Forest will consider applications for alternative itself for any east/west corridors that other uses as they are received, pursuant to the are proposed. NEPA process.

Forest Plan 4 - 75 ~~ ~ Recreation Special Uses and proftabillty for any new use. If unable to demonstrate that the business would be profitable, General no permit will be issued.

SU-16 Prior to authorizing recreation activities, SU-25 In general, no new permts for commercial uses, or development of services will be issued in campgrounds or any new sites, prepare a ste-specific study, including other developed sites. Thki includes all types of the appropriate environmental analysis (FSM food services, selling fishing equipment, worms, 2341 21). etc. Selling firewood in campgrounds may be appropriate in some circumstances. An exception SU-17 Authorize special-use permits for conces- to this policy exists on the lower Metolius Rwer sion developments only where there is a demon- near Lake Billy Chinook where a small store may strated public need. Examples include lodging be needed to meet the needs of recreationists. and overnight accommodations, stores, restau- rants, RV stes, outiiier and guides, etc. (FSM Outfitter and Guide Permits 2340). SU-26 The base of operation for special-uses SU-18 The recreation opportunity provided by a should be on private land when possible. Destina- permit must be compatiblewith the ROS classification resorts located on prwate land should supply tion of the area. All facilties, including resorts, will the base area for permittees providing service for be adequate to provide reasonable comfort and their guests or residences (FSM 2703 & 2740.3). convenience, but with no elaboration which would be out of keeping with the Forest environment. SU-27 Commercial rafting will be restricted to the section of the Deschutes River where it is currently SU-19 Do not issue a special-use permit ether permitted. No commercial rafting will be permitted solely for the purpose of establishing a profii- on the Metolius River. making commercial enterpriseor where satisfactory public service is or could be provided on nearby SU-28 Outfier/guide sewices in Wilderness will private or other public lands (FSM 2343.03). be permitted until local limlts of acceptable change and carrying capaclty estimates are met or SU-20 Incorporate as many needed public sewices exceeded (see Wildemess Management Area as possible under existing special-use permits discussion for more information). At that point (eg., fishing-guide permits under a resort permlt). outfiedguide sewices in Wildemess will be reduced or eliminated in those areas. SU-21 Commercial operators may be assessed charges for the use of roads and trails to cover SU-29 No new permlts will be issued for providing maintenance or other resource damage caused outfmer/guide operations in Wilderness. by their operations.The operators hauling products from private lands may be responsible for cost SU-30 Expansion of use by existing oWiier/guides recovery of the road investment as well as road will be authorized only for areas outside Wilderness. maintenance. SU-31 (Additional direction on outfmer/guide SU-22 A cash-flow analysis will be required of all operations in Wildemess is contained in the purchasers of existing businesses under special- Wilderness Management Area section and in the use permlt. These analyses will include the cost Wilderness Management Plans.) of bringing the facillties or equipment up to standard if necessary (FSM 2712.1). SU-32 Specify locations for outfmer/guide uses in the operating plan SU-23 New special-use permits should be issued through a prospectus process when a competitive SU-33 No new outfiiedguide permits will be issued interest has been identified (FSM 2712.2). for fishing or horse packing unless (1) changes in demand are demonstrated, and (2) existing SU-24 Applicants will be required to furnish a ouffmerlguide operationscannot expand to sewice market assessment which will indicate the demand demonstrated needs.

Forest Plan 4 - 76 SU-34 The number of special-use permits for a SU43 Hazard trees at resort sites will be adminis- speclfic use will be limlted as much as possible to tered through the guidelines established in the create economical operations which provide a Forest Hazard Tree Handbook. high quality of public sewice. SU-44 Wlth the exception of Suttle Lake Resort, Recreation Events existing resorts will not significantly expand beyond their permit boundaries. While some new facilities SU-35 Permits for established recreation events will be built, most constructionwill be in accordance will be issued for a period of five years with yearly with existing site plans or involve repair and updates to an operating plan to reduce the replacement of existing structures. administratwe costs of the permit. SU-45 No new resorts will be authorized, with two SU-36 Limits may be placed on the number of possible exceptions: (I)Skyliner Lodge and (2) a new permits issued each year, wlth priorities backcountly 'hut' system. established using the following criteria: number of years an activily has been under permit, demand, SU-46 Partnership agreements between the Forest and sewice to the public. and permitees for shared services should be considered (eg , roads and trails, equipment use, Recreation Residences vegetation management, and recreation opportunity information, etc) as outlined in the Resort SU-37 Existing recreational resident special-use Administration Handbook. permits will be continued unless existing sites are needed for a higher value of public use (FSM 2347.12). Such a determination will be made following current policy. No new sites will be Energy Resources designated. Oil, Gas, and Geothermal SU-38 An operation and maintenance plan will be developed for each recreation residence lot. This plan shall contain, but not be limlted to the following Goal information To provide for exploration, development, and SU-39 Where appropriate or useful complete a production of energy resources on the Forest. management plan/management objectives for each recreation resident tract. This plan will outline Leasing Background both short and long-term objectives for the tract. Geothermal leasing has occurred on approximately Resorts 350,000 acres. Standards/guidelinesfor these leasing decisions were developed through Environ- SU-40 All resorts will be designed to furnish mental Assessments which were prepared for sewices to those seeking Forest recreation. Fort Rock Ranger District, Sisters Ranger District, Bend and Crescent Ranger Districts combined, SU-41 A Management and Development Plan will and the Belknap-Foley Environmental Impact be developed for each resort. This plan will Statement establish current and future direction for the resort, outline required and desired improvements, specify The notices and stipulations in leases issued prior conditions for resource protection (such as cultural to implementation of this Plan take precedent resources), and estimate costs and schedules for over standards/guidelines developed in this Plan. propct(s) completion. These existing leases will continue and have prior rights. Proposals to explore, develop, and produce SU-42 Inspectionswill be made using the standard electricity on all leases, past and future, will be Forest inspection contained in the Forest Resort evaluated through the NEPA process. To the Administration Handbook. This will include the extent possible, consistent with existing lease state and county code requirements. rights, standards/guidelines will be followed.

Forest Plan 4 - 77 8# there has been minimal leasing for oil and gas Old Growth (Management Area 15). on the Forest. All leases and lease applications have been ether wthdrawn or terminated. There Experimental Forests, when leasing is approved has been no leasing for other leasable materials. by the Experiment Station Director (Management Area 16).

StandardsIGuidelines Wild and Scenic Rivers (Management Area 17)

EN-1 Leasing applications will be subject S&Gs in Metolius Wildlfe-Primitwe (Management Area this section, and in the management areas. 20)

Oil and Gas Metolius Black Butte Scenic (Management Area 21) ENQ Surface use restrictions and notices outlined for geothermal leasing in this Plan are to be applied Metolius Special Interest (Management Area to oil and gas leases. 23)

EN-3 Permits for drilling on oil and gas lease Metolius Research Natural Area (Management areas, cannot be granted without an analysis and Area 24) approval of a surface use plan (operating plan) by the appropnate Forest Service official. Metolius Spatted Owl (Managment Area 25)

Geothermal Metolius Old Growth (Management Area 27) EN4 The authorized Forest Service officer will consent to or recommend that the Bureau of Leaslng with ConditlonalSurface Use StlpUlatlOn Land Management deny leasing of geothermal resources on National Forest System lands. Notices EN-7 Areas in this category can be leased with and Special Stipulations will be incorporated in limlts placed on the use of the surface. The lease geothermal leases to protect resource values. will contain restrictions limiting geothermal exploration and development actwlties in order to EN-5 The followlng dlrectlon will be followed mitigate effects and to protect resource valUeS when consentlng to or recommendingthat leases within the management areas. Following are be denled. management areas that are included in this category. Leaslng wlth No Surface Occupancy (NSO) Stlpulatlon Bald Eagle, and Osprey Areas (Management Areas 3 and 5) EN-6 There will be no occupancy of the surface of the land in management areas listed below. Deer Habltat (Management Area 7) This stipulation can only be modified or eliminated through a separate NEPA review. General Forest (Management Area 8) - Use when necessary to protect wildllfe habltat and Special Interest Areas (Management Area 1). recreation areas. Research Natural Areas, when leasing is approved by the Experiment Station Director Scenic Views (Management Area 9) (Management Area 2). Intensive Recreation (Management Area 11) Nolthem Spotted Owl (Management Area 4). Winter Recreation (Management Area 13) Undeveloped Recreation (Management Area 12). Front Country (Management Area 18)

Forest Plan 4 - 78 Metolius Special Forest (Management Area 22) Metolius Heritage (Management Area 19)

Metolius Scenic Views (Management Area 26) Metolius Wildlife/Primitive (Management Area 20) Leasing wlth Seasonal Restrlctlons Metolius Black Butte Scenic (Management Area EN-8 Seasonal restrictionswill be placed on leasing 21) activlties in management areas that are included in this category. This Stipulation may be used in Metolius Special Interest (Management Area other management areas when it is necessary to 23) IimIt periods of actwlties. Metolius Research Natural Area (Management Area 24) Bald Eagle and Osprey Areas (Management Areas 3 and 5). Metolius Old Growth (Management Area 27)

Deer HabItat (Management Area 7). Metolius Wild & Scenic Rivers (Management Area 28) Intensive Recreation (Management Area 11). Other Areas General Forest (Management Area 8) - Use when necessary to protect wildlife. scenic, and Newberry Crater (not a management area by recreation areas Itself)

Scenic Views (Management Area 9) - Use when EN-I 0 Leasing is denied for Newberry Crater necessary to protect seasonal Scenic views because of steep slopes and potential conflicts with Intensive Recreation and Undeveloped Winter Recreation (Management Area 13) - Use Recreation Management Areas. Newberry Crater when necessary to protect winter recreation. is defined here as the large depression (caldera) at the top of Newberry Volcano. The boundary of Metolius Special Forest (Management Area 22) Newberry Crater is the hydrological boundary between drainage into the Crater and drainage onto the flanks of Newberry Volcano. Metolius Scenic Views (Management Area 26) - Use when necessary to protect scenic views.

Leasing Denied Leasing Notices and Stipulations EN-I1 Following are examples of notices and EN-9 Leases will not be issued wIthin these stipulations which are available to protect or management areas. mitigate certain resource concerns. By Memoran- dum of Understanding between the Forest Service Wilderness (Management Area 6) - Denied by and the Bureau of Land Management, notices Wilderness Act of 1984 and stipulations may be periodically reviewed and revised or amended as agreed. Major changes Bend Municipal Watershed (Management Area will have public involvement through the NEPA IO) - Denied by agreement with City of Bend process. Those notices and stipulations approved for use at the time lease recommendations are Oregon Cascade RecreationArea (Management prepared will be used provided that essential Area 14) - Denied by Wilderness Act of 1984 resource coordination objectives can be met.

Forest Plan 4 - 79 NOTICES Deschutes National Forest

1. The Bureau of Land Management (BLM) has responsibillty for approvals of post lease activties. The Forest Service must review and concur with these approvals. The responsibillties of each agency are identfied in the Interagency Agreement between the Forest Service and the BLM.

Pnor to submission of a plan of operation for surface disturbing operations, the lessee shall meet with the authorized representative of the Forest Service, to be appraised of speclfic requirements, restrictions, administratwe rules and regulations; e.g., timber sales, special use perms, experimentalstudies, contracts, grazing, other mineral activities, water use, and resource closures. This meeting will be waved if the lessee is sufficiently aware of local problems and ground rules of the area involved in the proposed operation.

2. All surface disturbing operations, other than 'casual use' as defined by 43 CFR 3209.0-5(d),must be culturally cleared by the authorized representatwe of the Forest Service. When the lessee prepares a cultural report to comply with standard lease term No. 6, t must be signed and certfied by a qualified archaeologist acceptable to the authorized representative of the Forest Service.

3. The leased lands may be in an area sultable for the habitat of threatened or endangered plant or animal species. All known viable habitat of these species will be identified for the lessee by the authorized officer of the BLM or the authorized representativeof the Forest Service at the preoperational conference or field inspection with recommended mtigation measures. These may include (1) on-site biological and/or botanical surveys by authornies acceptable to the surface manager, (2) avoidance, or (3) lessee recommendation of programs complying with the provisions of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 as amended.

4. No occupancy or other surface disturbance will be allowed on slopes in excess of 50 percent or on designated unstable/very unstable land types wthout written permission from the Deputy State Director for Mineral Resources, BLM wlth the concurrence of the authorized representative of the Forest Service.

5. Operations adjacent to any surface water or wet soil areas, such as streams, springs, seeps, reservoirs, or meadows, will require a buffer zone. The size will be specifically identified by the Deputy State Director for Mineral Resources, BLM and the authorized representative of the Forest Service.

6. All post leasing activities on areas containing caves will be restricted to protect the cave formations.

SPECIAL STIPULATIONS Deschutes National Forest

The lessee shall comply with the following special condltions and stipulations unless they are modlfied by mutual agreement of the lessee, the authorized officer of the Bureau of Land Managementand the authorized representative of the United States Depaltment of Agriculture, Forest Service.

1. No Surface Occupancy (NSO)

In order to protect the lessee shall not occupy or use the surface of the following described lands except for casual use activlties as defined in 43 CFR 3209 unless this stipulation is modified or eliminated. Modificationor elimination of this stipulation will require evaluation through the NEPA process and may require a change to the Forest Plan.

Forest Plan 4 - 80 Willamette Meridian,

2 Conditional Surface Use

In order to protect lessee shall not occupy or use the surface of the following described lands for the following activities unless the lessee can demonstrate, by appropriate plan of operation to the satisfaction of the Deputy State Director for Mineral Resources, BLM and the authorized representative of the the Forest Service, that this area will not be adversely affected by the proposed activities.

Willamette Meridian,

3. Seasonal Restrictions On the following described lands, , exploration and development operations, such as drilling and associated activities, will not be allowed except from to unless specifically approved in writing. Routine inspection, maintenance, and servicing of producing wells and facilities may be excepted.

Willamette Meridian,

Forest Plan 4 - 81 USE OF NOTICES AND STIPULATIONS FOR EACH MANAGEMENT AREA

NSO' Condltionai Surface Seasonal Deny Ne use? Reslriction' Leasin tices -- -~ -~ 1. Special interest Areas X X

2. Research Natural Areas X X

3 8 5. Eagle, Osprey X X X

4 Spotted Owl X X

6. Wilderness X

7 Deer Habitat

8 General Forest

9. Scenic Views

10 Bend Municipal Watershed X

11 lntenslve Recreation X X

12. Undeveloped Recreation X

13. Winter Recreation X 0

14 Oregon Cascade Reo Area X

15 Old Growih

16 Experimental Forest

17 Wild and Scenic Rivers

18 Frontcountry X

19 Metolius Heritage X'

20. Metoiius WiidilfelPrimirhre X

21 Metoiius Black Bulle Scenic X

22 Metolius Special Forest X 0 X

23 Metoiius Special Interest X' 4

24 Metoiius Research Nat Area X

25 Metoiius Spotted Owl X

26 Metoiius Scenic Views X 0 X

27 Metolius Old Growth X X

28 Metolius Wild 8 Scenic Rivers X X

X - Mandatory use 0 - Optional use 'Use when applicable to protect resources. 'Stipulation No 3 (Seasonal Restrictions) may be used in any Management Areas when it is necessary to limit periods or adivlty 'Leasing is denied in the Black Bulle special interest area portion of the Metolius Special Interest Area %isting can continue, but not reissued if relinquished

Forest Plan 4 - 82 Newberry Crater is the hydrologic boundary Energy Resources between drainage into the Crater and drainage onto the flanks of Newberry Volcano) Newberry Caldera Known Geother- mal Resource Area (KGRA) Rim Area of the Crater: This area could be leased following compliance with the NEPA process. Leasing, prospecting, exploration, and Goal development would have to be in compliance To provide for exploration, development, and with management area objectives that are production of energy resources within the portions involved. Some restrictions will likely apply. of the Newberry Caldera KGRA where development of the geothermal resource is compatible wlth Slopes Beyond the Crater: This area could be other resource values. leased following compliance with the NEPA process. Leasing, prospecting, exploration and development would have to be in accordance StandarddGuidelines with the direction for the Scenic Views and General Forest Management Areas. EN-12 In preparing proposals for leasing, the following assumptions were made:

The productionstage would not likely be entered during the period of the plan Therefore, Human Rights considerationputs more emphasis on the effects of exploration and testing than development. Goal Exploration will require ground or vegetative disturbance To provide all persons equal opportunlty regardless of race, color, creed, sex, marltal status, age, handicap, religion, or national origin If exploration shows that a viable resource exists in the areas being leased, development of that resource will be allowed and controlled Standards/Guidelines through further site specific environmental analysis. HM-1 The Forest lands will be managedto minimize social and administrative barriers to legitimate EN-13 Three general zones have been identified uses of the Forest within the 49 square mile area of the KGRA: The interior of the Crater from the edge of the rim HM-2 The Forest will coordinate resource activities down, the top rim area of the Crater, and the where common boundaries exist with the Confeder- slopes beyond the Crater. The following apply to ated Tribes of the Warm Springs Indian Reservation these areas: lands

Interior of the Crater: No leases will be issued HM-3 The Forest will maintain and implement an because of steep slopes and potential conflicts Affirmative Action Plan. with Intensive Recreation and Undeveloped Recreation Management Areas. Limited ex- HM-4 The needs of the handicapped will be ploratory drilling, the results of which will be considered in employment opportunities, in the public information, would be permitted on a design of Forest facillties, and when providing case-by-case basis. Drilling would be covered public services. by prospecting permlts and would be located and conducted within the overall direction for HM-5 The Forest will conduct compliance reviews the Management Areas. (The boundary of as required by Title VI of the Civil Rights Action of Forest Plan 4 - 83

~~ ~~~ 1964, within standards established by the Forest LE4 Engineering means limiting opportunities for Service. either inadvertently or deliberately violating rules or regulations through facility design, physical HM-6 Special efforts will be made to inform the barriers, prevention patrols, analyzing violation general public, including minorities and the data and developing clearer terminology or a underprwileged, of benefits they are eligible to more effective communication process with Forest receive from Forest programs. Techniques and users to prevent future infractions the media best suited to increase awareness and participationwill be used. LE-5 Enforcement is the internal and external legal system and Federal judicial process that is HM-7 The Forest will strwe to protect and preserve applied when prevention measures have failed It for American Indians access to sites, use, and involves citations, complaints, investigations and the Federal and local court systems. Dossession of sacred obiects.*. and the freedom to worship through ceremonials and traditional rites. Appropriate management protection of these LE-6 The basic test of the Forest Law Enforcement areas will be coordinated with the religious leaders program's effectiveness Is, 'The publici that Is, of the Confederated Tribes of the Warm Springs the Forest users, should feel secure in using public Reservation and the Klamath Tribe. lands and at the same time feel comfortable with the degree of law enforcement they encounter while using the Forest.' Law Enforcement Cultural Resources Goal LE-7 Prevent Violations: Increase security of inventow and site location data collected by the Forest. increase public education efforts, through To provide a law enforcement program that is media and personal contacts. Work toward the responsive to the Forest resource base and protection of archaeological resources through proportionate to the type, kind, and amount of public support. violations occurring- on the Deschutes National Forest LE-8 Site Protectlon: For sites identified as major or key sites by Forest Archaeologist; use monitoring Standards/Guidelines devices, site visits, and patrols to prevent vandalism until the site can be researched and information LE-1 The Law Enforcement program will establish and artifacts permanently protected priorities and provide for visitor and employee safety. The basic document that governs law LE-9 Enforcement: Emphasis on illegal commercial enforcement will be the Annual Forest Operational collectors rather than the casual Forest visitor. Agreement (AFOA), which will meet the direction Emphasis on sites identlfied as important, major, in the Forest Plan. The AFOA will be an elastic key sites by the Forest Archaeologist. document that will be reviewed and updated annually. Firewood LE-2 In general, the program will be based on a three E concept; Education, Engineering and LE-10 Prevention: Public educationthrough efforts Enforcement. such as the Animal Inn program in an effort to achieve maximum compliance with regulations LE-3 Education deals with the prevention of Compliance checks by all employees as they violations through visibility, information, media encounter woodcutters, and by way of organized releases and signing. check stations. Forest Plan 4 - 84 LE-I1 Enforcement: Emphasis on repeat violators, periodically surface the Forest and District will those who demonstrate an attitude of lack of develop individual action plans to deal wlth the respect for Forest Service regulations, management problem areas. Techniques such as late evening practices, and other law-abiding woodcutters. For patrols, task force approaches, undercover opera- example, people who attempt a commercial tions, and surveillances will be used in those operation for personal gain using a Personal-use persistent problem areas. Permit or those who deliberately fail to properly mark a load or punch load tickets in an effort to LE-I 6 A "problem' in a recreation setting is defined illegally remove firewood Forest Officers will use as. site vandalism by individuals or groups. Theft discretion when making contacts with the casual of user fees, complaints by site users of continuing firewood cutter, to emphasize compliance with noise or violence on the part of other campers, regulations. theft or damage to personal properly. Nonpermitted Commercial Use of Off-Highway Vehicle Use the Forest

LE-I2 Prevention: Signing to identify resource (Covers activities such as outfitter guides, rafting, management objectives; and Forest orders govern- fishing, hunting, mushroom gathering, seedling ing off-highway vehicle use. Forest Officer contacts transplanting, cone collecting, common variety wlth individuals and OHV user groups to educate mineral collecting, etc.) these people about OHV impacts on Forest resources LE-I7 Prevention: Emphasis will be placed on identifying which nonpermitted commercial activi- LE-I3 Enforcement: Occasional patrols during ties are being conducted on the Forest and to peak use periods of most commonly used OHV what degree. Where applicable, signing will be areas, and key sensitive Forest areas restricted used to advise Forest users of permit requirements, from OHV use. Forest Officer contacts with casual field contacts to gain compliance will be used as OHV users encountered on the Forest with an initial step in all cases emphasis on public education and gaining compliance Forest Officer discretion is important in LE-IS General letters will be sent to local nursery efforts to achieve public support and compliance outlets advising business people of our permit with Forest regulations and protection of resources requirements and cautioning against purchasing transplant material without knowing the origin of Recreation the items. (Vandalism, user protection, fee violations, stay Iimrtation, theft of user fees and personal property) LE-19 Enforcement: Those permit problems that surface as an issue with Resource Managers on a LE-14 Preventlon: Place signing to effectively District and are viewed as a priority by the Forest advise users of regulations that apply to the Management Team will be handled by developing particular site. Maintain a high visibility of both an action plan which will become a temporary, Forest Officers and cooperative law enforcement issue-specific appendix to the Annual Forest agencies in and around developed recreation Operational Agreement sites. To present a helpful, host-oriented approach with those visltors who have questions or appear General Guidelines: to misunderstand our procedureswill be a standard applied by both Forest Service personnel and LE-20 Local and State Law Enforcement Agencies cooperating agencies will maintain separate jurisdictional authorities (concurrent jurisdiction). The Forest, within funding LE-I5 Enforcement: In both developed and constraints, will continue to support a cooperative dispersed sites where problems elther persist or law enforcement program with involved counties, Forest Plan 4 - 85 Jefferson and Deschutes. The intent of the formal Facllltles Management: Provide and manage agreements are to allow the counties the flexibility administrative facillties sufficient to accomplish to continue to enforce state and local laws on land and resource management and protection public lands and protect the interests of citizens objectives of the Forest. Prepare a Facility Master using the National Forest system. Addtionally the Plan ,and administrative sW development plans county jurisdictions are the lead agencies in all search and rescue operations, the Forest will for all Forest administrative sltes. Long-term assist when requested. During search and rescue development and maintenance costs will be a the Forest will maintain a visible liaison and consideration in facilities planning. encourage the use of a untied command, incorporating principles of the Incident Command System. StandarddGuidelines Timber Theft AD-1 A Forest-wide study and action plan will LE41 Prevention: Law enforcement training will be incorporated into Timber Sale Officer training direct the acquisition, continued use, and disposal sessions and workshops. Addtionally the Forest of facilities. The action planwill includethe following will secure a two-hour Timber Theft Prevention as a minimum: and Accountability program to present to all timber and law enforcement personnel. Current volume of business and workforce projections for the future. LE-22 Timber Sale Officer scheduling has been identified a problem; that is, there are periods as The best locations for needed skills to pefform of time during which a sale goes unsupervised. To compensate for these periods Districts will program work. coordinate with law enforcement personnel to establish random coverage on weekends and Existing administrative sltes and proposed those days the Timber Sale Officer is not present. locations for new sites.

LE-23 Enforcement: District Timber and Law Short- and long-term management strategies Enforcement personnelwill schedule accountability concerning unit consolidation and/or sharing check points during the harvest season to monitor load receipts, branding and contract compliance. sewices between unts.

AD-2 Remaining consistent wlth the above stated goal, capital improvement proposals will be Administrative Buildings developed and updated on an annual basis. and Sites Projects qualifying for Regional Programs will be submitted for funding accordingly. Goal AD-3 Each year a survey of all administrative To provide cost-effective, safe, functionally efficient facilties will be conducted to identii safety and buildings and related improvements needed for maintenance needs. Pnonty for funding is as conducting the work of the Forest. follows:

Forest Plan 4 - 86 * HeaW and Safety In most situations the objective is to retain National Forest ownership and acquire private land. Investment Protection Acquisition of less than fee tltle will be considered Deferrable Maintenance If land management planning objectives can be met in this way.

Group 3. These lands are in the General Forest Land Adjustments Management Area and are divided into four subgroups:

Goal 3-A Consolidated areas of National Forest lands that are generally solid blocks. The To provide the optimum pattern of landownership contiguous blocks will not normally be wrthin the National Forest considering resource breached (creating a gap destroys the goals and efficiency of managing the forest. consolidated character) for land adjustment unless the area is designated as a Standards/Guidelines retraction area.

Landownership Adjustments 3-B. This includes land identified as being in deer migration routes The integrity of the LA-1 Landownershipadjustments involve changing migration route will be maintainedthrough ownership through (1) purchases, (2) exchanges, ownership by public agencies and large and (3) donations wlth private landowners, State timber companies or protection through and local Government agencies, and transfer with county zoning regulations. National Forest other Federal agencies. lands may be retained or exchanged to large timber companies or other entities that would provide for continuation of LA-2 Public and private lands in and around migration routes. Deschutes National Forest have been classified and priortized to encourage the best land pattern 3-c. This includes areas of muted private and the Forest can seek. All lands have been placed Federal ownership The objective IS to in one of the following groups: rearrange ownership patterns to beneflt commodity production goals for public Group 1. These are lands where Congress has and private lands and to utilize National ether directly or indirectly instructed the Forest Forest lands to acquire higher priority Service to retain ownership and acquire nonfederal lands for National Forest use lands for a designated purpose (Creation of a wilderness is an example of the indirect approach ) 3-D. These are isolated parcels that can best be managed by the Forest Service or In most stuations the objective is to retain existing some other public agency A parcel may ownership and acquire remaining land. Acquisltion be transferred or exchanged to another of less than fee tale will be considered If land public agency. management objectives can be met in that way. Group 4: These lands include small isolated tracts Group 2. These lands are needed f& a special of National Forest land situated away from contigu- type of management and allocatedforthat purpose. ous blocks of National Forest land and private These land-use allocations include, but are not lands that are managed for intensive uses such limlted to, Special Interest Areas: unroaded areas: as agriculture, residential subdivision, industrial and recreation, visual, soils, watershed, wildlife, development, dltch lines, State and County range,- and timber. highways, etc. Forest Plan 4 - 87 Federal lands in this group will normally be made Prlorlty Land Ownership Plannlng available for disposal in land exchanges to acquire Groups land in Groups 1, 2, or 3. Priority 1 Group 4 lands Private lands in this group are generally not Priority 2 Group 3 lands available and will normally not be acquired by the Priority 3 Group 2 lands Forest Sewice. LA-5The above guidelines should normally be Group 5: These are lands which need more followed: however, It may be necessary to deviate intensive study and planning before landownership from this rankingto take advantage of opportunities decisions can be made. as they arise.

Land acquisition and disposal decisions will be deferred until the needed studies have been completed. Management Areas and Prescriptions See Appendix 1 of the Forest Plan for a tabular presentation showing acreage by group within A management area is a unlt of land with similar the Management Areas. Also refer to the Land capabilities and common management prescrip- Status map. tions Each management area describes a goal to be achieved. Management practices and the Land Adjustment Priorities prescription are implementedwlthin the previously described standards/guidelines. If a conflict arises LA-3 Lands which should be acquired to meet between the particular goal of a management essential National Forest management or resource area and another resource, such as wildlife, the conservahon needs are assigned the following direction provided by the Forest-wide standards/ priority guidelines will be used to determine what action PrlorHy Land Ownershlp Plannlng to take. The Management Areas together with the Groups accompanying Alternative E map identify what activities will take place and where, during imple- Priority 1 Group 1 lands mentation of the Forest Plan A more detailed Priority 2 Group 2 lands larger scale map will be developed to implement Priority 3 Group 3 lands and monitor the Forest Plan. These maps will be available at the Deschutes National Forest Office when the final Plan is approved. LA4 National Forest lands that will be made available to use in land exchanges are assigned Table 431 displays management areas and their the following priority. acreages.

Forest Plan 4 - 88 Table 4-31 Management Areas by Acres

Management Area Acres

1. Special Interest Areas 16,900 2. Research Natural Areas 5,700 3. Bald Eagle 19,100 4 Spotted Owl 12,000 5 Osprey 8,100 6. Wilderness 181,300 7. Deer Habitat 208,900 8. General Forest 626,300 9. Scenic Views 171,700 IO. Bend Municipal Watershed 3,700 11 Intensive Recreation 67,100 12. Dispersed Recreation 48,400 13. Winter Recreation 32,200 14 Oregon Cascade Recreation c 42,700 15. Old Growth Allocated Areas 32,800 16. Experimental Forest 9,000 17. Wild and Scenic Rivers* 19,800 18. Front Country 34,700 19. Metolius Heritage Area 24,300 20 Metolius Wildlife - Primitive 13,100 21. Metolius Black Butte Scenic 10,600

22.~~ Metolius SDecial Forest 18,400 23 Metolius Special Interest 1,700 24 Metolius Research Natural Areas 1,300 25. Metolius Spotted Owl 5,400 26. Metolius Scenic Views 4,800 27 Metolius Old Growth 1,800 28. Metolius Wild & Scenic Rivers 4,600

PrivateDther 247,300

*- Contains 5,500 acres that are duplicated in the OCRA Mgmt Area

Forest Plan 4 - 89 MI-3 Off-highway vehicles may be allowed on Management Area 1 designated routes or wnhin areas where their use is compatible with the purpose of the special Special Interest Areas areas Snowmobiles will be permmed where the depth of continuous snowcover is adequate to protect other resources from adverse impacts Goal from this activity.

To preserve and provide interpretation of unique MI4Special Interest Management Areas will geological, biological, and cultural areas for provide the recreation activity, setting, and experi- education, scientific, and public enjoyment purpos- ence opportunities of the Recreation Opportunity es. Spectrum category of either Roaded-Natural or Rural in the vicinity of interpretive complexes and General Theme and Objectives access developments. All other lands within this Management Area will be managed to provide Unusual geological or biological sites and areas opportunities that are normally Roaded-Natural are preseffed and managed for education, but can be Semiprimitive nonmotorized, whichever research, and to protect their unique character. is appropriate to interpretation or maintenance of Facillties and opportunities may be provided for the character of the area. public interpretation and enjoyment of the unique values of these sites and areas. The primary Timber benefiting uses of these areas will be for developed and dispersed recreation, research, and education- MI-5 There will be no programmedtimber hawest. al opportunlties. These areas will be designated Firewood cutting is normally not permmed but by Regional Forester authorii. may be allowed as directed in individual special area plans. This Management Area contains a total of 16.9 M acres. 16 8 M acres were identified as not suitable MI-6 Timber harvesting and vegetative manage- for timber production during the analysis of the ment will be allowed in catastrophic situations management sltuation in accordance with CFR and when necessary to meet objectives of the 21 9.14(a). During the analysis of alternatives using Special Interest Management Area. the crlteria in 36 CFR 219.14(c), 16.9 M acres were identlfied as not appropriate for timber MI-7 Unneeded roads and skid trails will be closed production for this Management Area. Review and and returned to a natural vegetative condition. reconsideration of these findings must be done in accordance with CFR 219.14(d). Range

Mi-8 Where a special interest area is within an active allotment, domestic lwestock may be permitted to utilize existing forage where this will not change the overall natural characteristics or conflict with the purpose of the area. Structural Standards and Guidelines range improvements and vegetative manipulation will be permitted if they are consistent with the Recreation goals of the area.

MI-1 Visitor use and activities will be managed to prevent degradation of the special interest re- Wildlife source. MI-9 Manipulation of the game and fish habitat Mi-2 Facilities may be provided for protection of will be allowed as long as it maintains a natural resource values, visitor use, environmental interpre- appearance and does not conflict with the purpose tation, or safety of visltors. or objectives of the area.

Forest Plan 4 - 90 Mi-10 Emphasis will be on habttat improvement Wildfire for watchable wildlife. MI-I6 All suppression entries should use low impact methods that are consistent with the Minerals Management Area direction.

Mi-11 Areas will be recommended for withdrawal Group 1: from mineral entty for mining claims when it is determined that mining will not be compatible These areas should receive aggressive suppres- and cannot be mttigatedto preservespecial interest sion in all areas except the low visibility area in areas. the lava at Lava Butte.

Mi-12 Geothermal leases will be issued with No Group 2: Surface Occupancy (NSO)Stipulations to protect the special interest area values. These areas should receive suppression emphasis which is compatiblewith the adjacent Management Area. Visual Prescribed Fire (Groups 1 & 2) MI-I3 To the extent possible, the visual quality level indicated on the Visual Quality Objective Mi-I7 Prescribed fire may be used to attain the Map will be met. desired characteristics of the Special Interest Management Area and to reduce fuels to their natural conditions. Any burning would be designed Transportation to create minimum impacts on the appearance or use of the area for its intended purpose. M1-14 Trails can be provided Roads will be constructed only as needed to serve the manage- Fuel Treatment Other Than Prescribed Fire ment objectives of the Special Interest Management (Groups i & 2) Area. Some roads may be closed to protect resource values Helispots are not normally Mi-I8 Fuels treatment methods should emphasize compatible. maintenance of the natural characteristics of the area.

Fire Management Fuel loadings should be low enough to eliminate the possibility of high intensity fires while maintain- Mi-15 Special Interest Areas are divided into two ing the natural characteristics of the area groups. (I) those in which protecting the vegetation is impomant and (2) those that are primarily geologic Special Uses in nature and in which the vegetation may be treated the same as in the surrounding area. Mi-19 Special uses may be authorized if they do They are listed below: not detract from the values for which a special interest area is managed. Group 1: Lava Butte, Wake Butte, Moffitt Butte, Hosmer Lake, Davis Lake. Forest Health Group 2: Balancing Rocks, Lava Cast Forest, Lavacicle Cave, Katati Butte, Big Hole, Hole-in-the- MI-20 Follow Forest-wide standards/guidelines Ground, Lava River Caves. for Forest Health.

Forest Plan 4 - 91 management situation in accordance with CFR Management Area 2 219.14(a). -----ResearchNatural Areas Standards and Guidelines Goal

To preserve examples of naturally occurring Recreation ecosystems in an unmodified condition for nonma- nipulative research and education. M2-1 No physical improvements for recreation purposes such as campgrounds or buildings will General Theme and Objectives be permitted.

Research Natural Areas (RNAs) are managed to M2-2 Picnicking, camping, collecting plants, preserve the natural ecological succession. All gathering cones and herbs, picking berries, and Establishment Reports for these areas must be other public uses will be allowed, though not approved by the Chief of the Forest Service. encouraged, as long as they do not modify the area to the extent that such uses threaten impair- Research on Research Natural Areas must be ment of research or educational values. essentially nondestructive in character; destructive analysis of vegetation is generally not allowed nor M2-3 The area will be closed to all off-highway are studies requiring extensive forest floor modfica- motorized vehicle use f use of these vehicles tion or extensive soil excavation. Collection of threatens natural condtions. plant and animal specimens should be restricted to the minimum necessary for provisionof vouchers and other research needs and in no case to a Timber degree which significantly reduces species population levels. Such collection must also be carried M24 Timber harvesting is not allowed in a out in accordance wth applicable State and Federal Research Natural Area No control of insect or agency regulations. In consultation with Forest disease should be instituted. Supervisors and District Rangers, the Director of the Pacific Northwest Forest and Range Experiment M2-5 Firewood cutting is not permitted Station is responsible for approving management implementation plans and for overseeing and M2-6 Timber harvesting will not be allowed in coordinating approved research on all research catastrophic situations. natural areas. District Rangers administer, protect, and manage established research natural areas and report through the Forest Supervisors to the Range Station Director any planned activities on, or immediately adjacent to, research natural areas. M2-7 Grazing will only be allowed when the Regional Forester and Director of the Pacfic The purpose of RNAs is to provide Northwest Forest and Range Experiment Station authorize such a management practice to preserve 1. Baseline areas against which effects of human some representation of the vegetation for which activities can be measured. the natural area was originally created.

2. Sites for study of natural processes in undis- M2-8 Where Research Natural Areas are located turbed ecosystems. adjacent to or within grazing allotments, the boundaries will be marked and physical barriers 3. Gene pool preserves for all types of organisms. constructed around the area to prohibit livestock entry, f needed. This Management Area contains a total of 5.7 M acres. 5.7 M acres were identified as not suitable M2-9 Vegetative manipulation will not be allowed for timber production during the analysis of the in catastrophic situations.

Forest Plan 4 - 92 Wildlife Fire Management

M2-10 The Regional Forester and the Director of Wildfire the Paclfic Northwest Forest and Range Experiment Station may authorize management practices to M2-17 Unless plans approved by the Station control excessive non-game animal populations. Director provide for letting natural fires burn, This would only be done in cases where these aggressive containment using low impact methods populations threaten the preservation of some should be used. High impact methods will be representation of vegetation for which the natural used only to prevent a total loss of the Research area was originally created Natural Area Mop up should be minimized with natural burnout being the preferred method.

Minerals Prescribed Fire M2-11 Areas are to be withdrawn for mineral entry for mining claims M2-18 Prescribedfire will be used only as specified in approved Research Natural Area management M2-12 Geothermal leases will be issued with No goals. Surface Occupancy Stipulations. Leases must be approved by the Experiment Station Director. Fuel Loading

M2-13 Pits and quarries will require approval of M2-19 Fuels will be allowed to accumulate at the Experiment Station Director and the Forest natural rates. Supervisor.

Special Uses Visual M2-20 Special Uses will be allowed If they they M2-14 Management actwities and research support the management objectives of the Area facilities should meet the visual quality level on and are approved by the Experiment Station the Visual Quallty Objective Map. Director and the Forest Supervisor.

Transportation Forest Health M2-15 No new roads or trails will be permitted M2-21 Monitor the areas to detect pest problems within these areas, except those considered which could destroy the Research Natural Areas essential to research, protection, or educational uses. or cause damage to adjacent lands Reintroduction of fire should be considered to reduce possible M2-16 Any transportation facillties such as roads insect epidemic conditions. and trails provided for in this Management Area will have minimum impacts on the area ecosystems M2-22 Action should be taken when the damage and must be located and managed to best fulfill has the potential to modify ecological processes the area’s management objectwes. Management to the point that the area has llttle value for of the transportation facilnies could include closing observation and research. facilnies to all but the designated research personnel. Helispots and special uses such as telephone M2-23 Follow Forest-wide standards/guidelines lines are not allowed. for Forest Health

Forest Plan 4 - 93 adjacent Management Area. The appropnate Management Area 3 category will be limited to erther Semiprimitive Nonmotorized, Semiprimtwe Motorized, or - - -Bald Eagle Roaded-Natural. (See Appenduc 2 for an explanation of the categories.) Goal

Manage habtat to enhance the canying capacity Timber of bald eagles M34 Programed Timber harvest is allowed in this General Theme and Objectives Management Area.

Nestinghabrtat and foraging areas will be protected M3-5 Emphasis will be on maintainingforest stands and enhanced. Sultable nesting sites will be dominated by Ponderosa pine and/or Douglas-fir. provided on a continuing basis Old growth stands While some timber harvest is scheduled in this Management Area, it is only for the purpose of wrth large trees will be emphasized Human inrtiating long-term stand management to achieve disturbance will be minimal during the nesting eagle habitat objectwes, and must be analyzed season. with a biological evaluation in a long-range management plan. Depending on srte-specific This Management Area contains a total of 19.1 M conditions, ether uneven-aged or even-aged acres. 1.6 M acres were identified as not suitable timber management may be appropriate to for timber production during the analysis of the maintain desirable tree species or stand structure management situation in accordance with CFR composition 219.14(a). During the analysis of alternatives using the crrteria in CFR 219.14(c), 17.5 M acres 36 M3-6 Precommercial thinning under existing, and were identdiedas appropriatefor timber production selected future, nest trees is an acceptable practice for this Management Area. Review and reconsidera- in maintaining tree vigor or reducing the threat of tion of these findings must be done in accordance unacceptable bark-beetle damage. These actions I wth CFR 219.14(d). may take place only after thorough analysis and long-range management planning within the NEPA process. Standards and Guidelines M3-7 Timber harvest will be allowed in catastrophic situations, and all efforts will be made to protect Recreation or create sutable eagle habtat during any harvest activities. M3-1 Areas will be managed to provide dispersed recreation opportunlties such as hiking, bird watching, and hunting that are compatible with Range maintaining desired populations of these wildllfe species. M3-8 Range management practices (except predator control using baited traps or poison) can M3-2 Seasonal restrictions on recreational actrvities implemented in this Management Area. such as hunting, boating, and off-highway vehicles may be needed, but will be determined on a M3-9 Vegetative manipulation will not be allowed case-by- case basis. Developed recreation, such in catastrophic situations. as campgrounds and resorts, is not compatible wrth the goals of this Management Area, and will not be authorized. Wildlife

M3-3 This Management Area will generally provide M3-10 The area will be managed to maintain or the recreation opportunities of the Recreation establish habitat for the various species to meet Opportunity Spectrum categoly of the malor the criteria outlined below.

Forest Plan 4 - 94 M3-11 Protect all existing nest, roost, and perch Visual trees. Provide large overmature trees that are potentially useable as nest Sltes and perch trees. M3-20Management activities will meet Modification Sultable trees should be available at any point in or a higher objective. Activities may include timber time to provide for the needs of the desired hawest, trail construction, prescribed burning or population, and widely distributed through the artificial nest construction Activlties will be visible, area to minimize terrltorial competition but will blend in with the natural surroundings

M3-12Suitable nest and perch trees should exceed 110 feet in height and be 40 inches or greater Water diameter at breast height (dbh). An average density of 3 such trees per acre is satisfactory. Preferred M3-21 During extended and severe drought the trees have an open, flat-topped form of large U S F.S. will work closely wlth the Water Master to limbs, and are usually Ponderosa pine or Douglas maintain minimum pool levels in Crane Prairie fir. Sufficient smaller-sizedtrees of various diame- and Wickiup Reservoirswhich are important nesting ters will be needed to perpetuate these larger and food sources for bald eagles. trees

M3-13Snags, and the live trees needed for future Fuelwood snags, will be maintained for 60 percent of the maximum potential population of primary cavity- M3-22No fuelwood gathering is permitted during nesting birds, except where eagle management active nesting season Down material may be goals would be jeopardized. This would be gathered out of nesting season. accomplished using the Deschutes National Forest Wildlife Tree Implementation Plan Large-diameter snags are especially desirable as both nesting Transportation habitat for cavity-nesting animals and perch trees for eagles. M3-23Road networks will be designed to facilitate easy control of access during nesting season. M3-14Active nest sites will be protected from Road closures can be used to limit disturbing disturbing human activlties during the nesting human activty. Transmission corridors requiring season, and key feeding areas or roosts may also significant right-of-way clearing will not be permit- require activity restrictions. ted

M3-15Disturbing actwities wlthin 1/4 mile (1 mile M3-24Road management will minimize public for the use of explosrves) of an active nest will be disturbances within 1/4 mile of active nests from restricted between January 1 and August 31. 1/1 through 8/31, to prevent disruption of nesting activities. Addltional measures may be needed to prevent disturbance to juveniles from 9/1 to winter M3-16A nest slte will be considered inactive if not occupied by May 15 departure Road closures (gates or blockage/ obliteration) are needed to restrict public access to the feeding area along Browns Creek at the Sheep Bridge fall kokanee spawning stream and Minerals along the west side of Wickiup Resewoir from 9/15 until freeze over (Purpose: to allow full use of M3-17These areas are open to mineral entry for food supplies). mining claims. M3-25 During the period in late winter and early M3-18 Eagle areas will be issued wlth Condltional spring when eagles are present at the nest, Surface Use and Seasonal Restriction Stipulations. snowmobile use should be discouraged within 1/4 mile of the nest Snowmobile trails should be M3-19 Seasonal operation restrictions may be located at least 1/4 mile away from nests or where placed on mining activlties in plts and quarries visibility of the nest is reduced Explanatory signing

Forest Plan 4 - 95 of closures should refer generically to 'wildlife' Fuel Loading rather than specifically to eagles.

. -~~ .~ .. . M3-34 Fuel loading should be kept at a level or arranged to minimize the chances of a large Fire Management catastrophic fire. Loading will usually be the same Wlldflre as for the General Forest Management Area or the surrounding Management Area, If there is a M3-26 Protection of nest trees and adjacent snags conflict. Preserve all snags, which have a d.b.h of will be the highest priorty in this area. Suppression over 20 inches, within 1/4 mile of any nest. efforts, f within 1/4 mile of an active nest during the nesting season (January I-August 31), will be Optimum fuel loadingwill be guided by the following based on minimizing the disturbance time to the nesting eagles. The use of mechanized equipment photo series. such as chainsaws and pumps to reduce the exposure time is acceptable, however, the use of PP LP MC-MH helicopters and aerial retardants should be undertaken with caution near active nest sites. Thinning 1-MC3-PC 1-MC3-PC 1-MC3-PC 4-PP-1-TH 1-PP-1-TH 1-PP-1-TH M3-27 Low intensity fires outside the nesting season do not conflict with the habitat objectives. Partial 4-TF-4-RC 2-LP3-PC 2-MC-4-PC In high intensty fire situations the objective will be cut to minimize acres burned. The use of heavy 2-LP3-PC 2-TF-4-RC equipment and retardant aircraft is acceptable. Fire camps should be located at least 1 mile from Clearcut 2-MC-4-RC 1-LP3-CC 3-TF-4-RC active nests. I-LP3-PC 2-MC-4-RC

M3-28 Standard suppression efforts may be used These are found in 'Photo Series for Quantifying during the non-nesting season but with increased Forest Residues,' a cooperative publication by emphasis on saving large snags. the Pacific Northwest Forest and Range Experiment M3-29 Maximum low intensity burn acre objectives Station, US. Department of Agriculture, Forest are 10 acres/year and 1 acre per occurrence. Service, Portland, Oregon.

M3-30 Maximum high intensty burn acre objectives are 5 acreslyear and 1 acre per occurrence. Special Uses Prescribed Fire M3-35 Special Uses will be allowed f the bald M3-31 The use of prescribed fire will be appropriate eagle can be protected. in Ponderosa pine stands. Burns during the nesting season should be restricted to areas at least one quarter mile away from active nests. Forest Health M3-32 In Eagle Management Areas that are not in Ponderosa pine stands, prescribed fire will not M3-37 Suppress forest pests when they have the improve eagle habitat. potential to, or are, impacting that component of the vegetation which is essential for nesting and Fuels Management rearing habitat M3-33 No fuels management projects should be conducted whin 1/4 mile of achve nests during M3-38 Follow Forest-wide standardslguidelines the nesting season. for Forest Health.

Forest Plan 4 - 96 not be authorized. Existing sites may continue Management Area 4 operation, but will not be expanded.

Spotted Owl M4-3This Management Area will generally provide the recreation opportunities of the Recreation Goal Opportunlty Spectrum category of the major adjacent Management Area. The appropriate Manage habltat to enhance the carrying capaclty category will be limited to either Semiprimrtive for Northern Spotted Owls Nonmotorized, Semiprimitive Motorized, or Roaded-Natural. (See Appendix 2 for an explana- General Theme and Objectives tion of the categories)

Nesting habitat and foraging areas will be protected and enDanced. Suttable nesting sltes will be Timber provided on a continuing basis and spaced to prevent terrttorial competition. Old growth stands M4-4There will be no programed timber harvest. wtth large trees will be emphasized. Human Timber harvesting will be allowed as a result of disturbance will be minimal during the nesting catastrophic situations as long as spotted owl season. habitat is the primary consideration in carrying out such activities. This Management Area contains 10 spotted owl habitat areas. Four SOHAs, which are also part of the Forest Network, are addressed in Management Range Area 25, Metolius Spotted Owl. M4-5 Vegetative manipulation for livestock forage This Management Area contains a total of 12 0 M improvement will not be allowed in these areas acres 5 M acres were identified as not suitable for timber production during the analysis of the M4-6 Grazing, which is currently allowed due to management sttuation in accordance with CFR existing allotments, will be allowed as long as it 219.14(a). During the analysis of alternatives using remains compatible with the primary objectives of the crlteria in 36 CFR 219.14(c), 12.0 M acres the Spotted Owl Habitat Areas (SOHAs). The use were identlfied as not appropriate for timber of existing allotments is minimal because the production for this Management Area Review and forage characteristics found in the SOHAs are not reconsideration of these findings must be done in of high value to livestock. accordance with CFR 219.14(d).

Wildlife Standards and Guidelines M4-7For each of 8 locations managed for spotted owls, an area containing approximately 1,500 Recreation acres of suitable old growth forest habitat will be reserved to provide an owl pair wlth the resources M4-1 Areas will be managed to provide dispersed requiredfor breeding, feeding, and resting through- recreation opportunlties such as hiking, bird out the year Collectively, these areas are designat- watching, and hunting that are compatible with ed the Spotted Owl Habitat Area Network. Some maintaining desired populations of these wildlife SOHAs contain significantly more than 1,500 acres species because they are key links, in terms of their location or above-average owl reproduction rate, in the M4-2Seasonal restrictions on recreationalactivities Network. such as hunting, boating, and off-highway vehicles may be needed, but will be determined on a M4-8This habitat is delineated within a 1.5 mile case-by-case basis Developed recreation, such radius of the known or suspected nest site, or as campgrounds and resons, is not compatible center of activity if the nest site is unknown. Some with the goals of this Management Area, and will Spotted Owl Habitat Areas include suitable habitat

Forest Plan 4 - 97 outside the 1.5 mile radius because insufficient M4-15 Geothermal leases in spotted owl habitat sutable habitat exists to provide 1,500 acres within areas will be issued with No Surface Occupancy -= = this Iimtation. (NSO)stipulations.

M4-9 Modrfications to the Spotted Owl Habtat M4-16 No pits or quarries will be allowed in this Area Network may be considered on a case-by- Management Area case basis after consultation with the Regional Office. Visual M4-10 A network of 8 areas suitable for spotted owl occupancy is established. This network M4-17 Management actlvities will meet Modlfication provides habitat for the continued existence of or a higher objective. Activities may include timber well-distributedbreeding pairs throughout their hawest, trail construction, prescribed burning or existing range and over time. A large percentage artficial nest construction. Activties will be visible, of these 8 areas is intended for occupancy by but will blend in with the natural surroundings. breeding pairs, with the remaining areas, presum- ably containing insufficient habltat for successful breeding, being available for juvenile dispersal or Fuelwood adult recruitment from adjacent areas. M4-18 No fuelwood gathering is permltted. M4-11 One addtional pair of spotted owls included in the Forest Network is found wthin the Mt Jefferson Wilderness (Appendix 4). Yet another Transportation pair is located in the Oregon Cascades Recreation Area (Management Area 14). Four SOHAs are M4-19 Road networks will be designed to facilitate located in Metolius Management Area 25. The easy control of access during nesting season. Forest Network totals 14 pairs. Road closures can be used to limit disturbing human activity. M4-12 Stand structure identified as providing habitat for spotted owls contains: (1) multiple M4-20 Existing roads at the boundaries of Spotted layers of trees wth an overstoty, midstory, and Owl Management Areas, and State Highway 242 understory of moderate to high canopy cover; and Forest Road 2022 which are within Spotted and (2) large trees with cavities, broken-tops, and Owl Management Areas, may be cleared up to platformsof branches holding accumulated organic 200 feet from the centerline of the road matter sutable for nesting; and (3) standing dead trees and fallen decayed trees providing habitat M4-21 Road management to restrict public access for an abundance of prey animals like flying within 1/4 mile of active nests during 3/1 through squirrels and wood rats. Vegetation types may 7/31 may be needed (Purpose: to prevent disrup- include mixed conifer forest (CW, CD, & CR), tion of nesting activties). Engelmann spruce bottomlands (CWSS-1I), and mountain hemlock forest (CM). Fire Management M4-13 Studies should be initiated to validate the extent and importance of habitat actually used by Wildfire owl pairs. Research should evaluate what management actions are necessary to maintain habitat M4-22 Fire suppression activities will meet the sutabilty over the very long-term. following burn objectives.

M4-23 Maximum annual low intensty burn acre Minerals objectives for each area are 1 percent.

M4-14 These areas should be recommended for M4-24 Maximum annual high intensity burn acre withdrawal for mineral entry for mining claims. objectives for each area are .3 percent.

Forest Plan 4 - 98 M4-25 Selection of appropriate suppression Fuel Treatment Other Than Prescribed Flre techniques for use in designated Wilderness must weigh the sovereignty of Wilderness values against M4-27 All methods are acceptable. the long-term viabilrty of the spotted owl habitat area network, and should be evaluated in the Escaped Fire Sltuation Analysis. Special Uses

Prescribed Flre M4-28 Special Uses will be allowed if the spotted owl can be protected. M4-26 Prescribed burning may be used to treat unacceptably hazardous fuel loading. Forest Health

M4-29 Suppress forest pests when they have the potential to, or are, impacting that component of the vegetation which is essential for nesting and rearing habltat.

M3-30 Follow Forest-wide standards/guidelines for Forest Health.

Forest Plan 4 - 99 Opportunity Spectrum category of the major Management Area 5 adjacent Management Area. The appropriate ..~. category will be limned to either Semiprimitive Osprey Nonmotorized, Semiprimitiie Motorized, or Roaded-Natural. (See Appenduc 2 for an explana- Goal tion of the categories.) Manage the habitat to enhance the carrying capaclty for osprey. Timber

General Theme and Objectives M5-4While some timber harvest is scheduled in this Management Area, it is only for the purpose Nesting areas and foraging areas will be protected of initiating long-term stand management to achieve and enhanced. Osprey habitat will contain numer- osprey habitat objectives. Uneven-aged timber ous trees and snags suitable for nesting. Stands management will be the normal silvicultural system, will be managed so that sultable nesting sites are except in lodgepole pine forest where even-aged available on a continuing basis and spaced to management may be more appropriate. Prescrip- minimize territorial compettion. Human disturbance tions should provide for future nesting sites and Will be minimal during the nesting season. trees.

This Management Area contains a total of 8.1 M M5-5 Active nest stes will be protected from acres. 4.4 M acres were identified as not suitable disturbing human activities during the nesting for timber production during the analysis of the season. Disturbing human activties wlthin 114 management situation in accordance with CFR mile (1 mile for the use of explosives) of an active 219.14(a). During the analysis of alternatives using nest should be restricted between April 1 and the crteria in CFR 219.14(c), 4.4 M acres were 36 August 31. A nest sne may be considered inactive identified as not appropriate for timber production for the year If nesting actilty is not evident by forthis ManagementArea. Review and reconsidera- May 15. tion of these findings must be done in accordance with CFR 219.14(d). M5-6Timber harvesting will be allowed in catastrophic situations. Standards and Guidelines Range Recreation M5-7 Range management practices (except predator control using baited traps or poison) can Area will be managed to provide dispersed M5-1 implemented in this Management Area. recreation opportunities such as hiking, bird watching, and hunting that are compatible with maintaining desired populations of these wildlife M5-8Vegetative manipulation will be allowed in species. catastrophic situations.

M5-2Seasonal restrictions (April 1 - August 31) on recreational activties such as hunting, boating, Wildlife and off-highway vehicles may be needed, but will be determined on a case-by-casebasis. Developed M5-9 Protect all existing nest sites and associated recreation, such as campgrounds and resorts, is perch trees Manage forested stands to maintain not compatible with the goals of this Management the character of a forest with relatively open Area, and will not be authorized. Existing sites overstory and fully-stocked understory. Single-aged may continue operation, but will not be expanded. stands are acceptable in lodgepole pine forest. Provide some trees (Ponderosa pine IS the M5-3This Management Area will generally provide preferred species) with dead or dying tops. Such the recreation opportunities of the Recreation trees should be provided at an average rate of 2

Forest Plan 4 - 100 per acre. Allow enough nesting sltes to provide and Wickiup Reservoirswhich are important nesting for the population being managed. and food sources for osprey.

M5-10Wlth many nest sites being lost to natural causes, an artificial nesting structure program Fuelwood may be required. M5-18 No fuelwood gathering is permitted during M5-11 Snags, and the live trees needed for future active nesting season. Down material may be snags, will be maintained for 60 percent of the gathered out of nesting season maximum potential population of primary cavity- nesting birds, except where osprey management goals would be jeopardized. This will be accom- Transportation plished using the DeschutesNational Forest Wildlife Tree Implementation Plan. M5-19 Road networks will be designed to facilitate easy control of access during nesting season. M5-12Active nest sites will be protected from Road closures can be used to limlt disturbing disturbing human activities during the nesting human activty. Transmission corridors requiring season. Disturbing human activities within 114 significant right-of-way clearing will not be permit- mile (1 mile for the use of explosives) of an active ted. nest should be restricted between April 1 and August 31. A nest site may be considered inactive M5-20 Road management may be needed to for the year If nesting activity is not evident by restrict public access to nesting areas during 4/1 May 15 through 8/31 (Purpose: to prevent disruption of nesting actlvities).

Minerals Fire Management M5-13These areas are open to mineral entry for mining claims. Wildflre

M5-14Osprey areas will be issued with Conditional M5-21 Protection of nest trees and adjacent perch Surface Use and Seasonal RestrictionStipulations. trees will be the highest priorty. During the nesting season (April 1 to August M5-15 Seasonal operation restrictions may be M5-22 placed on mining activlties in plts and quarries. 31) suppression efforts will minimize the time the osprey may be forced away from the nest. The use of powersaws and pumps is compatible with the objective of rapid suppression and removal of Visual distractions from the area. Outside of the nesting season suppression efforts can be conducted in M5-16Management activitieswill meet Modification a standard manner. or a higher objective. Activlties may include timber hawest, trail construction, prescribed burning or M5-23 High intensity fires should be aggressively artrficial nest construction. Management activities controlled. The objective is to minimize the acres will meet the mapped Visual Quality Objective for burned and to protect the nest and perch trees. the Preferred Alternative. Fire camps should be located at least 1 mile outside active nesting areas

Water M5-24 Maximum low intensty burn acre objectives are 10 acres per year and 5 acres per occurrence. M-17 During extended and severe drought the U.S.F.S. will work closely with the Water Master to M5-25Maximum high intensty burn acre Objectives maintain minimum pool levels in Crane Prairie are I acre per year and I acre per occurrence.

Forest Plan 4 - 101 Prescribed Flre Partial 4-TF4-RC 2-LP3-PC 2-MC4PC Cut _..e ma.26 Prescribed fire will not normally beneffi this 2-LP3-PC 2-TF4RC resource. Fuels reduction may be better handled Clearcut 2-MC4-RC 1-LP-3-CC 3-TF-4-RC by silvicuttural entries and slash cleanup. 1-LP3-PC 2-MC-4-RC

Fuels Management Pradlces They are found in 'Photo Series for Quantlfying M5-27 Fuels management activities may be Forest Residues', a cooperatwe publicatlon by conducted from September through March. the Pacific Northwest Forest and Range Experiment Station, US. Department of Agriculture, Forest Fuel Loadlng Service, Portland, Oregon.

M5-28 Fuel loading should be kept at a level or arranged to minimize the chances of a large Special Uses catastrophic fire. Loading will usually be the same M5-29 Special Uses will be allowed if the osprey as for the General Forest Management Area or can be protected. the surrounding Management Area, if there is a conflict. Forest Health The following photo series will be used. M5-30 Suppress forest pests when they have the potential to, or are, impacting that component of PP LP MC-MH the vegetation which is essential for nesting and rearing habitat. Thin- I-MCSPC 1-MC-3-PC 1-MC-3-PC ning M5-31 Follow Forest-wide standards/guidelines 4-PP-I-TH 1-PP-I -TH 1-PP-1 -TH for Forest Health.

Forest Plan 4 - 102 and maintaining the Wilderness characteristics of Management Area 6 the lands including wildlife habltat for species preferring isolation from human disturbance (e.g. Wilderness wolverine), or undisturbed mature forest for old growth associated species (e.g. spotted owl). Goal This Management Area contains a total of 181.3 To feature naturalness, oppoltunities for solitude, M acres. 181 3 M acres were identified as not challenge, and inspiration, and within these suitable for timber production during the analysis constraints to provide for recreational, scenic, of the management situation in accordance with scientific, educational, conservation and historical CFR 219.14(a). uses Prescription Permmed but nonconforming uses specrfied in the Wilderness Act of 1964, will be carried out Wilderness standards/guidelines contained in this under restrictions designed to minimize their impact section are general and apply to all Wilderness on the Wilderness. The decisive criteria in all on the Forest. More speclfic direction is contained conflicts will be to preseive and protect the in individual Wilderness management plans in Wilderness character of the resource. Appendix 4. General Theme and Objectives Wilderness Resource Spectrum Wilderness exemplifies freedom, but is defined more by the absence of human impact than by (WRS) an absence of human control. Management therefore will seek to minimize the impact of use This Plan recognizes that ddferent areas within A high priority, however, will be placed on permitting Wilderness can and should provide different as much freedom from regimentation as possible opportunities and experiences Therefore, each while preserving the naturalness of the Wilderness Wilderness has been divided into zones called resource and the opportunny for solitude, primitive Wilderness Resource Spectrum (WRS) Zones. recreation, scenic, scientrfic, and historical values Each zone has its own definition and set of management objectives that will make it distinct In working towards this goal, a nondegradation from the other zones. The WRS zones are: policy of management shall be followed. The nondegradation policy recognizes that in Wilder- Semi-primitive Zones: ness one can find a range of natural and social settings from the most pristine to those where Area Characteristics This area is characterized naturalness and opportunities for solitude have by predominately unmodfied natural environment been diminished by established uses. It is the of moderate size. Concentration of users is low, intent of this policy to assure that appropriate but there is often evidence of other users. The diversity and existing Wilderness character are area is managed in such a way that minimum maintained. Furthermore, the wildest areas of a on-site controls and restrictions may be present Wilderness will not be allowed to deteriorate to a but are subtle Facilities are only provided for the lesser standard of naturalness to disperse and protection of Wilderness resource values rather accommodate more use. Management will seek than visitor comfort or convenience Materials to maintain each Wilderness in at least as wild a should be natural or natural appearing condition as it was at the time of its classification. Certain areas may need rehabilitationto reestablish Some relatively small transition zones may also basic wilderness values. exist adjacent to the semi-primitive zone. These areas are usually near heavily used trailheads Wilderness areas shall be managed to enhance and receive predominantly day use at a level the Wilderness resource This includesthe opportu- slightly greater than that wlthin the semi-primitive nty for solitude, physical and mental challenge, zone. The transition zone is not intended to be a inspiration, experiencing a distinctwe environment, permanent part of the WRS. The long term objective

Forest Plan 4 - 103 is to manage these areas so that they regain the primitive skills, often in an environment that offers characteristics of the semi-primitive zone. a high degree of challenge and risk.

. ~~ -_ ~ -~- Experience Opportunity: Moderate opportunities for exploring and experiencing isolation (from the Standards and Guidelines sights and sounds of people); independence; closeness to nature; tranquilty and self-reliance through the application of no-trace and primitive skills in a natural environmentthat offers a moderate Social Setting Objectives to high degree of challenge and risk. M6-1 Each WROS Zone is to be managed for Primitive Zone: different social objectves.

Area Characteristics: This area is characterized M6-2Encounters. Encounters with other groups by essentially unmodfied natural environment. should be limited to no more than 10 encounters Concentration of users is low and evidence of per day in the Semipnmitive (Transition) Zone, 7 human use is minimal. encounters per day in the Primrtive Zone, and 1 encounter per day in the Pristine Zone. These The area is managed to be essentially free from standards should be met 80 percent of the time. evidence of human-induced restrictions and controls. Only essential facilities for resource M6-3 Group Size. Group size should be limited to protection and safety are used and are constructed no more than 12 people and 12 head of stock. of native or natural appearing matenals. No facillties Larger groups of up to 12 people and 18 head of for comfort or convenience of the user are provided. stock may be allowed by permlt in areas specified Visitors are encouraged to disperse to desirable in Wilderness Plans. LAC data for areas designated existing sites to minimize contacts with other for larger parties should show an ability to wrthstand groups. the additional impacts. Twelve person party size will be the maximum in pristine areas. Experience Opportunity: High opportunty for exploring and experiencing considerable isolation, M6-4Campsites. Camps should be separated solltude. and self-reliance through application of from other campsltes and set back from trails, primltive recreation skills in an environment that meadows, lakes, and streams at least 100 feet. offers a high degree of challenge and risk. No more than two other camps should be visible in the Semiprimltve (Transltion) Zone, one in the Pristine Zone: Primitive Zone, and no other camps should be visible in the Pristine Zone. Area Characteristics: This area is characterized by an extensive unmodfied natural environment. Natural processes and conditions have not and Regulations will not be measurably affected by the actions of users. The area is managed to be as free as M6-5 Only the minimum regulation necessary to possible from the influence of human activities. achieve Wilderness management objectives will People are only brief visltors. Essentially no facilrties be applied. are required to protect the Wilderness resource. Terrain and vegetation allow extensive and chal- lenging cross-country travel. Motorized and Mechanized Equipment

Experience Opportunty: Provides the most out- M6-6 Use of motors or mechanized equipment is standing opportunity for isolation and solitude, prohibited. The Forest Supelvisor may approve free from evidence of past human activities and exceptions for emergencies involving threats to with very infrequent encounters wlth other users. life, health, or property. The Regional Forester The user has outstanding opportunrties to travel may approve use of mechanized equipment for crosscountly utilizing a maximum degree of other limited situations.

Forest Plan 4 - 104 Administrative Use M6-13Scientific and Research Programs: Scientific studies, research, and educational programs are M6-7 Administrative groups, such as Forest Service appropriate within the Wilderness as long as they personnel, will generally conform to the same do not degrade Wilderness values. Only those standards and regulations established for other studies and programs that absolutely require a user groups. Wilderness environment will be permitted.

State Laws Administrative Coordination

M6-8 The Forest will use air quality, water pollution, M6-14 Forest Selvice Coordination: Each Wilder- noise, and other standards established in State of ness will be managed as a single unit regardless Oregon law for Wilderness (Memorandum of of administrative boundaries Agreement between the US Forest Service, PNW Region, and the State of Oregon Department of M6-15 Periodically, at least on an annual basis, Environmental Quality of October 18, 1972) meetings will be held between adjacent Forests administering the same Wilderness The purpose will be to Information and Education Maintain continulty and consistency in Wilder- M6-9 Information and Education efforts will be ness management decisions oriented towards enhancing a visitors wilderness experience but will de-emphasizeWilderness Review and discuss priorities for the use of areas or attractions that are receiwng use that available resources, both money and people. threatens their Wilderness values. Review trail maintenance schedules. M6-10 Priorities for information and education efforts are to Review outfitter/guide permit administration.

Encourage behavior which protects Wilderness Coordinate joint training of Wilderness manage- resources such as the 'no-trace' message. ment personnel to achieve consistency in public contact, program accomplishment, and Inform visitors of alternate areas to visit that will law enforcement satisfy their needs M6-16 Cooperation with Other Agencies The Inform users of Wilderness management goals Forest Service will develop a cooperative process and objectives which allows other agencies, such as the Oregon Department of Fish and Wildlife, to meet their Explain various management actions (i.e., sign responsibilities within Wilderness while meeting removal, trail construction, trail maintenance the management objectives of the area. standards, etc) M6-17 Search and Rescue. The County Sheriff's M6-11 Visltor Contacts Most personal contacts of have the responsibility for search and rescue of Wilderness users will be outside the Wilderness. lost or injured visitors. The Forest will provide When contacts are made inside the Wilderness assistance, within its capacity, when requested by they will be to emphasize specific resource needs, the County Sheriff The use of motorized equipment or visltor conduct problems. for search and rescue operations within Wilderness must be approved in advance by the Forest M6-12 Signs and Maps: Wilderness signing will Supervisor Approval is normally given on a be reduced by providing high quallty maps, or case-by-case basis. assisting the private sector in producing accurate maps of each Wilderness. Trailhead information M6-18 Structures: Construction of facilities will be centers will also provide important educational avoided. Facilitres may be allowed only when and management information. needed to attain Wilderness objectives and after

Forest Plan 4 - 105 ngorous analysis. They will be designed and placed Limlts of Acceptable Change system for Wilderness to minimize their intrusion upon the Wilderness planning, Intermountain Forest and Range Experi- ----setting and will not be for the comfort or conven- ment Station, 507 25th Street, Ogden, Utah., ience of the users. George H. Stankey. Also: Limlts of Acceptable Change: A new Framework for Managing the Bob M6-19Toilets: Toilets, generally of the primitive Marshall Wilderness Complex,’ George H Stankey, type may be provided but only for the protection Stephen F. McCool, Gerald L. Stokes, from Western of Wilderness values and where there is a distinct Wildlands, Fall 1984). This concept recognizes hazardto heaith and safety, and other management that change is natural and seeks to ask the question techniques have proved ineffective. Toilets should ‘how much change is acceptable‘. The SyStem not be used in the primitive WROS zone. also recognizes that much of the impact of Wilderness use is not simply the result of to0 many people, but rather the kind of use, human Activities behavior, the timing and distribution of use. The number of users is not always directly related M6-20 Wilderness Dependent Activities: When to the amount of impact. A little use in a previously conflicts develop between Wilderness activities undisturbed area may cause significant changes, they will be resolved in favor of those activities (1) while a lot more use in an already disturbed area that will least alter the Wilderness environment, often causes only a llttle more impact. and (2) that are most dependent upon the Wilderness environment. Some activities may be M6-24 The Forest will continue to utilize an LAC restrictedor controlled to preserve the opportunities approach in establishing Wilderness capacity. for solitude and primltive recreation experiences. Physical/Biological, social,and managerial standards and guidelines are provided in Regional M6-21 Contests, races, promotions, or fund raisers Supplements under FSM 2322, in individual area of any kind wlll not be permwed in Wildemess. management plans, the appendix to this plan, This includes foot races, competitive trail rides, and in the Land Management Plan for the Willamette survival contests, military exercises, and other National Forest for Wilderness which extends similar activlties. across the National Forest boundaries.

M6-25 When wilderness use results in impacts Capacity which exceed Wilderness LAC Standards and Guidelines or the numbers established in Appendix M6-22 Regulations, 36 CFR 219.18 (a), require 4, the following corrective actions or sequence of that Wilderness management plans will ‘provide actions will be taken. for limiting and distributing visitor use of specific areas in accord with periodic estimates of maximum Flrst Level Actlon - Public Information and levels of use that allow natural processesto operate Education freely and that do not impair the values for which wilderness areas were created.’ M6-26 This level of action will be accomplished by the following methods:

M6-23 Capacity estimates for each Wilderness Deemphasize attraction of excessively used areas, have been developed and they are contained in promote use of alternatlve non-wilderness areas the Wilderness Plans (Appendix 4). These figures represent the best estimates available at this time. Inform public (public service media messages, The numbers, however, will be modified according portal notices, personal contact) of the type of to Limits of Acceptable Change data trends. campsite and the characteristics of sites they want to avoid or, to be more positive, the types of Limits of Acceptable Change: Forest Service sites they should seek. Researchers and managers have developed a system for establishing Wilderness capacity called Adjust or remove administrative and informational the Limits of Acceptable Change (LAC). (The signing.

Forest Plan 4 - 106 Emphasize 'no-trace camping'. should be agreement on these actions between Forests if the area is influenced by people from Remove or reduce any facilities contributing to both Forests. concentration of use beyond capacity.

Decrease or reduce accessibility. Vegetation

If fishing is attracting excessive use to an area, M6-28 Natural ecological processes of plant coordinate with Oregon Depaftment of Fish and succession will be emphasized. This includes Wildlife to determine If adjustments in the fish those ecological systems dependent on the natural management program could reduce impacts. role of fire.

Restrict commercial outfltter guide use of area. M6-29 Live trees may be utilized for administrative purposes such as trail bridges. Location of cut Second Level Action - Use of Regulatlons and trees will be out of sight from common travelways She Restoratlon or camping areas.

M6-27 If the first level actions are unsuccessful, M6-30 Wood fires or firewood gathering may be restrict activlties by regulation. Possible additional prohibited in areas where demand for firewood is actions exceeding local supply and noticeable impacts from firewood gathering are degrading the Wilder- Limit or ban campfires ness resource.

Limit group size. M6-31 Dead standing and down vegetation shall be managed to approximate natural conditions. Designate campsites, restrict use at undesignat- ed sites. M6-32 Revegetation of impacted areas will be as follows: Require minimum spacing between campsites. M6-33 Revegetation projects shall be undertaken Impose a distance setback of campsites from only where the use patterns which caused the water and trails. loss of vegetation can be modlfied This is essential to assure success of the rehabilitationwork. Restrict types of use in the area or on trails leading to it, i.e., restrict overnight or horse M6-34 Only native species will be used for site use. revegetation.

Limit length of stay. M6-35 Areas to be revegetated may be closed until they are considered reestablished.Temporary Close revegetated campsites. signing or fencing may be used if absolutely needed. Close the area to overnight use by commercial outfmer guides, and limit their day use. M6-36 Revegetation work should be achieved in a manner which best meets the needs of an Limit the number of entries into the wilderness, individual site. Work can be accomplished using including day use and overnight use. the following procedures singly or in combination:

Require permits for entry. Rest only (eliminating use for a period allowing natural revegetation to occur) Restrict camping. Rest, seedbed preparation, natural revegetation Second level actions may require approval of the (seedbed preparation by disturbing the ground Forest Supervisor or Regional Forester. There surface, i e., spading).

Forest Plan 4 - 107 Rest, seedbed preparation, planting (use only M6-44 New trails will be located, and existing native species). trails may be relocated, to avoid sensitive and wet .~~~.~~ soil areas, such as in meadows, lake shorelines, Fertilizer may be used on a limited basis to stimulate and riparian areas. initial growth. M645 Soil compaction shall not exceed limits which will prevent natural plant establishment and Livestock growth except at designated camps, administrative sites, and trails. M6-37 Domestic Livestock Grazing of domestic livestock, other than for recreation purposes, will M646 Wilderness use which is impacting water be permitted in only those portions of the Wilder- quality will be controlled or eliminated. ness where grazing was established prior to the area’s Wilderness designation. M6-47 No efforts to increase natural water yields by modifying plant cover or the soil mantle will be M6-38 Range allotment plans will specify require- permitted. ments and actions needed to meet Wilderness objectives. M648 There are no dams under special-use permit or other authority in any Wilderness on the M6-39 Permittees will be encouraged to install Deschutes National Forest and no permits are and replace range improvement and range pending. No dams will be permmed unless management facilities by utilizing native material approved by the President of the United States. when practical.

M6-40 Recreation Livestock Grazing of recreation- Roads and Helispots al stock is permitted. Tied, picketed, hltched, or otherwise confined stock must be at least 200 M6-49 Roads are not permitted within the Wilder- feet from ponds, lakes, springs, streams, trails ness. Existing roads will remain closed and be camps, and other high interest areas. Use of allowed to return to their natural condltion. pelletized feed and tethering of stock away from water, travel routes, and crltical areas are actions M6-50 Construction of new roads or upgrading of that may be required. existing roads outside the Wilderness may alter existing wilderness use patterns. Appropriate M6-41 Dogs: Dogs should be under reliable voice actions will be included in project plans to mitigate control and/or physical restraint to protect both any adverse impact on the Wilderness. people and wildlife. M6-51 Permanent helispots utilizing natural openings may be permitted when approved by Soil and Water the Forest Supervisor. These helispots will not be shown on recreation maps or marked on the M6-42 Naturally occurring erosion processes will ground. They may however, be shown on District be allowed to continue unless they intolerably maps intended primarily for in-house use. impact other Wilderness resources or resources outside the Wilderness. Trails M643 Accelerated loss of surface soils due to visltor use should be corrected using native M6-52Trails will provide users wRh opportunities materials and vegetation and then limited to a to test skills, experience physical exertion and rate that approximates the natural process. accomplishment.

Forest Plan 4 - 108 M6-53 Trails may be constructed and maintained: M6-63 Carrying Capacity: Carrying Capacty will be estimated and monitored to determine If For safety of visltors, resourceobjectives are being met. (Refer to specific Wilderness management plans wlthin the Forest To minimize or prevent resource damage, and Plan.)

As legislatively directed. M6-64 Overuse: As use levels approach or exceed LAC Standards or carrying capacity estimates the M6-54 Trails will be designed, constructed, or Forest will consider the need for specific controls. relocated to the minimum standard needed to achieve their purpose. Trails will be located so M6-65 The goal will be to apply the minimum they take the greatest advantage of environmental level of regulation needed to accomplish the features the area has to offer. Most trails will receive objectives for the area. Level II maintenance The Pacific Crest National Scenic Trail will be maintained at Level 111. M6-66 Winter Use: Cross-country skiing and M6-55 The adequacy of each trail system within snowshoeing will be accommodated where practi- each Wilderness will be assessed to determine lts cal and feasible. effectiveness in meeting Wilderness objectives. Corrective action will be implemented when any M6-67 Trail Relocation: All permanent trail location impact is intolerable or beyond that necessary to must be approved by the Chief of the Forest accomplish the purpose of the trail system. Service

M6-56 Trail systems will normally not be expanded M6-68 Additional Pacific Crest Trail management into currently untrailed areas that are providing guidelines can be found inthe Pacific Crest National opportunities for solltude and primitive recreation. Scenic Trail Comprehensive Plan (1/18/82). Exceptions must be approved by the Forest Supervisor. Signs M6-57 A range of trail travel opportunities for horse and hiker will be maintained as necessary M6-69 Signing will not be provided for visitor to accommodate the acceptable use. Parallel convenience or for interpretation within Wilderness hiker/horse trails will not be provided. boundaries. Such signing may be appropriate at trailheads or on routes leading into the Wilderness. M6-58 Use of natnre, local materials will be The information may also be provided on maps or emphasized in trail construction and maintenance. in other printed materials M6-59 Bridges and culverts will not be installed for visitor convenience, but may be installed for M6-70 Directional signing may be placed at trail safety or resource protection needs. intersections. This signing with minimal exceptions will indicate a destination point such as a landmark M6-60 Trails should follow the natural contours of or special attraction such as a lake. Wherever the land to the extent feasible, and result in possible, excessively used areas will not be minimum disturbance to soil and ground cover. indicated Distances to destination points will not be included on signs within the Wilderness, but M6-61 Trailside snags will normally not be felled may be indicated on signs at locations outside of unless they present a definlte and immediate the Wilderness A maximum of two directional safety hazard. signs with the two destinations each will be placed at trail junctions. Paclflc Crest National Scenlc Trall Management (Wilderness Segments): M6-71 Regulatory or informational signs may be used in situations where control of excessive M6-62 The Pacrfic Crest National Scenic Trail resource damage is needed and other corrective (PCNST) will be managed to meet Wilderness actions are unsuccessful Only the minimum objectives where It traverses Wilderness areas. number of signs needed will be installed

Forest Plan 4 - 109 M6-72 The Regional standard for sign motif (color, Commercial Use lettering, and design) for Wilderness will be used for all Wilderness signs M6-78 In addition to the direction contained in the 'Forest-wide standards/guidelines for Recre- M6-73 Sign backboards will be mounted on trees ation Special Uses', the following direction applies whenever possible. specifically to wilderness.

The 1964 Wilderness Act specifies that within Fire Management Wilderness 'there shall be no commercial enterprise...' (Sec. 4 c.). The Act, however, offers a M6-74 Fire, or its absence, has been a major qualification (Sec. 4.d.6.) stating 'Commercial influence on natural life systems. Natural fire has services may be performed... to the extent neces- been a part of the ecology of the Wilderness sary for activities which are proper for realizing since creation, and man's efforts to ban this agent the recreational or other wilderness purposes of may have resulted in significant ecological changes the area.' in the flora and fauna of some areas. To assure that fire plays a more natural role in the ecology Wilderness will be managed to offer recreationists the maximum contrast to their everyday civilized of the area, all fires accidentally started by human environment. Further, wilderness offers outstanding actlvlty will be declared a wildfire and suppressed opportunities for challenge, for taking risks, to However, lightning caused fires that meet pre- recreate in an uncontrolled environment and for planned prescription parameters, outlined in the discovering more about the natural environment Fire Management Action Plan, may De managed and about oneself. as a prescribed fire. Choices are required when electing to recreate in M6-75 Fire management activities within Wilder- wilderness. One can acquire the equipment and ness will be compatible wth overall Wilderness skills to travel on ones own or take the option of management objectives. Preference will be given employing an outfitter-guide to provide equipment to methods and equipment that cause the least: and services to facilitate wilderness travel. Very few people, except for age or health reasons are Alteration of the Wilderness landscape. not able to make this choice. By Its nature good Disturbance of the land surface. outfitting and guiding sewices provide convenience Disturbance to visitor solitude. and a degree of insulation from the wilderness Reduction of visibility during periods of visitor environment. use. Adverse effects on other air quallty related Outfitter-guide sewices will be permitted until values. local limits of acceptable change and carrying Disturbance to spotted owl nest stes. capacity estimates are met. Outfitter-guide sewices will be modified or eliminated in those areas where Prescrlbed Flre unacceptable impacts are occurring.

M6-76 The Wilderness will be evaluated to Existing summer Outfitter-Guide use in Wilderness determine If prescribed burning is needed to managed by the maintain or reestablish natural ecosystems particu- Forest is at an adequate and maximum level. larly those dependent on the occurrence of fire. A base or reference level of commercial use in M6-77 Fuel accumulations should be allowed to Wilderness has been established in 1988. No develop at naturally occurring levels for each additional Outfitter-Guide Permits authorizing individual ecosystem. This will allow for varying wilderness and use will be issued. Service day fuel levels over time due to the effects and recovery authorizations specified in these 1988 permits will from fire. Where fuel accumulations exceed not be increased. naturally occurring levels prescribed fire will be considered to reduce them to a more natural Additional dlrectlon for commerclal use In level. Wilderness Is llsted below:

Forest Plan 4 - 11 0 M6-79 If an existing Outftter-Guide Permit is sold M6-83 Efforts will be made to manage commercial or the permlttee goes out of business the FS will use so that those who remain in business will be evaluate the following options for the service days economical operations that provide a high quality authorized by that permit: public sewice.

Allocate the service days to one or more of the M6-84 Existing permittees may be expected to remaining Outftter-Guide Permittees if it would provide services in other areas of the Forest, strengthen their business, improve the quality outside their normal operating area. of customer service and/or benefit the Wilder- ness resource. M6-85 Commercial operators will be expected to pay or contributetheir fair share of trail maintenance Do not re-allocate the service days if non- and other resource damage costs caused by outftted use levels and LAC date show that the their operations. This will become a condition of thresholds of unacceptable changehmpacts are being approached or exceeded. the special-use permt.

Consider allocation of the service days to a M6-86All commercial use permlts will be evaluated new permittee only f an acceptable trend in annually for quality of service and impact on impacts from use is reasonably clear and can wilderness resources. be expected to last for several years into the future New permmees must be identified through issuance of a prospectus and subse- Fish and Wildlife quent competltive selection. M6-87 Stocking may continue at lakes and streams M6-80 Of the summer and winter outfitted use in where It has historically occurred Stocking will the Forest’s Wilderness some potential for growth not be expanded to barren waters unless It would exists: help achieve Wilderness management goals.

Winter use is at a very low level and may have M6-88 Native species will normally be favored in many years to expand before limits on numbers the stocking program. are necessary. M6-89 Aircraft stocking will only be permitted on Some potential may exist for expanding non- those lakes stocked by aircraft prior to 1964 No livestock supported educational programs. landing of aircraft is permitted. Stocking should These must be evaluated on a case by case be done before and after the visitor season f basis. possible The effects of stocking wilderness lakes on recreation use levels will be carefully assessed M6-81 Other factors which could favorably influence the decision to provide additional opportunities’ M6-90 Chemical treatment of waters is permitted, with Regional Forester approval, for the reestablish- Use of lightly used areas which are not being ment of native species or establishment of threat- managed for higher quality wilderness experi- ened and endangeredaquatic species or to correct ences depending on few social encounters. undesirable conditions resulting from the influence of human activity. Concentrated recreation use, such as that occurring at campsites, will be discouraged M6-91 Management activities and decisions will within 1/4 mile of known spotted owl nest trees emphasize maintaining native species with particular emphasis on habitat requirements of Threat- Programs which can demonstrate minimum ened, Endangered and Sensitive species. Indige- impact use. nous species may be reestablished. Threatened and Endangered species may be established to M6-82 Minimum impact practices will be strongly correct the undesirable influences of human encouraged among commercial operators. activities

Forest Plan 4 - 111 M6-92 Visitor activity may be regulated on a Visual ~.~.seasonal basis to minimize the impact to wildlfe. M6-99TheVisualQuality Objectivewill be Preseffa- tion. Forest Health

M6-93 Pest populations will be monitored so that Special Uses eariy detection of problems is possible. M6-100 Special use permlts may be issued rf M6-94 No action will be taken to control naturally they do not detract from the Wilderness values. occurring insect or disease populations wtthin Wilderness, unless adjacent areas outside Wilder- ness are threatened. In that case an environmental analysis using the NEPA process will be conducted Cultural Resources to determine what, if any, suppression actions will be taken. Any control measures will be designed M6-101 Cultural and historic resources shall be to have the least adverse impact possible on the inventoried by a qualified professional. Wilderness resource. M6-102 All structures will be evaluated for their ,M6-95 Timber harvest and vegetative manipulation historical significance. will not be allowed in catastrophic situations involving insects, dsease, or fire except as outlined M6-103 After evaluation, any decision to maintain in the paragraph above. or abandon but not remove structures which meet the criteria for the National Register shall be preceded by the process outlined in 36 CFR 800 Minerals for comment by the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation. Abandoned structures will be allowed M6-96 Effectwe Jan. 1, 1984, the minerals in to deteriorate naturally after following procedures Wilderness are withdrawn from all forms of outlined in 36 CFR 800. Any retained or maintained appropriation under the mining laws and from structure will be managed to have a minimum disposition under all laws pertaining to mineral impact on the Wilderness resource. leasing and all amendments there to. M6-104 If n is determined, after historicalevaluation, M6-97 Where valid leases or locatable mineral that a structure is not of signbcance, It will be interests exist, any proposed mining activity will removed by a practical method compatible with be reviewed by the Forest with the proponent. The Forest’s review and approval will be directed the goals of this plan and the sne will be restored toward minimizing, mitigating, preventing, or to as natural a condnion as is practical. repairing adverse environmental impacts on Wilderness values and in restonng the stte. The M6-105 If, after evaluation of the signlficance of Forest may impose reasonable condnions which the cultural resource and the impact on the will not interfere with the mining operation or the Wilderness resource, a decision is madeto maintain statutory rights of the claimant. a structure, a management prescription wrll be developed to mitigate the structures impact on M6-98 No pits or quarries will be permitted in Wilderness and to guide its management. Wilderness Areas for common materials.

Forest Plan 4 - 112 Management Area 7 Standards and Guidelines Deer Habitat Recreation

Goal M7-1 The area will provide various dispersed recreation opportunties primarily for the activities To manage vegetation to provide optimum habitat of viewing wildlife, hunting, gathering forest condltions on deer winter and transition ranges products, and roaded camping. Restrictions on while providing some domestic livestock forage, motorized and OHV recreation could be implement- wood products, visual quality and recreation ed on a seasonal basis between December 1 and opportunities. March 31 and during hunting seasons. Closures and restrictions can be imposed on OHV activity where it threatens or damages other resource General Theme and Objectives values, such as plantations, wildlife-use, and soils. Provisions will be made in the silvicultural and Vegetation will be managed to provide optimum grazing prescriptions for maintaining amenlties habitat considering the inherent productivity of around developed campsites and areas where the land Herbaceous vegetation will be managed traditional concentrated recreation use occurs. to provide a vigorous forage base with a variety Rustic facilities constructed of native materials may be provided for the convenience of the user of forage species available Forage conditions as well as for safety and resource protection. may be improved where conditions are poor. Foraging areas will be created where forage is M7-2 Providing the recreation setting, activity, lacking, maintained when in proper balance, or and experience opportunities for the Recreation reduced when overabundant and more foraging Opportunity Spectrum category of Roaded-Natural areas are needed. will be an objective in Recreation Management. (See Appendix 2 for an explanation of the cate- Long-term tree or shrub cover to moderate cold gories.) weather condltions is equally important Ideally, cover and forage areas should be in close proximlty for optimum use by big game, with cover making Timber up 40 percent of the land area. Approximately three-quarters of cover areas should be thermal M7-3 Generally, programed timber harvest is appropriate when required to regenerate new cover with the remainder being hiding areas. cover stands, maintain tree vigor for resistance to Some stand conditions may satisfy both kinds of stand-threatening insect damage, or encourage cover. desirable forage in deficient areas Livestock grazing, both sheep and cattle, will be Ponderosa Pine - Suitable Timber Lands: permltted with associated range improvements such as fences and water developments. M7-4The timber harvest will be programed.

This Management Area contains a total of 208.9 M7-5 Even and uneven-aged management will be M acres. 95 4 M acres were identifiedas not suitable applied and may include precommercial and for timber production during the analysis of the commercial thinnings. Stocking levels will be based on site-specific conditions A crown cover greater management situation in accordance with CFR than 40 percent with trees 30 feet high is recom- 219 14(a). During the analysis of alternatives using mended for thermal cover. the crteria in 36 CFR 219.14(c), 113.5 M acres were identified as appropriatefor timber production Relatively low site productivity for tree-growth, for this Management Area. Review and reconsidera- coupled with recent cycles of drought, increase tion of these findings must be done in accordance the risk of insect-pest epidemics killing or severely with CFR 219.14(d) damaging tree-stands valuable for cover. Thus,

Forest Plan 4 - 113

~ tree canopy-cover conditions for optimum thermal Fallerwee wildlife habitat is especially ddficult to protection may need to be compromised somewhat replace within these dry, marginal forestlands. =inorder to moderate the risk of future catastrophic Fuel-treatment and fuelwood collection policies pne beetle damage. Canopy cover should be must provide and maintain necessary deadwood managed at the highest percentage that will habitat as described in the Forest-wideS&Gs. maintain healthy stand conditions with a low risk of catastrophic damage due to insects or disease, Cover: As a minimum canopy cover must be 40 percent, but a greater canopy cover percentage is preferred. M7-13 A crown cwer greater than 40 percent with trees 30 feet tall is recommended for thermal M7-6 Prescribed burning is recommended for site cover. preparation where soil conditions and fuels permit. Forage: M7-7 Silvicultural prescriptions will be based on the Timber Management standards/guidelines M7-14 Forage conditions will be maintained or and Deer Habitat objectws. improved with emphasis on increasing the variety of plants available for forage and a mixture of age classes of shrubs. Variety in areas which are Range dominated by poor vigor shrubs will be created. Species will be established so that a variety of M7-8 Forage utilization by lwestock will be main- shrubs, grasses, and forbs are available. tained at a level so that sufficient forage is available to support the desired number of deer. Grazing M7-15 Where forage improvement activities which systems, stocking levels, forage use standards, are not directly associated wth manipulation of and range improvement projects will be designed the tree stands (crushing, prescribed burning) are to be compatible wth or complementary to the habitat objectives for deer. planned, the size of the treatment units normally will be 300 to 500 acres including unmanipulated M7-9 Allotment management plans will be written islands If more than one unt is treated in a single to reflect the management direction for this year, treatment units should be 600 to 1,200 feet Management Area. They will include the grazing apart. The untreated portion of the area involved system to be used, season of use, class of livestock, can be improved after the treated areas provide a stocking levels, range improvements needed, and good quality of forage. forage production and utilization standards Arrangement:

Wildlife M7-16 If foraging areas are created through timber hawesting, units will be designed to be irregularly M7-10 Habitat management will be designed to shaped Thermal cover will be maintained immedi- provide a mosaic of forested conditions which ately adlacent to the foraging site. The stands incorporates the concepts of escape and hiding providing cover can be in ddferent age classes. cover, thermal cover, travel corridors, visual The long-term stuation would be an irregular screens, and harassment potential. mosaic of openings intermingledwthin tree stands. As an opening is reestablished wth trees and M7-11 The analysis area used for habtat manage- qualifies as cover, adlacent areas may be harvested ment planning should be large enough so that to maintain forage-producing areas where forage meaningful habitat conditions can be determined. is deficient. Normally this would be greater than 3000 acres in size and may include other ownerships. Minerals M7-12 Snags, and the live trees needed for future snags, will be managed based on the direction in M7-17 These areas are open to mineral entry for the Forest-wide Wildllfe S&Gs. mining claims.

Forest Plan 4 - 114 M7-18 Geothermal leases will be issued with Fire Management conditional surface use and seasonal restriction stipulations. Wildfire

M7-19 Seasonal operation restrictions may be M7-24 High and low intensity burns can help placed on mining activities in pits and quarries maintain diversity. Fires within 300 feet of gUz&%S shall be extinguished and the improvements protected. Snags that do not present a hazard to Visual life or a threat to successful suppression action should not be felled. M7-20Along roads wRh high traffic volume, wildlife habitat projects will be located, designed and M7-25 Annual low and intensity burn acre objec- timed to meet Modtication or a higher objective. tives will be developed as a part of the Fire Activities may dominate the surrounding landscape Management Action Plan. but will appear natural Prescrlbed Burning

Fuelwood M7-26The prescribed use of fire will be necessary to maintain diversity within the plant communities M7-21 Fuelwood gathering will be coordinated Burning prescriptions will provide for the reestab- with winter road closures, and seasonal restrictions lishment of bitterbrush within 20 years. Approxi- may apply during the winter and spring. Fuelwood mately 2 0 - 2 5 percent of this Management Area gathering by both commercial and personal use could be burned annually. permits will be allowed in conjunction with timber management activities or in designated fuelwood Fuel Treatment Other Than Prescribed Burning gathering areas. M7-27 In that portion of the Management Area designated nonsuitable for timber, the preferred Transportation slash treatment method is to lop and scatter In areas of heavy slash, machine piling and burning M7-22Target open road densities shall average may be necessary Crushing is the least preferred 1 .O - 2 5 miles per square mile in each Implementa- method for treating slash tion Unlt, unless impacts to deer can be avoided or the proposed project would result in a net Fuel Loading benefit to deer habitat. The target open road densty will be used as a threshold requiring a M7-28Optimum fuel loadings will be guided by further evaluation, rather than an absolute standard. the following photo series. The procedure described in the Transportation standards/guidelineswill be used if existing or Natural fuels 8PP4, 3PP3 proposed road densities would exceed the thresh- Thinning fuels 4PPITH, 1MC3PC old guideline The judgement on open road density Partial cut 1MC3PC will be based on the further evaluation rather than Clearcut ILP3PC the densty guideline

M7-23 To minimize animal disturbance or protect These are found in 'Photo Series for Quantifying ecologically sensitive habitats (sites containing Forest Residues,' a cooperative publication by plants susceptible to damage from vehicle travel), the Pacific Northwest Forest and Range Experiment local roads may be administratively closed 12/1 Station, US Department of Agriculture, Forest through 3/31, with the option to extend this time Seivice, Portland, Oregon. period as needed. Hunting season administrative closures, from a few days before to the day after These fuel loadings will be revised when new the season, are also appropriate to enhance data, methods, or research indicate that a new hunting quallty. Road closures will be coordinated profile would improve resource management with the Oregon Department of Fish and Wildlife. programs.

Forest Plan 4 - 115 Special Uses Forest Health

M7-29 which do not M7-30 Follow Forest-wide standards/guldelines human activities will be acceptable. Use which results in constant actlvw would have to be for Forest Health. evaluated on a case-by-& basis.

Forest Plan 4 - 116 the criteria in 36 CFR 219.14(c), 576.5 M acres Management Area 8 were identifiedas appropriate for timber production for this Management Area Review and reconsidera- General Forest tion of these findings must be done in accordance with CFR 219.14(d). Goal To emphasize timber production while providing Standards and Guidelines forage production, visual quallty, wildlife habitat and recreational opportunities for public use and enjoyment. Recreation

General Theme and Objectives M8-1 The majorlty of campgrounds and picnic areas will be managed at development Level 2 The objective of timber management in this (See Appendix 3 for a description of the various Management Area is to continue to convert levels.) Some will be managed at Level 3, but unmanaged stands to managed stands. The aim none will exceed Level 3 Stands on these sites of a managed forest is to have stands in a variety will be treated to retain the character that con- of age classes with all stands utilizing the site tributes to the value of the site for recreation. growth potential. This is achieved through stand treatments which include (but are not limited to) M8-2Traditional informal campstes, hunter camps, controlling stocking levels; maintaining satisfactory or areas where concentrated recreation use occurs growth rates, protecting stands from insects, will be recognizedas being significant in producing disease, and damage; controlling species composi- and utilizing dispersed recreation opportunities. tion; and regenerating stands that are no longer Prescriptions for harvesting, cleanup, site prepara- capable of optimum growth performance. tion, and thinning will consider the environmental setting that contributes to the attraction of these Forage within this Management Area will be sites for recreation purposes. The attempt will be available for use by cattle, sheep, and big game. made to retain this attractive character during and Some lands have no available forage so there will after treatments be no grazing. On other lands there will be need for coordination between timber and range M8-3 Recreation use can be discouraged or management. On some areas grazing will be the prohibited: emphasized use Range structural improvements such as fences and water troughs may be In areas where timber harvesting activities are constructed and maintained to meet range and occurring timber management objectives Range improvement projects such as prescribed burning or Where public safety is being threatened seeding may be utilized to improve the forage base. Where resource damage from recreation activity is occurring or may occur. There are opportunities for dispersed recreation activities, particularly those associated with roads M8-4Generally, off-highway vehicle use IS allowed. Informal camping and hunter camps are important Closures and restrictions will be established where uses of the area. Developed site recreation off road vehicle use will threaten or damage other opportunities such as camping or picnicking occur resource values, such as plantations, soils, and on a limited basis throughout the area wildlife Over-the-snow vehicles may be permitted when the depth of continuous snow cover is This Management Area contains a total of 626 3 adequate to protect other resources from adverse M acres. 49.8 M acres were identlfiedas not suitable impacts Some roads, trails, or areas may be for timber production during the analysis of the designated for nonmotorized winter activities such management situation in accordance with CFR as cross countly skiing to the exclusion of over 219.14(a). During the analysis of alternatives using the snow vehicles and other motorized equipment.

Forest Plan 4 - 117 M8-5 This Management Area will be managed to M8-11 Range allotment management plans will provide the recreation activity, setting, and experi- be written to reflect the management direction for

- ~ -,-ence of the Recreation Opportunity Spectrum all range lands within this Management Area. - category of Roaded-Natural or Roaded Modified They will include the grazing system to be used, (See Appendlx 2 for an explanation of the cate- season of use, class of livestock, stocking levels, gories.) range improvements needed, and forage production and utilization rates.

Timber M8-12 Annual permittee plans will provide for livestock distribution and use patterns to protect M8-6 Standards/guidelines developed for the newly established tree plantations. Plantations timber management resource area (Forest-wide can be further protected by fencing, caging trees, or use of repellents. Salt and water should be S&Gs, Chapter 4 of the Forest Plan) are applicable placed one half to one mile away from new to this General Forest Management Area. plantations. Where conflicts cannot be resolved using the above techniques, establishment of M8-7 Uneven-aged management is the preferred new allotments and relocation of livestock should silviculture system in the General Forest Manage- be considered. ment Area and should be prescribed within the mature and overmature Ponderosa pine and mixed M8-13 Vegetative manipulation will be allowed in conlfer communrty types where stand and site catastrophic situations. condltions are appropriate and no other resource objectives which preclude the use of uneven-aged M8-14 Transitory range will be managed in management have been identifiedand documented conjunction with timber management to achieve during the project planning process. higher levels of forage production and the desired level of forage utilization. Livestock grazing on M8-8 Management Standard and Guideline 2-1 in transitory ranges will take place under the following Pacrfic Northwest Regional Guide of May 1984 situations: which permits exceptions to the created Forest opening size of 40 acres when natural catastrophic Where forage occurs as a result of site disturb- situations occur will apply. Created openings can ance and/or timber canopy removal on a exceed 40 acres in size in the lodgepole pine continuing basis. working group lf stands have been impacted by the mountain pine beetle or other catastrophic Where disturbedsites and/or areas under timber condltions. management can be seeded with species which improve forage production and do not restrict M8-9 Timber harvesting and postharvesting tree establishment and growth. activlties, particularly tree planting on suitable lands, should be scheduled to accommodate On forest plantations when livestock will not grazing systems. Timber management and range damage the young trees Success will require conflicts must be resolved so there is enough close and continuous coordination between forage available to prevent overgrazing, so young grazing and reforestation to integrate these two trees can be protected from damage, and the activities. number of Animal Unit Months (AUMs) will not be reduced because of harvest scheduling. Wildlife

Range M8-15 Minimum standards for wildllfe habitat will be the Forest-widestandards/guidelines Higher M8-10 Allotments will be managed to achieve or levels of wildlife habitat will be pursued as long as maintain a forage condition rating of fair or better they will not conflict with timber management or to the slte’s capabilty. objectives.

Forest Plan 4 - 118 Minerals M8-23 Snags that do not present a hazard to life or a threat to successful suppression action should M8-16 In general the entire area is open for mineral not be felled. entry for mining claims for locatable minerals. M8-24 In Ponderosa pine stands (except for M8-17 Geothermal leases will be issued. Condition- reproduction stands) emphasis should be placed al Surface Use and Seasonal Restrictions Stipula- on burning out from existing roads and natural tions will be used to protect wildllfe habitat and barriers rather than constructing new firelines recreation areas that are included in the General Forest Area. Prescribed Fire M8-18 Mining actlvities for common materials are permmed in pits and quarries. M8-25 Prescribed fire may be used to protect, maintain, and enhance timber and forage production. The broadest application of prescribed fire Visual will occur in the Ponderosa pine type. Criteria for utilizing fire are as follows M8-19 To the extent possible, the highest visual quality level will be provided unless it requires a reduce risk of conflagration fire reduction of timber outputs. In that case, the To minimum allowable visual quality objective is Modification. Created openings will be shaped To increase soil productivity by cycling bound and blended to the natural terrain, to the extent nutrients. practical. To prevent encroachment of less desirable, competing tree species. Transportation To increase palatabilty and cover of desirable M8-20 Roads constructed within this Management forage species. Area will generally be planned to sew a larger timber volume than in other areas. To prepare sites for reforestation. M8-21 Long-term local roads for timber access will be planned, constructed, maintained and Fuel Treatment Other Than Prescribed Fire operated to be economically efficient. During commercial hauling activities, public access will M8-26 The lowest cost option which meets the be discouraged or prohibited on some roads silvicultural, soil, water, and fire objectives should through appropriate signing. High clearance be selected. vehicles may be accepted during post sale actlvities Fuel Loadings

Fire Management M8-27 Slash will be treated to reduce the chances of fire starts and rates of spread to acceptable Wildfire levels, but will not be cleared to the point that the forest floor is devoid of all slash and logs Some Ma-22 Suppression practices will be designed to slash and larger dead material will be left for ground protect the investment in managed tree stands cover for soil protection, microclimatesfor establish- and to prevent losses of large acreages to wildfire ment of trees, and small mammal habitat.

Forest Plan 4 - 119 Optimum fuel loadings should be guided by the the Pacific Northwest Forest and Range Experiment following photo series. Station, US. Depaltment of Agriculture, Forest -. Service, Portland, Oregon. These fuel loadings will be revised when new data, methods or research PP LP MC-MH indicate that a new profile would improve resource management programs. Thinning 1-MC3-PC 1-MCS-PC I-MC3-PC 4-PP-1-TH 1-PP-1 -TH 1-PP-1 -TH Special Uses Partial 4-TF-4-RC 2-LP-3-PC 2-MC-4-PC Cut M8-28 Special Use permits will be allowed If they 2-LPS-PC 2-TF-4-RC are compatible with other uses in the area.

Clearcut 2-MC4RC 1-LPS-CC 3-TF-4-RC 1-LPS-PC 2-MC-4-RC Forest Health

These are found in 'Photo Series for Quantifying M8-29 Follow Forest-widestandarddguidelines Forest Residues,' a cooperative publication by for Forest Health.

Forest Plan 4 - 120 for this Management Area Review and reconsidera- Management Area 9 tion of these findings must be done in accordance Scenic Views with CFR 219.14(d). Description

Goal Scenic Views

To provide Forest visitors with high quality scenery Scenic Views management areas are classified as that represents the natural character of Central Retention or Partial Retention based on the Visual Oregon. Management System, as explained in National Forest Landscape Management, V01.2, Agrlcul- General Theme and Objectives ture Handbook Number 462. Retentionand Partial Retention classlfications are further subdivided Landscapes seen from selected travel routes and into Foreground and Middleground and Back- use areas will be managed to maintain or enhance ground distance zones S&Gs differ for each their appearance. To the casual obsewer, results distance zone. of activities either will not be evident or will be visually subordinate to the natural landscape The S&Gs for the Scenic Views Management Area are oriented primarily towards vegetation Landscapes will be enhanced by opening views management because the visual resource is most to distant peaks, unique rock forms, unusual often affected by timber management activities vegetation, or other features of interest. Timber For this reason, the majority of S&Gs deal with harvest is permitted, but only to protect and improve vegetative changes in the landscape. the visual quality of the stands both now and in the future. Timber stands, which have remained unmanaged in the past because of their visual Standards and Guidelines sensitivity, will begin receiving treatment to avoid loss of the stand to natural causes. Landscapes containing negative visual elements, such as skid Recreation roads, activity residue, or cable corridors, will be rehabilitated. M9-1 New recreational developments and changes to existing developments are permitted as long as The desired condition for Ponderosa pine is to they are consistent with the desired visual condi- achieve and maintain visual diversity through tion. When viewed from significant viewer locations, variations of stand densities and size classes recreational facilities will meet the established Large, old-growth pine will remain an important visual quality standards For viewer locations constituent, with trees achieving 30 inches in within the recreational development being viewed, diameter or larger and having deeply furrowed, established visual quality standards may not always yellowbark characteristics. be met

For other species, the desired condition requires M9-2 Parking facilities, structures and other obtaining visual variety through either spatial recreational facilities will normally be placed where distribution of age classes and species mixes, they are not visiblefrom significant viewer locations through density manipulation, or through a mixture Where it is not possible to screen recreational of age classes within a stand facilities, they will be designed to blend with the elements found in the natural landscape and will This Management Area contains a total of 171.7 remain subordinate to the overall visual strength M acres. 12 3 M acres were identifiedas not suitable of the surrounding landscape. for timber production during the analysis of the management situation in accordance with CFR M9-3 The Recreation Opportunity Spectrum (ROS) 21 9.14(a). During the analysis of alternatives using standard in the Scenic Views Management Area the criteria in 36 CFR 219.14(c), 159 4 M acres will normally be Roaded Natural, but may also were identified as appropriate fortimber production include Primitive, Semi-pnmitive Non-motorized,

Forest Plan 4 - 121 Semi-primltive Motorized and Semi-primitive Motor- Any area that does not meet the desired visual ized Winter Only standards. condition because of past management activities __ should be reviewed by a landscape archltect to determine management strategies needed to Timber achieve the desired visual condltion.

The following standards/guldellnes are designed to respond to the Desired Visual Condition for Vegetatlve Management each tlmber type, as described below. M9-5 Where there is an existing mosaic of tree sizes, size class diversity will be perpetuated by managing some of the trees within each size Tlmber/Ponderosa Pine-Foregrounds class. Where visual diversity is lacking, diversity will be gradually introduced to ultimately produce Deslred Visual Condltlon the desired mosaic. Although the numbers of trees will change through time, those stands that M94 Ponderosa pine in Foreground Scenic Views currently have a large number of large-diameter, MA areas will be managed to maintain or create a yellow-barked trees will continue to have large visual mosaic of numerous, large diameter, numbers of the same trees. In order to accomplish yellow-barked trees wlth stands of younger trees this, trees may be removed where necessary to: offering visual diversity and a sense of depth in landscapes viewed from travel routes, recreation Perpetuate the desired visual condition use areas and other sensitive viewer locations. Control insect and disease problems. Old growth characteristics, such as yellow, deeply- fissured bark are desirable. Create vista points or enhance a unique landscape feature, such as a rock outcrop or Diversity in species, where biologically possible, is unique vegetation. desirable. Species such as vine maple, aspen and occasional stands of fir or lodgepole pine are Provide for safety along travel routes and in desirable for added visual interest. Shrubs and recreation use areas. groundcover species are also a desirable visual component. Provide access for special uses, mineral activities, and administrative purposes. Small, natural-appearingopen spaces help provide a sense of depth and are a desirable visual component in these landscapes. M9-6 Management emphasis will focus on leaving the largest diameter trees and the healthiest crowns In Retention areas visual changes will not be and forms in every stand. Visual variety will be noticeable to the casual forest visitor. The casual provided by leaving occasional gnarly, old, overma- forest visltor is the recreation-oriented person or ture 'character trees'. motorist traveling through a portion of the Forest. The casual forest visitor relates to the visual M9-7 Any proposed activity in Foregrounds will environment based on the context of a landscape be reviewed by a landscape archltect. An analysis viewed, rather than focusing on an individual acre will be developed by the landscape architect to wlthin a landscape. For the occasional pedestrian determine: who wanders off a designated trail and views an individual acre where a management activity has What treatment is necessary to achieve or recently taken place, visual changes will be retain the desired visual condltion. noticeable, even in Retention areas. If cleanup activitiescan realistically be completed In Partial Retention areas management activlties within the specified time limits. may be noticeable to the casual forest visitor. However, visual changes will not be so obvious Where existing pockets of dead and dying as to dominate a particular portion of a landscape trees should be enlarged to produce the desired

Forest Plan 4 - 122 visual condltion of small, natural-appearing In Partial Retention areas openings will range open spaces. from 1/4 acre to 5 acres, and may include additional openings where size class diversty What measures may be necessary to meet the is visually insufficient. desired visual condition, such as winter logging, special slash treatment, etc M9-11 Large diameter trees (24 inches diameter at breast height, or greater) will not be hawested What the predicted visual condition will be in Retention Foregrounds unless there is a need following the activty. to remove them for any of the following reasons: M9-8 Timing of Cleanup Activlties: There is a significant insect or disease problem In Retention areas, slash from a thinning or tree removal actlvty, or other visible results of They have off-color or fading crowns management activities, will not be visible to the casual forest visltor one year after the work has They are already dead. been completed. There is a visual need to provide additional In Partial Retention areas, logging residue or size-class diversity. other results of management activlties will not be obvious to the casual forest visitor two years There is a need to provide additional visual following the activity. diversity by releasing pockets of reproduction through activities such as group selection and M9-9 Stand Densities for Immature Trees: overstory removal. In Retention Foregrounds, management practices will normally not focus on maximum growth, They pose a safety threat to forest users. due to the emphasis on visual quality. As a result, stand densities may be heavier or lighter M9-12 In Partial Retention Foregrounds, large than what would be considered necessaly for diameter trees (24 inches d.b.h., or greater) will optimum growth. not be removed unless they meet one of the requirements above, or when: In Partial Retention Foregrounds, biologically optimal stand densities may be appropriate In Trees are considered a 'high risk', and would some areas, this means that tree densities will probably die within the next decade. Use the be lower than they presently are. Oregon/ Washington Risk Rating System (R-6-5220-45, 12/11/63). High risk, (8 point or M9-10 Openings higher), are the only trees to be removed.

In Retention areas visual openings will result M9-13 Adequate snags and replacements will be from management activlties which hawest leit to meet wildlife requirements, as long as they natural mortality (dying or severely diseased contribute to the landscapes' visual quality. trees which occur in scattered pockets.) Some of these pockets may be enlarged by removing overstory trees, including large trees, where M9-14 Thin immature trees in Retention and Partial necessary to permit Ponderosa pine regenera- Retention Foregrounds to maintain acceptable tion where understory is lacking, or to release health and vigor of stands, with the objective of existing reproduction where It is suppressed In eventually producing replacement trees of 24 inch Retention Foregrounds, these openings will diameter and larger. In Retention Foregrounds, range from 1/4 acre to 2 acres. An opening is thin to slightly closer than normal spacing in order visually in an 'open' or untimbered condition to provide full crowns and some screening In until trees are an average of 10 feet tall on Partial Retention foregrounds, normal silviculturally slopes less than 30 percent, and an average of prescribed spacings are acceptable 15 feet tall on slopes greater than 30 percent.

Forest Plan 4 - 123 Tlmber/Ponderosa Pine-Mlddlegroundsand M9-18 Timing of Cleanup Activities Backgrounds -_ In Retention middlegrounds and backgrounds, Desired Vlsual Condition slash from a thinning or tree removal activty, or other visible results of management activities, M9-15 Ponderosa pine landscapes viewed as will not be visible to the casual forest vistor middlegrounds and backgrounds will be managed one year after the work has been completed. so that they provide a strong textural element when viewed as middleground or background. In Partial Retention middlegrounds and back- Many of the middlegrounds and backgrounds on grounds, logging residue or other resuits of the Deschutes National Forest are buttes that are management activlties will not be obvious to viewed for long duration. For this reason, the the casual forest visltor two years following the presence of a few individual large trees with full activity. crowns is an important part of the desired visual condtion. Immature stands are also important in M9-19 Openings middleground and background areas because they have a dramatic effect on color contrasts, In Retention middleground and background and they eventually become replacementsfor the areas, the scale of man-caused openings must larger, old-growth trees that perpetuate the desired be similar to naturally-occurring openings. If coarsely-textured character. natural openings do not exist, and there is a need to create openings, the openings will be Visible untimbered openings in middleground and designed to be as small as possible (considering background areas are desirable where the natural the biological condltion, technical feasibility, landscape contains similar openings, or where economics, etc.), and be designed to appear natural-appearingopenings can provide additional as naturally-occurringopenings. diversity in landscapes where diversity is visually lacking. In Partial Retention middlegrounds and backgrounds, man-caused openings, where visually Immature trees, groundcover vegetation and appropriate, will normally range from 1/4 acre mature overstory trees will remain important to 20 acres. elements in these landscapes.

Vegetatlve Management Tlmber/Mlxed Conifers-Foregrounds

M9-16 Vegetative management actwlties will be Deslred Vlsual Condltlon applied in middleground and background Pon- derosa pine landscapes to: M9-20 Mixed conifer stands in Foreground Scenic Views MA areas will be managed to perpetuate or Perpetuate the desired visual condition, enhance the characteristic (or natural) landscape The characteristic landscape normally contains Control insect and disease problems, or to stands that are visually dense, though not necessarily continuous. Diversity in tree and shrub Enhance a special landscape feature. species and in diameter classes produces the desired visual character when viewed from travel M9-17 For management activties otherthan routine routes, recreation use areas and other sensitive santation/salvage treatments, a landscape archi- viewer locations. tect will develop a similar analysis required for Foregrounds. In addtion to the ltems listed for Small, natural appearing openings are desirable, Foreground analyses, the middleground and and are an important visual element of the background analysis will also determine: characteristic landscape in mixed conifer stands.

Whether openings in the tree canopy are a Large diameter old growth characteristics are an component of the natural landscape, and, if so, important visual component in these landscapes. how large, how many and where they should Ponderosa pine is a desirable component of these be introduced through management activities. stands, where it either exists or could be introduced.

Forest Plan 4 - 124 Vegetative Management What treatment is necessary to achieve or retain the desired visual condtion. M9-21 To produce or perpetuate the desired visual condition through time, muted conifer stands If cleanup activities can realistically be completed require more frequent management treatment within the specified time limits. than Ponderosa pine stands. Thinnings and other tree removal practices will be done to maintain What mitigation measures may be necessary species dwersity, and to promote the health and to meet the desired visual condition, such as visibility of larger old growth trees. winter logging, special slash treatment, etc.

M9-22 Where visual diversity is lacking, diversity What the predicted visual condltion will be will be gradually introduced through tree removal, following the activity. thinnings, creating planned openings and by planting desirable tree and shrub species to M9-27 Timing of Cleanup Actwities ultimately produce the desired visual condition. In Retention foregrounds, slash from a thinning M9-23 In many of the mixed conifer stands on the or tree removal activity, or other visible results forest, mature and over-mature trees are in poor of management activties, will not be visible to condtion. For this reason, the number of large- the casual forest visitor one year after the work diameter, old growth trees in mixed confer has been completed foregrounds will gradually decline through the years However, the presence of large-diameter In Partial Retention foregrounds, logging residue trees in these areas will continue to be a major or other results of management activities will visual component, but not at all times on every not be obvious to the casual forest visitor two acre. Replacement large-diameter trees will be years following the activity. provided through actively managing existing younger, more healthy trees. M9-28 In mixed conifer foregrounds, management practices will normally not focus on maximum M9-24 Trees may be removed from mixed conifer growth. As a result, stand densties will normally foregrounds where necessary to: be heavier than what would be considered necessaly for optimum growth. Perpetuate the desired visual condition. M9-29 Create small, natural-appearingopenings, Control or prevent major insect and disease where they are lacking, to achieve the desired problems. visual character. Plant these openings with species that will result in visual variety. Species offering Create vistas or enhance unique landscape fall color are especially desirable Large diameter features. trees (24 inches d.b h or greater) can be removed in these openings. Provide fo: safety along travel routes and in recreation use areas. In Retention foregounds, these openings will range from less than 1/4 acre to 2 acres. Provide access for special uses, mineral activities, and administrative purposes. In Partial Retention foregrounds, openings will range from less than 1/4 acre to 5 acres. M9-25 Management emphasis will focus on leaving trees wth the healthiest crowns, deep green foliage M9-30 Where the opportunity exists, manage for (as viewed in the summer months), and that offer a variety of species,including Ponderosa pine, the greatest species and size class diversity. Douglas fir, true firs, incense cedar, western larch, western white pine, lodgepole, aspen, vine maple M9-26 Any proposed activity in Foregrounds will and various shrub species. be reviewed by a landscape archtect. An analysis will be developed by the landscape architect to M9-31 When Ponderosa pine can biologically be determine: a component of the stand, design treatments to

Forest Plan 4 - 125 maintain or improve the Ponderosa pine compo- Species and size class diversity is also important _-nent, but not to the exclusion of other species. in these viewing distances, but only when viewed as relatively small, natural appearing patches on M9-32 Large diameter trees (24 inches d.b.h., or the landscape, rather than isolated, individual greater) will not be harvested in mixed conifer trees or shrubs. These patches create a visual foregrounds unless there is a need to remove mosaic that may provide additional visual variety them for the following reasons: through the changing seasons.

There is a significant insect, root rot or disease Vegetatlve Management problem. M9-35 Uneven-aged management is the preferred They have off-color or fading crowns. treatment method. However, it is recognized that the opportunities for uneven-aged management They are already dead. are limited. Therefore, even-aged management will be more commonly practiced in these middle- There is a visual need to provide additional size-class diversty. ground and background landscapes.

There is a need to provide additional visual M9-36 Even-aged management may be practiced diversity by releasing pockets of reproduction where appropriate for insect and disease control. or other species which will add visual diversty through activities such as group Selection and M9-37 Uneven-aged management will be accom- overstory removal. plished through group selection techniques, where relatively small, natural-appearingopenings will They pose a safety threat to forest users. result, ultimately resulting in a mosaic of even-aged groups that, when viewed from a distance, appear Trees are considered a 'high risk', and would to be a consistent, coarsely-textured, tree covered probably die within the next decade. landscape.

M9-33 Adequate snags and replacements will be M9-38 Where slopes, condltion of vegetation, or left to meet wildlfe requirements, as long as they other factors indicate that uneven-aged manage- contribute to the landscapes' visual quality. ment is not feasible, small regeneration units will be utilized.

Tlmber/Mlxed Conifer-Middiegrounds and Back- M9-39 Thinnings and other tree removal practices grounds will be done to maintain species diversity, and to promote the health and visibilty of larger old growth Deslred Visual Condnion trees. M9-34 Mixed conifer stands viewed as middlegrounds and backgrounds will be managed to M9-40 Where visual diversty is lacking, diversty maintain or create a mosaic of stands with will be gradually introduced through tree removal, essentially continuous tree canopies with visual thinnings, creating planned openings and by diversity provided by occasional natural-appearing planting desirable tree and shrub species to openings which resemble those openings found ultimately produce the desired visual condition. in the natural landscape. From these viewing distances, immature trees are visually more M9-41 Trees of all sizes may be removed from important than larger old-growth trees, because mixed conifer middlegrounds and backgrounds the crowns of the younger trees are normally where necessary to: fuller and contribute to the overall textural element when viewed from a distance. However, some Perpetuate the desired visual condition. scattered larger trees will provide textural diversity and are sometimes discernible as individual forms Control or prevent major insect and disease on these landscape. problems.

Forest Plan 4 - 126 Enhance unique landscape features in visual variety. Species offering fall color are especially desirable, but only where they can be Provide access for recreation, special uses, planted in large enough masses to be visually mineral actwities, and administrative purpos- effective when viewed from middleground or es. background distances. Individual trees or shrubs, or even small groups of them are not visually M942 The management emphasis in middie- effective at these distances. grounds and backgrwndswillfocus on maintaining or creating a continuous tree canopy while In Retention middiegrounds and backgrounds, providing species and size class dwerslty. created openings will be of an appropriate scale to simulate naturally-occurring openings. M943 Except for routine sanltation/salvage If natural openings do not exist, and there is a treatments, proposed actwlties in middlegrounds need to create openings, inltial operiings will and backgrounds will be reviewed by a landscape be as small as possible (considering the archltect. An analysis will be developed by the biological condltion, technical feasibility, eco- landscape archltect similar to the analysis required nomics, etc.), and will be designed to appear for foregrounds. In addition to the items listed for as naturally-occurring openings. foreground analyses, middleground and background analyses will also determine: In Partial Retention middlegrounds and backgrounds, man-caused openings, where visually Whether openings in the tree canopy are a appropriate, will normally range from 1/4 acre desirable component of the landscape, and, if to 20 acres so, how large, how many and where they should be introduced through management activities. M9-47Where the opportunity exists, manage for a variety of species, including Ponderosa pine, M9-44 Timing of Cleanup Actwlties Douglas fir, true firs, incense cedar, western larch, western white pine, lodgepole, aspen, vine maple In Retention, slash from a thinning or tree and various shrub species. removal activty, or other visible results of management activities, will not be visible to the M9-48 When Ponderosa pine can biologically be casual forest visitor one year after the work has a component of the stand, design treatments to been completed. maintain or improve the Ponderosa pine component, but not to the exclusion of other species. In Partial Retention, logging residue or other results of management activlties will not be M9-49 Large diameter trees (24 inches d b h , or obvious to the casual forest visitor two years greater) will remain a significant component in following the actwty. mixed conifer middlegrounds and backgrounds.

M9-45 In mixed conlfer middlegrounds and M9-50 Adequate snags and large trees will be left backgrounds, management practices will focus to provide textural diversity and to meet wildlife on providing mid-level stands wth healthy, full requirements. crowns and scattered larger old-growth trees and snags for textural diversty. Stand densities normally applicable to the General Forest Management Tlmber/Lodgepole Pine-Foregrounds Area may be appropriate to accomplish this objective This will mean that tree densities in Desired Visual Condition some areas may be lower than they presently are. Thinning some stands to the desired lower M9-51 On this Forest, older lodgepole pine stands densrty may take more than one entry in some normally lack visual diversity. They do not have areas. diversity in size class, and rarely have other species growing among the older lodgepole pines. Because M9-46 Use group selection or regeneration their crowns are relatively small, and the older techniques to create small, natural-appearing trees tend to have a deteriorating appearance, openings to achieve the desired visual character. management emphasis in lodgepole pine fore- Plant these openings with species that will result grounds will not be to produce large diameter,

Forest Plan 4 - 127 older trees Instead, the emphasis will be on techniques may be considered on an individual managing healthier, fuller crowned, younger trees. stand basis.

The desired visual condltion is a mosaic of M9-55 Trees may be removed from lodgepole even-aged stands with addltional visual diversity pine foregrounds where necessary to: provided by occasional groups of other tree and shrub species. Natural-appearing openings of Perpetuate the desired visual condition. varying szes are desirable. Wherever biologically feasible, the re-introduction of Ponderosa pine in Control or reduce major insect and disease stands that have reverted to pure lodgepole pine problems. is also desirable. Create vistas or to enhance unique landscape The forest floor is often open and park-like with features. ground IitIer, shrubs and grasses providing additional variety. Provide for safety along travel routes and in recreation use areas. Diversty in size classes, and the presence of natural-appearingopenings that appear to rotate Provide access for special uses, mineral through time as younger stands grow up, will activlties, and administrative purposes. permlt 'depth' in these foreground landscapes. Instead of the tradltional 'wall. of mature lodgepole M9-56 Management emphasis will focus on along travel routes and adjacent to recreation use achieving and maintaining a condition where areas, younger lodgepole stands will eventually trees have healthy crowns and naturalforest debris replace the older mature trees to create a transition- is controlled al effect. The viewer will be able to see back into the forest without having the feeling of driving M9-57 Any proposed activity in Foregrounds will through an unsightly clearcut. be reviewed by a landscape architect An analysis will be developed by the landscape architect to Many of the mature and overmature lodgepole determine: stands on the Forest have been heavily impacted by the ongoing mountain pine beetle epidemic What treatment is necessary to achieve or Some landscapes have been severely changed retain the desired visual condition. as a result of catastrophic losses due to mountain pine beetles. If cleanup activities can realistically be completed within the specified time limits. Vegetative Management What measures may be necessary to meet the M9-52 In mature stands of pure lodgepole pine it desired visual condition, such as winter logging, will not be possible to meet the Retention visual special slash treatment, etc qualily standard during all phases of treatment. What the predicted visual condition will be M9-53 To produce or perpetuate the desired following the activity. visual condtion through time, lodgepole pine stands may require frequent treatment. Pre- M9-58 Timing of Cleanup Activities commercial thinnings and other tree removal practices will be done to achieve size class and In Retention foregrounds, slash from a thinning species diversty. and to promote full, healthy or tree removal activily, or other visible results crowns in younger trees and to provide larger-scale of management activlties, will not be visible to diversity through a mosaic of size classes through- the casual forest visitor one year after the work out a landscape. has been completed

M9-54 Even-aged management will be the normal In Partial Retentionforegrounds, logging residue management technique in foregrounds. Regenera- or other results of management activities will tion will be done using shelterwood, seed tree, or not be obvious to the casual forest visltor two small clearcut techniques. Modifications of these years following the activity.

Forest Plan 4 - 128 M9-59 In lodgepole foregrounds, management Natural-appearingopenings in the forest canopy practices will normally not focus on maximum are desirable as long as they are shaped so that growth. As a result, stand densities may differ soil color contrasts do not dominate the landscape from what would be considered necessary for when viewed from significant viewer locations. optimum growth. Meeting the Retention visual quality standard will M9-60 Create natural-appearing openings where be extremely difficult on steep ground, such as they are lacking, to achieve the desired visual on sensitive buttes. Therefore, the visual quality character. standard for these landscapes will normally be Partial Retention. M9-61 Where the opportunlty exists, manage for a variety of species,including Ponderosa pine, Partial Retention will be met where regeneration Douglas fir, true firs, incense cedar, western larch, openings appearto be natural, follow the horizontal western white pine, lodgepole, aspen, vine maple character of the landscape and are of a proper and various shrub species scale as to not dominate the landscape. These natural-appearingopenings will appear to rotate M9-62 When Ponderosa pine can biologically be through time as younger stands mature. a component of the stand, design treatments to maintain or improve the Ponderosa pine compo- Many of the mature and overmature lodgepole nent, but not to the exclusion of other species. stands on the Forest have been heavily impacted by the ongoing mountain pine beetle epidemic. M9-63 Adequate cull logs, snags and replacements Some landscapes have been severely changed will be left to meet wildltfe requirements, as long as a result of catastrophic losses due to mountain as they contribute to the landscapes' visual quality pine beetles, and may require many years to meet the desired visual condition.

Tlmber/Lodgepole Plne-Middlegrounds and Vegetative Management Backgrounds M9-65 To produce or perpetuate the desired Desired Vlsual Condition visual condition through time, lodgepole pine stands will require thinnings, regeneration and M9-64 Lodgepole pine in middleground and other tree removal practices to promote full, healthy background viewing distances provides a primarily crowns and to provide larger-scalediversity through textural landscape element Individual trees and a mosaic of size classes throughout a landscape. the size of trees are not visually as important as the constant and often untform texture and color M9-66 Although there may be an occasional the trees provide. For this reason, the desired opportunity for overstory removal or thinning a visual condltion in these viewing distances is a lodgepole stand, even-aged management will be mosaic of relatwely unlform textures created by the normal management technique in middle- maintaining canopy closure and healthy crowns grounds and backgrounds Regeneration will be Variety is provided by the overall affect of the done using shelterwood or small clearcut tech- mosaic. niques

On the Forest, options to manage lodgepole stands M9-67 Trees may be removed from lodgepole for long periods of time are limited By the time pine middlegrounds and backgrounds to: lodgepole stands reach about 80 to 100 years of age, increased susceptibillty to insects and Perpetuate the desired visual condition diseases normally requires a regeneration treatment to maintain these landscapes in a healthy Control or prevent major insect and disease appearance Because the lie expectancy for these problems. trees is relatively short, more acres will be in a recently-regenerated appearance at any single Provide access for special uses, mineral point in time. activities, and administratwe purposes.

Forest Plan 4 - 129 M9-68 Management emphasis will focus on M9-78 Allotment management plans will be wrMen achieving and maintaining a condltion where to reflect the management direction for this trees are healthy and provide a mosaic of stands Management Area. They will include the grazing system to be used, season of use, class of livestock, M9-69 In middlegrounds and backgrounds, stocking levels, range improvements needed and discordant elements resulting from management forage production and utilization standards. activities will not be visible to the casual forest visltortwo years after the work has been completed Wildlife M9-70 In lodgepole middlegrounds and backgrounds, management practices will focus on M9-79 In foreground areas, wldlfe snags and healthy, full-crowned trees. As a result, stand snag replacement trees will be maintained only densities may be lighter than they presentty are. where they contribute toward the Desired Visual Condition for the tree species. Where snags and M9-71 Openings will result from regeneration snag replacement trees do not contribute towards activities in background and middleground lodgepole landscapes. In middlegrounds and back- the Desired Visual Condition, the number, sizes and placement of wildllfe trees will be changed in grounds, openings will normally range from 3 acres to 40 acres. Larger openings may be the Scenic Views Management Area. necessary to deal with mountain pine beetle problems. M9-80 Snags determined to be safety hazards in areas of concentrated public use will be topped M9-72 Adequate snags and replacements will be or removed. Grouping snags is generally preferable left to meet wildllfe requirements, as long as they over even-distribution. contribute to the landscapes’ visual qualty. M94i Where consistent wth the Desired Visual Condition, wildlife habitat improvements will focus Range on watchable wildlife

M9-73 hvestock grazing is permmed when it is M9-82 When managing vegetation along major consistent wlth the Desired Visual Condltion. In highways which have deer migration routes some cases, grazing may be encouragedto provide crossing them, consideration will be given to added scenic variety. minimizing risks of vehicular-deer collisions.

M9-74 Structural range improvements such as fences, water developments and access roads Minerals and Special Uses may be visible from sensitive viewer locations, but will remain subordinate to the overall strength of M9-83 Mineral developments, utilities, and electron- the landscape viewed, or designed to compliment ic sites may be located in these areas If the facilities scenic quality. and associated improvements are located, designed, and maintainedto blend wlth the character- M9-75 Utilization standards will be established to istic landscape Visual quality objectives may not avoid an over-used appearance. always be met when the viewer is within the special use site itself, due to the usual large scale of M9-76 Salt blocks, water developments, or other these facilities However, when viewed from travel improvements which attract livestock and result in routes, recreation areas, and other sensitive viewer a trampled appearing setting should be avoided locations, Visual Quality Objectives should be in highly sensitive scenic areas. New corrals and met. loading chutes will be made of natlve materials and will be designed to be visually pleasing. M9-84 Trees may be removed within the Scenic Views Management Area where necessaly to M9-77 Vegetation manipulation such as brush permit access to geothermal sites, mineral develop- removal, reseeding and prescribed burning will ment, electronic sites, utilities and other special be designed to meet visual objectlves. use sites.

Forest Plan 4 - 130 Fuelwood M9-91 If at any time during the course of the prescribed burn t appears that the objectives for M9-85 Fuelwood gathering is permitted when It is the burn are not being met, all burning will cease. consistent wlth the Desired Visual Condition for the species. Wildfire

M9-92 The primary objective in foreground areas Transportation is to suppress any wildfires that could potentially become high intensity fires as quickly as possible. M9-86 New roads will be located and designed to Standard suppression techniques may be applied meet the Visual Qualty Objectives for the area. in foreground areas. The method used to suppress Routes likely to be popular wrth Forest visltors will wildfires should have the least impact on vegetation be designed and maintained to enhanced the and soils possible. Restorationefforts will be made Forest’s scenic qualities where fire suppression activities do not meet the desired visual condltion. M9-87 Road alignments should flt the Forest landscape wth a minimum of landform modifica- M9-93 In middleground and background areas, tions and should present a cross-section of the wildfires can be suppressed using standard area’s landscape character. Road alignments techniques. Control strategies will be developed should caprtalize on opportunities that will create to minimize impacts from suppression activities pleasant visual experiences. on the landscape. Visual contrasts will not be created through suppression techniques unless M9-88 Signs should only be used where necessary absolutely necessary. for the user’s safely and enjoyment of the Forest. They should be located and designed to blend M9-94 Recommended burn acre objectives will with the elements found in the characteristic be developed as a part of the Fire Management landscape wherever possible. Action Plan.

M9-89 Helispots, new gravel pits, disposal sites M9-95 A landscape architect should be consulted and borrow areas will be located out of slte from for recommended restoration measures following sensitive viewer locations. wildfire suppression activities in the Scenic Views Management Area

Fire Management Forest Health M9-90 Low intensity prescribed fires will be used to meet and promote the Desired Visual Condltion M9-96 Monitoring and vegetative management within each stand type. Prescribed fire and other will emphasize the control or prevention of major fuel management techniques will be used to insect and disease problems Minor insect infesta- minimize the hazard of a large high intensity fire tions or root rot centers may not require immediate In foreground areas, prescribed fires will be small, treatment, as long as they are consistent wlth the normally less than 5 acres, and shaped to appear desired visual condition for the species in which as natural occurrences. If burning condltions they occur Insect and disease problems in the cannot be met such that scorching cannot be Scenic Views Management Area will be monitored limited to the lower 1/3 of the forest canopy, then to determine their rate of spread and degree of other fuel management techniques should be risk to the visual resource. (Also see Forest-wide considered. standards/guidelines for Forest Health )

, Forest Plan 4 - 131 sary to meet the objectives of this Management .~. -- Management Area 10 Area. Ently permits may be required.

'Bend Municipal M10-2 Developed recreation facilities will not be constructed except to meet the goals of this Watershed Management Area Over-the-snow vehicles will be permitted only on designated routes and designated areas when the depth of continuous snowcover Goal is adequateto protect other resourcesfromadverse impact of this activrly. Non-motorized vehicles To provide water at a level of quantity and quality may be restricted or prohibited in Management which will, wlth adequate treatment, result in a Area IO. satisfactory and safe domestic water supply. M10-3 The Bend Watershed Management Area To manage the Bend Municipal Watershed for will be managed to the Recreation Opponunty multiple uses by balancing present and future Spectrum standard of Semiprimitwe Nonmotorized resource use wlth domestic water supply needs. Semiprimitive Motorized standards can be applied to designated routes and areas where seasonal motorized use routes may be located. (See General Theme and Objectives Appendix 2 for an explanation of the categories.)

The Bend Municipal Watershed will be managed M10-4 Saddle, draft, pack animals and domestic to provide healthy timber stands that are growing pets may be excluded in the future to meet the at a moderate rate Stands will be in a condition emphasis of this Management Area. which provides a minimum threat for catastrophic fire and which will retard insect infestation. Existing M10-5 Campfires and stove fires will not be water quality will be maintained. Stream channels permitted in this Management Area. will be in stable condtions throughout the watershed. Access into the watershed for administrative and dispersed recreationalactivities will be allowed Timber at a level which is compatible with the water quality goals of the Management Area M10-6 Timber may be harvested (1) in the event of a catastrophe, (2) to reduce fuels, and (3) to This Management Area contains a total of 3.7 M create vigorous stands which contribute to the acres. .6 M acres were identfied as not sultable overall health and stabilty of the watershed. Timber for timber production during the analysis of the harvesting will be on an nonprogrammed basis management stuation in accordance with CFR 219.14(a). During the analysis of alternatives using M10-7 In the event of a catastrophe (!.e., insect the crteria in 36 CFR 219.14(c), 3.7 M acres were epidemic or fire) timber will be harvested in a identrfied as not appropriate for timber production manner which will protect water qualty and allow for this Management Area Review and reconsidera- for rapid reforestation. tion of these findings must be done in accordance with CFR 219.14(d). M10-8 Except in the case of a catastrophe, no more than 15 percent of the area within the Bend Municipal Watershed will be in managed stands Standards and Guidelines with ages less than 20 years. M10-9 Implications to the following ltems will be considered when developing proposals for timber Recreation management activities: (1) increases in annual flow, (2) increases in peak flow, (3) changes in MI0-1 Nonmotorized, dispersed recreation is water yield timing, (4) channel stability, and (5) permitted. Camping may be prohibted as neces- impacts to the soil and water resources.

Forest Plan 4 - 132 Range M10-19 Existing trails and any new trails which are needed will be located, designed, and con- M10-10 No grazing by domestic livestock will be structed in a manner which protects water quality. allowed. Recreation livestock will not be permitted within Management Area IO. M10-20 If roads are constructed, they will be located, designed, constructed/reconstructed, and maintained to protect water quallty and will M10-11 Vegetative manipulation will be allowed in be closed to the motorized public. catastrophic sltuations. M10-21 Logging equipment which results in a minimum of ground disturbance will be used Wildlife M10-22 Transmission corridors may be allowed in M10-12 Planned activities associated with human this area. Construction, maintenance, and access disturbance will be restricted between April 1 and will be strictly controlled in order to protect water July 31 in the upper portions of the watershed. quality. Fuel or silvicultural treatments should consider improvingoverall plant communny diversity. Natural meadows and openings will be protected wrth few Fire Management ground disturbing activities permitted. Wildfire

Minerals M10-23 Protection of the municipal watershed will be a high priority. Fires within, or which threaten, the watershed will be aggressively controlled and M10-13 The area will be recommended for mopped up Appropriate suppression action must withdrawal from mineral entry for mining claims do less watershed damage than the potential for locatable minerals. wildfire

M10-14 Geothermal leasing is denied. M10-24 On small or low intensty fires, Utilize existing fire barriers and appropriately constructed M10-15 Pits and quarries for common materials and rehabilitated hand firelines. will not be developed in the watershed. MI0-25 On high intensity fires following an escaped fire situation analysis, heavy equipment to construct Visual Quality firelines and reduce potential acres burned may be used if it results in less total impact on the M10-16 Management activities are expected to watershed A resource advisor should be appointed be minimal. Activrties to enhance or protect water in all such situations to approve the location and quality will meet Modification or a higher objective standard of equipment work Ml0-26 Only approved retardants will be used in Watershed Management the watershed. The City Water Department will be notifiedimmediately of any planned use of retardant in the watershed. M10-17 Where feasible, channels will be treated to enhance water quality. Mi0-27 Recommended burn acre oblectives will be developed as a part of the Fire Management Action Plan. Transportation Prescribed Fire M10-18 Helispots will be strategically located and constructed to provide rapid access in the event M10-28 An aggressive low intensity prescribed of fire. fire program will be necessary in portions of the

Forest Plan 4 - 133 watershed to treat the natural fuels accumulation. PP Lp MC Prescribed buming with the objective of preventing -the occurrence of large high intensity fires is Natural 8-PP-4 1-LP3 2-PPM-4 permitted when soil and water quality objectives fuels can be met. Thinning 1-MC3-PC 1-MC3-PC 1-MC3-PC Fuels Treatment Other Than Prescrlbed Flre Partial 2-PP4PC 2-LP-3-PC 3-TF-4-W M10-29 The Bend Municipal Watershed will be Cut gwen high priority for fuel treatment to keep fuel loadings at levels which will minimize the risk of Clearcut 1-LP-3-CC I-LP-3-CC 2-MC-4-RC catastrophic fires. Presuppression facillties such as helispots should be planned and constructed in a manner compatible wlth soil and water qualty Special Uses objectives.

Fuel Loadlngs M10-31 Special Uses permits will be allowed i they do not degrade the water qualty. M10-30 Silvicultural entries should reduce the fuel loadings so that no less than 60 percent of the ground area is covered by duff, litter, residue, or Forest Health vegetation. Optimum fuel loadings, exemplified by the following photo series, should be used. These M10-32 The emphasis will be to minimize condi- are found in 'Photo Series for Quantrfying Forest Residues,' a cooperative publication by the Pacific tions which are conducive to disease or insect Northwest Forest and Range Experiment Station, attack Pest management will be incorporated into US. Department of Agriculture, Forest Sewice, silvicultural fuel treatment prescriptions. Emphasis Portland, Oregon These fuel loadings will be will also be placed on preventinginsects or disease revised when new data, methods, or research movement into this Management Area from indicate that a new profile would improve resource adjacent lands. (Also see Forest-wide standards/ management programs. guidelines for Forest Health.)

Forest Plan 4 - 134 Management Area 11 Intensive Recreation

Goal Standards and Guidelines

To provide a wide variety of quality outdoor recreation opportunities wlthin a Forest environ- Recreation ment where the localized settings may be modfied ROS Category to accommodate large numbers of visitors. (Unde- veloped recreation opportunities may occur in this MI1-1 The recreation setting and opportunities Management Area.) provided include the Recreation Opportunity Spectrum Categories of Rural and Roaded Natural. (See Appendix 2 for an explanation of these General Theme and Objectives categories )

This Management Area will provide a wide variety Publicly Managed Recreation Opportunities of recreation opportunities including, but not limited to, activities dependent on various intensities of MI1-2 Campgrounds where a fee is charged will development Sophisticated facilities and sights receive maintenance and sewices that reflect the and sounds of humans will be evident and often fees collected. These sites will contain the large essential to provide the desired recreation experi- investments in facilities. Nonfee campgrounds and day use sites, other than those associated ence. Generally, high concentrations of visitors with fee campgrounds, will receive minimum will occur around developments. Fewer numbers services and maintenance. will occur outside developments, but encounters between visitors can be frequent. Visltors with MI1-3 Additional campground capacity will be little knowledge of outdoor skills will be able to constructed to meet projected demand. Occupancy enjoy the area. rates of 40 to 45 percent will indicate the need to assess expanding facillties. This will involve Opportunities for participation in a broad range of expanding some existing sites and adding some new sites In addition, there will be a continued outdoor recreation activities will be available. emphasis on rehabilitation and heavy maintenance Activities will often require support facilities and of existing sites often, but not always, involve widespread use of motorized vehicles and boats. Mil-4 Day use facilities such as boat ramps, picnic areas, and interpretive sites may also be This Management Area contains a total of 67 I M increased or expanded to meet a projected acres. 32 5 M acres were identfied as not suitable increase in the number of Forest visitors The for timber production during the analysis of the type of day use facilities will also change over management situation in accordance wlth CFR time to reflect the changing recreation need of the public. 21 9.14(a) During the analysis of alternatives using the crlteria in 36 CFR 219.14(c), 67.1 M acres Mll-5 Paulina Peak is planned as an interpretive were identfied as not appropriate for timber site. Parking will be expanded and toilet facilities production for this Management Area Review and will be added. Interpretive signing will also be reconsideration of these findings must be done in added An electronic site is not compatible with accordance with CFR 219.14(d) this use and will not be permwed.

Forest Plan 4 - 135 Mll-6 Facility complexes will be constructed and to reach the ski area within one hour travel maintained to Development Levels 3 through 5. time from Bend. (See Appenduc 3 for an explanation of the levels) Complementary developments at Levels 1 and 2 The mountain will be a center for both alpine can be provided in minor numbers and in proportion and nordic skiing. of capacity If essential to best utilize the recreation experience available within the area. Skier densities will be no more than 4-8 Privately Provlded Recreation Opportunities skiers/acre in order to maintain the uncrowded feeling for which the area is known. Mll-7 The prlvate sector may be encouraged to participate in campground construction and Mil-IO The experience provided at Mt. Bachelor operation. This includes the construction and will be compatible with a ROS category of Rural operation of new campgrounds, as well as the or Roaded Natural. Specifically this will include a operation of some existing campgrounds. Existing diversity of winter recreation activities that empha- resorts operating under special-use permits will size the Forest setting and provide an introduction also be encouraged to provide a share of the to the more rustic natural resource-based recre- new camping facilities where possible. ation opportunities

Mll-8 The number of resorts on the Forest MI1-1 I Year-round recreation activities will be providing summertime overnight accommodations encouraged. Summer facilities that are compatible will not increase. The quality of facillties will improve with or enhance natural resource-basedfacilities through increased efforts at permit compliance. will be permitted. All new facilities will be compatible with a Forest environment. The experiences provided will also be compatible with ROS classifications of the Mil-12 Mt Bachelor will continue to grow as an area. Operations in the winter season will be international destination for both alpine and nordic encouraged, as well as the summer, to meet the skiing. Emphasis will be placed on building up needs of winter recreation. the summer program to make Mt Bachelor a year round resort. No additional regional or destination Mil-9 Mt. BachelorSkiAreawillcontinueto expand alpine areas will be built on the Forest until Mt to its approved capacity of approximately 26,000 Bachelor has been developed to near the capacity people each day. In reaching this capacity, the of the Master Plan. Nordic areas and local alpine following principles will be maintained: areas, however, may be added elsewhere on the Forest as the need develops. No public overnight accommodations on the mountain Mll-13 Skyliner Lodge has the potential to serve as a hub for both summer and winter dispersed A balance between lift, lodge, run, and parking recreation. The Lodge may be developedfor group capacity will be maintained. use with limited overnight accommodations. Any development of the Lodge must consider its historic Parking capacity will be tied to the highway capacity. value and integrity. Water and sanltation facilities need to be developed before the lodge can be Water use from Todd Creek should result in no effectively used. Other facilities could be developed modrfications of the water level in Todd Lake on the site to supplement the Lodge and no signlficant depletion of water needed by the riparian plants along Todd Creek. Mil-14 Public services such as stores, resorts, and guided activities provided by prlvate enterprise Use of mass transit will increase. may be needed. The number, type, and extent of development will be determined by the recreation The road system sewing the mountain will be capacity of this Management Area and individual upgraded so that 90% of the users will be able local areas being sewed.

Forest Plan 4 - 136 Trails MI1-22 Small, natural appearing openings are desirable, and are an important visual element of MI1-1 5 New trails constructed in this Management the characteristic landscape in mixed conifer Area will emphasize walking, bicycle riding and stands hiking opportunities. Loop trails adjacent to campgrounds will be a priority. Horse trails will MI1-23 Large diameter old growth characteristics generally not be constructed in heavily used areas are an important visual component. Ponderosa (except for facilities specifically built for horse pine is a desirable component of these stands, use.) where it either exists or could be introduced.

Lodgepole Plne: Timber MI1-24 Lodgepole Pine will be managedto provide MI1-1 6 There will be no programmed harvest in a mosaic of even-aged stands wlth additional this Management Area. visual diversity provided by occasional groups of other tree and shrub species Natural-appearing Ponderosa Plne: opening of varying sizes are desirable. Wherever biologically feasible, the reintroduction of Pon- MI1-1 7 Ponderosa pine will be managed to derosa pine in stands that have reverted to pure maintain or create a visual mosaic of numerous, lodgepole pine is also desirable. large diameter, yellow-barkedtrees with stands of younger trees offering visual diversity and a sense Mil-25 The forest floor should be open and of depth in landscapes viewed from recreation park-like with ground litter, shrubs and grasses use areas. providing additional variety

MI1-18 Old growth characteristics, such as yellow, MI1-26 Diversity in size classes, and the presence deeply-fissured bark, are desirable. of natural-appearing openings that appear to rotate through time as younger stands grow up, MI1-1 9 Diversity in species, where biologically will permit ‘depth’ in these landscapes Instead of possible, is desirable. Species such and vine the traditional ’wall. of mature lodgepole adjacent maple, aspen and occasional stands of fir or to recreation use areas, younger lodgepole stands lodgepole pine are desirable for added visual will eventually replace the older mature trees to interest. Shrubs and groundcover species are create a transitional effect. The viewer will be able also a desirable visual component. to see back into the forest.

MI1-20 Small, natural-appearingopen spaces help provide a sense of depth and are a desirable Range visual component. Mil-27 Grazing allotments included in this Mixed Conifers: Management Area will exclude livestock use from developed sites Small pasture allotments for Mil-21 Mixed contfer stands will be managed to individually owned recreation stock will not be perpetuate or enhance the characteristic (or allowed in this Management Area except where natural) landscape. The characteristic landscape use predates this allocation and the use is normally contains stands that are visually dense, compatible. though not necessariiy continuous Diversity in tree and shrub species and in diameter classes Mil-28 Range allotment management plans will produces the desired visual character when viewed specify practices which will meet the objectives of from recreation use areas. this Management Area.

Forest Plan 4 - 137 --=-Wildlife Visual

Mll-29 Emphasis will be on habitat improvement Ml l -35 Within existing or future developed areas, management activities and facilities will meet for watchable wildlife and maintaining or improving Modification or a higher objective. fish habitat. If significant changes in recreation use are planned because of changes in facillties Ml l -36 Areas outside of developed areas will be or access, they will be coordinated with the Oregon managed so they meet the inventoried visual Department of Fish and Wildlife. quality standards.

Mll-30 Should an osprey establishes a nest in, or immediately adjacent to, an established recre- Fuelwood ation facilrty (campground, resort, etc) no special M11-37 Fuelwood gatheringwill normally be limited precautions will be necessary since suitable habitat to cleaning up residual wood materials resulting is available in other management areas If a bald from management activlties. Wood will be available eagle nest becomes established in the above first for use in public recreation facilities. On a situation, refer to the Forest Plan standards/ case-by-case basis, commercial firewood cutters guidelines for Wildlife/Management Indicator may be used where time and performance can Species to resolve the sltuation. be controlled to accomplish specfic recreation objectives. Mll-31 Snags, and the live trees needed for future snags, will be maintained at 60 percent of Transportation the maximum potential population of cavily-nesting species, except where the objectives of this Mll-38 Roads to developed recreation Sites will Management Area would be jeopardized. Snags be reconstructed, operated and maintained to determined to be safety hazards should be topped encourage passenger car access. To maintain or removed. Nestboxes should be placed in compatibilrty, emphasis will be placed on matching campgrounds and other places of concentrated the road design and maintenance standard with the service level of the developed slte and will be public use to allow observation opportunities of in accordance with the Highway Safety Act. cavrty-nestingwildlife. Mll-39 Commercial timber hauling will be restricted (limitations on haul during weekends, holidays, Minerals etc) as needed to reduce conflict with recreation activities; however, when restrictions are not practical, short term closures of public access Ml l -32 These areas are currently open to mineral may be necessary to meet the timber objectives entry for mining claims for locatable minerals. of this Management Area. Areas will be wnhdrawn from mineral entry for mining claims when It is determined that mining M11-40 Off-highway vehicles will normally not be will not be compatible and cannot be mitigated to encouraged in this Management Area, especially protect the lntenslve Recreation Areas. in areas where recreation use is concentrated

Mll-33 Geothermal leases will be issued with Condltional Surface Use and Seasonal Restriction Fire Management stipulations. Wildfire

Mll-34 Pits and quarries for common variety Ml l -41 All wildfires should be aggressively materials are not permmed. controlled by using low impact methods as much

Forest Plan 4 - 138 as practicable. Firelines constructed by hand will the Pacific Northwest Forest and Range Experiment be favored over firelines constructed by heavy Station, US. Department of Agriculture, Forest equipment except where high intensity fire sltua- Senrice, Portland, Oregon. These fuel loadings tions may exist. will be revised when new data, methods, or research indicate a new profile would improve Prescribed Flre resource management programs.

Mll42Prescribed fire may be used to reduce PP LP MCMH hazardous fuel concentrations and to form fuel- breaks adjacent to the high use, high fire occur- Natural IPP-2 1-LP-2 1-MC3 rence areas such as the Lower Metolius, Upper Fuels 1-PP4 Metolius, Twin Lakes, Pringle Falls, and Deschutes River. Prescribed burning can be done to enhance Thinning-All thinning photos contain too much the recreation experience. Burning will be planned slash. to have the minimum impact on recreation use or appearance of the area. Partial I-PP-4-PC 2-LP-3-PC 1-DF4-PC cut 1-MC-I-PC Fuel Treatment Options Other Than Prescribed Flre Clear 1-PP&A-4-PC1 -LPS-PC 3-TF-4-RC cut M1143 Treatment methods that will not be visible over a long period of time should be emphasized. Treatment should occur outside the normal Ml l -45 Fuel will be treated quickly and to a level recreation season. commensurate with the increased risk and protection of recreation values. Fuel Loadlngs

Mll44 Fuel loadings will normally vary. Areas within sight of campgrounds and other high-use Special Uses areas should have almost 100 percent cleanup of activity fuels. Maintenance of natural fuels for M1146 Special uses may be authorized where appearance and leaving activty fuels for firewood they complement objectives of this Management is acceptable. Those areas further away from the Area. high-use areas may receive treatment similar to General Forest. The following photos represent some acceptable situations adjacent to high-use Forest Health areas. Mi1-47 Follow Forest-wide standards/guidelines These are found in 'Photo Series for Quantifying for Forest Health. Forest Residues,' a cooperative publication by

Forest Plan 4 - 139 management Area 12 Dispersed Recreation

Goal Standards and Guidelines

To provide a range of quality recreation opportunities in an undeveloped forest environment. (Some Recreation recreational development may occur in this Management Area) Facllltles

M12-1 Any sites where facilties are installed will General Theme and Objectives be managed at Development Level 1 or 2 (See Appendix 3.) This Management Area will provide an environmental setting producing the kinds of recreation M12-2 Primitive facilities may be installed to protect experiences that are attainable in large undevel- resources, provide for user safety, distribute use, oped areas. It will provide a feeling of vastness and to meet Management Area goals. and remoteness and will have no irreversible evidence of humans. It will be in a predominantly MI2-3 Facilities will be constructed of native unmodified or natural state. The environmental materials whenever possible. setting will often include a wide diverslfication of vegetation, terrain, and visible landform. MI 2-4 Recreation facilities will be limltedto primitive toilets, shelters, campfire rings, and recreation It will be managed to provide limited social contact stock control devices. Signing for informational, and interaction among visitors. Primltive facilities, directional, and safety purposes will be kept to a such as shelters and small camps, signing, and a minimum. transportation system for visltor access and use may be established Management will provide ROS Category recreation opportunities that occur in a primitive environment, but restrictions will be less than in M12-5 The recreation setting and opportunities Wilderness areas. Motorized activlties could be provided include the Recreation Opportunlty Spectrum categories of Roaded Natural, Semiprimi- permmed in some areas. Low standard roads and tive Motorized and Semiprimtive Nonmotorized. trails could be utilized for motorized activities. (See Appendix 2 for an explanation of the categories.) This Management Area contains a total of 48.4 M acres. 8 IM acres were identlfied as not suitable Vehlcle Use for timber production during the analysis of the management situation in accordance with CFR M12-6 Use of motorized vehicles will be restricted 219.14(a). During the analysis of alternatives using to designated roads and designated trails. Howev- the criteria in 36 CFR 219.14(c), 48.4 M acres er, over-the-snow vehicles will be allowed to travel were identlfied as not appropriate for timber cross-country when the depth of continuous production for this Management Area. Review and snowcover is adequate to protect other resources reconsideration of these findings must be done in from adverse impacts. The Paclfic Crest Trail is accordance with CFR 219.14(d). closed to motorized use.

Forest Plan 4 - 140 Trails Wildlife

M12-7 The summer trail system for horses and M12-12 Fish stocking is permitted. hikers will be maintained. New hiker and horse trails may be added where market surveys M12-13 Snags, and the live trees needed for future snags, will be maintained at 100 percent of demonstrate a need. Missing sections will be the maximum potential population of cavi%y-nesting constructed and substandard sections will be species, except where the objectives of this reconstructed. Mountain bicycle trail systems will Management Area would be jeopardized. Snags be developed. determined to be safety hazards in areas of concentrated public use should be topped or M12-8 Trails in both SPNM and SPM should be removed. constructed to provide a variety of difficulty levels in accordance wth the Trails Handbook. Minerals

M12-14 These areas are open to mineral entry for Timber mining claims for locatable minerals

M12-9There will be no programmedtimber harvest M12-15 Geothermal leases will be issued with a No Surface Occupancy (NSO) stipulation. Timber harvesting will be allowed in catastrophic situations such as fire or insect salvage and to Mi2-1 6 Pits and quarries for common materials prevent the spread of insects and disease to are permitted if they do not detract from the areas managed for other purposes or to meet this Undeveloped Recreation Areas. Management Area's objectives. Restoration of such an area will be designed to return it to a natural-appearing state Visual

M12-17 Management activities and facilities will M12-10 Fuelwood gathering will be designed to meet Partial Retention or a higher objective in take advantage of available fuel while providing Ponderosa pine and mixed conifer stands and for safe and aesthetically pleasing undeveloped Modification or a higher objective in lodgepole recreationexperiences. Opportunitieswill be limited pine stands. These activities and facilities may to existing or designed access ways. New access include trailheads, trails, bulletin board and sign for fuelwood gathering in SPM areas will be carefuliy construction and vegetative management. designed, will meet recreation resource needs, and will normally be done only to salvage or prevent catastrophic losses of timber. Transportation M12-18 Trails and roads will be designed, constructed, and maintained to the minimum standard Range needed to achieve oblectives and goals of this Management Area. A limited number of helispots M12-I1 Outftter guides using recreation stock may be constructed where natural openings are will be allowed permits Grazing of domestic unavailable. livestock will be permitted to mllze existing forage M12-19 No roads may be constructed in SPNM If the overall character of the area will remain portions except for reasonable access for mineral unchanged. Structural range improvements such exploration and development (Regional direction). as fences and water will be allowed and will be In SPM portions, low density primitive roads may constructed of native materials whenever possible. be constructedto encourage and provide challenge

Forest Plan 4 - 141 -.~ _._~ to trail bikes and four-wheel drive vehicles but ble with the resource management objectives will discourage standard vehicles. be used.

M12-20 Roads management strategies will general- Fuel Loadings ly be 'accept' or 'encourage' use by dispersed recreationists. On some logging roads dispersed recreational use may be 'discouraged' or 'eliminat- M12-24 Fuel will be treated to a level commensurate ed' (See Forest Wide S&Gs for an explanation of with the protection of the resource values road management strategies). Some roads will be closed to meet resource objectives. Special Uses Fire Management M12-25 Permits may be allowed for structures n Wildfire they existed prior to allocation of lands where they meet other management objectwes. New M12-21 Normally, low impact suppression methods permits for small devices and structures may be and natural barriers will be used. Heavy equipment allowed. Such structures must blend wth the should be avoided unless an 'Escaped Fire unmodified environment. Situation Analysis' indicates that the resource damage from equipment would be more than offset by reducing fire damage. M12-26 Special uses may be authorized If they do not detract from the values of the Undeveloped Prescrlbed Flre Recreation Areas.

M12-22 Prescribed burning may be used to return the area to natural condtions. Forest Health Fuel Treatment Other Than Prescribed Flre MI2-27 Follow Forest-wide standards/guidelines M12-23 Fueltreatment methods that cause minimal for Forest Health. impacts to the natural vegetation and are compati-

Forest Plan 4 - 142 keep hazards to a minimum. Parking lots, shelters, Management Area 13 and visibly signed routes are necessary to support the recreational activity. This Management Area Winter Recreation can be zoned to minimize conflicts between motorized winter activities and nonmotorized Goal activities. Individualroads or trails can be designated for separate uses. Areas closed to motorized To provide quality winter recreation opportunities activities will be shown in the Of-Highway Vehicle within a forest environment that can be modified (OHV) Plan. Areas closed to motorized actwlty for visitor use and satisfaction. could change as use patterns change. The OHV Plan would be amended to show such changes. General Theme and Objectives ROS Category This Management Area will provide opportunities for winter recreation activities. Facilities and M13-3The recreation setting activity and experi- evidence of man will be present Roads, vegetation ence opportunities for the Recreation Opportunity management, and other development activities Spectrum (ROS)category of SemiprimitiveNonmo- are permtted but only as necessary to enhance torized, Semiprimitive Motorized, and Roaded the winter recreation opportunities. Social contact Natural will be provided in the winter season (see will vary but high social contact could be expected Appendix 2 for an explanation of the categories). in some areas and during some portions of the For summer recreationthe ROS category of Roaded winter use season Facilities for tubing and sledding Modified may also be present. can be developed. Some areas will be closed to motorized use. This area is available for geothermal leaswg. Timber

This Management Area contains a total of 32 2 M M13-4There is no programmed harvest in this acres 3.2 M acres were identlfied as not suitable Management Area. for timber production during the analysis of the management situation in accordance wRh CFR M13-5Timber management will be designed to 219.14(a). During the analysis of alternatives using provide suitable conditions for winter recreation, the criteria in 36 CFR 219.14(c), 32.2 M acres however, timber will not be scheduled as part of were identified as not appropriate for timber the chargeable program. Rotation ages and production for this Management Area. Review and silvicultural prescriptioncan vary to meet recreation reconsideration of these findings must be done in objectives. Clearcuts are acceptable to provide accordance with CFR 219.14(d). openings for snowplay areas or to open up vistas forvisual purposes Firewood cutting is permissible. Timber harvesting activities will normally be Standards and Guidelines conducted outside of the winter recreation season. Timber harvesting is also permltted to address catastrophic situations such as fire or insect and Recreation disease damage but the primary objective even in these situations will be to improve winter recreation M13-1 The emphasis is to manage the area for opportunities. dispersed, winter-type, recreational activities. Dispersed recreation use in the summer is compatible but not emphasized Range

M13-2Cross-country skiing and over the snow M13-6Allotments established in this Management vehicle trails will be provided but will be located Area will be managed to provide for a forage and designed to separate motorized and non- condition rating of fair or better. Transitory range motorized use in order to minimize conflict and to that results from vegetative manipulation can be

Forest Plan 4 - 143 ~.-. used. Structures such as fences must be designed Fire Management and located so they do not interferewith, or present a hazard to, winter recreation activties. Wildfire

M13-13 Suppression practices will be designed W iI dI if e to prevent losses of large acreages to wildfire. Snags that do not present a hazard to Me or a M13-7 Snags, and the live trees needed for future threat to successful suppression activities should snags, will be maintained at 100 percent of the not be felled. maximum potential population of cavlty-nesting species, except where the objectives of this Prescrlbed Fire Management Area would be jeopardized. Snags determined to be safety hazards in areas of M13-14 Prescribed fire may be used to remove concentrated public use should be topped or concentrations of material that hinder winter removed. recreation activities and to reduce the risk of conflagration fires.

Minerals Fuel Treatment Other Than Prescrlbed Fire M13-15 The lowest cost option which meets the M13-8 These areas are open to mineral ently for mining claims for locatable minerals. recreation, soil, water, and fire objectives should be used. M13-9 Geothermal leases will be issued with Fuel Loadings Conditional Surface Use and Seasonal Restrictions Stipulations. M13-16 Slash will be treated to minimize chances of large wildfires but will not be cleared to the M13-10 Pts and quarries for common materials point that the forest floor is devoid of all slash are permitted and logs. Some slash and larger dead material will be left for ground cover for soil protection, microclimates for establishment of trees, and Visual small mammal habtat.

M13-11 Management activities will meet Modifica- Optimum fuel loadings should be guided by the tion or a higher objective. Activities may include following photo series. snoparks, shelters, signs, bulletin boards, and vegetative openings for play areas or for views. These are found in 'Photo Series for Quantifying Forest Residues,' a cooperative publication by the Pacific Northwest Forest and Range Experiment Transportation Station, US. Department of Agriculture, Forest Servtce, Portland, Oregon. These fuel loadings M13-12 Local and low standard roads needed to will be revised when new data, methods, or support winter recreation activties will be designed research indicate a new profile would improve and maintained to selve as winter travel routes. resource management programs. Some roads may be closed for resource protection.

Forest Plan 4 - 144 PP LP MGMH

Thinning I-MC-3-PC I-MC-3-PC I-MC-3-PC PC-0 4-PP-1-TH 1-PP-I -TH I-PP-I -TH

Partial Cut 4-TF4-RC 2-LP3-PC 2-MC4-PC (SH, OR, CT) 2-LP-3-PC 2-TF-4-RC

Clearcut 2-MC4-RC 1-LP3-CC TF4-RC (CC) 1-LP3-PC 2-MC4-RC

Special Uses Forest Health

M13-17 Special uses may be authorized L they do not detract from the values of the Winter Mi3-1 8 Follow Forest-wide standards/guidelines Recreation Areas. for Forest Health.

Forest Plan 4 - 145 1. More highly developed support facillties for the Management Area 14 OCRA will be provided through existing and new development on the periphery of the OCRA. Oregon Cascade Development within OCRA will be Iimited to that Recreation Area necessaly to manage use within the area. M14-3 Primitive facilities may be provided for Goal visitor enjoyment, to protect resources, provide for visitor safety, and distribute use throughout To conserve, protect, and manage in a substantially the area. undeveloped condition the unique values associated with the Oregon Cascade Recreation Area MI44 Facilities will be constructed of native (OCRA). materials whenever possible.

To feature dispersed recreation opportunities and Mi 4-5Recreation faallties will primarily be primltive wildlfe, fish, and scenic resources... including toilets, shelters, recreation stock control devices nesting habitat for spotted owls. and enclosures, trailheads, vehicle control devices, primitive campsites for motorized vehicles, and General Theme and Objectives minimum directional and safety signing. Existing recreation developments will be maintained. The emphasis of this Management Area will be to provide opportunity to enloy scenic, wildlrfe ROS Category recreation values in a sening that is not dominated by human activities but where some motorized M14-6The recreation setting, activity, and experi- use could be permitted along wlth some recreation ence opportunities for the Recreation Opportunity related facilnies. Spectrum Categoly of Semiprimltive Motorized will be provided. This Management Area contains a total of 42.7 M acres 42.7 M acres were identfied as not suitable Wilderness for timber production during the analysis of the management situation in accordance with CFR M14-7 That area in the OCRA classified as 219.14(a). Wilderness will be managed in accordance with the Wilderness Act and Wilderness Management Standards and Guidelines and Plans. Standards and Guidelines Coordlnatlon

Recreation M14-8The OCRA will be managed as a single unit. Coordination meetings will be periodically Vehlcle Use scheduled between Forests and Ranger Districts to review management of the area. M14-1 Local and low standard roads needed to support the winter recreation activities and vegetation management will be located to sewe as winter Timber travel routes Some roads may be closed for resource protection. MI4-9 There will be no programmedtimber haWest. Timber harvesting will be allowed in catastrophic Facilitles situations such as fire or insect salvage to prevent the spread of insects and disease to areas M14-2Any sltes with facilities will be managed to managed for other purposes or to meet the Development Level 1 (primitive) or 2 (near primitive) objectives of this Management Area. Restoration standards with most sites at Development Level of such an area will be designed to return it to a

Forest Plan 4 - 146 natural state Timber harvesting can also be used from roads and trails. Also, opening vistas into to manipulatevegetationfor wildlie habitat improve- the area from lands adjacent to the OCRA should ment or to enhance recreation opportunties. It be considered. may also be used as a management tool to protect certain areas from the risk of fire. Watershed M14-10 Commercial or personal use fuelwood gathering may be permitted when needed to M14-16 The stream flow and the hydrologic setting meet the recreation and wildlife objectives. of Big Marsh Creek and meadow will be managed to feature natural vegetative communrties associated with the marsh prior to diversion of Big Marsh Range Creek. Wildlife and fish habitat will be enhanced where possible through management of hydrologic M14-11 Grazing of domestic livestock may be conditions. permitted inecessary to utilize excess forage not needed to meet wildlife objectives. Structural range improvements such as fences and water Transportation may be allowed and will be constructed of native materials whenever possible. Livestock will be M14-17 Trails and roads will be designed, con- managed to minimize conflicts with recreation, structed, and maintainedto the minimum standard wildlife, fish and natural watershed values In cases needed to achieve objectives and goals of the of conflict, range outputs will be secondary to Recreation Area A limited number of helispots recreation, wildlie, fish or watershed values. may be constructed where natural openings are unavailable.

Wildlife Fire Management Ml4-12 Wildlie habitat improvement should be designed to be natural in appearance and should Wildfire enhance the recreation experience. Creating small openings, use of salt, blinds, or interpretive trails M14-18 Normally, low impact suppressionmethods are acceptable. Fish stocking and fish habrtat and natural barriers will be used. Heavy equipment improvement are permissible but must result in should be avoided unless an 'Escaped Fire natural appearing end products Situation Analysis' indicates that the resource damage from equipment would be more than offset by reducing fire damage.

Minerals and Geothermal M14-19 Protection of spotted owl nest sites will be given very high priority M14-13 The area will be withdrawn from entry for locatable minerals and for all mineral leasing on Prescribed Fire January 1,1989. Geothermal leasing will bedenied. M14-20 Prescribed burning may be used to meet M14-14 Common variety materials use will not be the recreation and wildlife objectives. permitted. Fuel Treatment

Visual Quality Ml4-21 Prescribed fire is the preferred fuel treatment. Fuel accumulations resultingfrom wildlife M14-15 Management activities will meet Partial or recreational enhancement activrties may be Retention visual quallty objectives. The visual treated by other methods if necessary to meet resources can be enhanced by opening up vistas project objectives.

Forest Plan 4 - 147 Fuel Loadhgs M14-24 Transmission corridors are not compatible with the objectives of the OCRA and normally will M14-22 Fuel loadings will consist of natural not be permitted unless there is no feasible accumulations except as modlfied by prescribed alternative location. burnings. M14-25Special uses may be authorized if they complement the values of the Oregon Cascade Recreation Area. Special Uses

M14-23 New permits for small devices and Forest Health structures may be allowed where necessary for resource protection and management or visitor MI 4-26 Follow Forest-wide standards/guidelines safety and comfort. for Forest Health.

Forest Plan 4 - 148 Some other management areas (e.g Spotted Management Area 15 Owl, Research Natural Areas, etc.) also provide sultable habitat for old growth associated wildlife Old Growth and plants. Designated old growth management areas fill gaps between these other areas. Goal Some old growth areas are also representatives To provide naturally evolved old growth forest of "landscape ecology' and provide areas to study ecosystems for (1) habitat for plant and animal old growth plant succession. Three areas have species associated wth old growth forest ecosys- been established in each geologic providence for tems, (2) representations of landscape ecology, each species group There are two geologic (3) public enjoyment of large, old-tree environ- providences on the Forest and five species groups. ments, and (4) the needs of the public from an The geologic providence was used the basis aesthetic spirtual sense. as for establishing landscape ecology areas because Old growth areas will also contribute to the they were also used as the basis for the Reseach biodiversity of the Forest. Natural Area (RNA) network that has been established nationwtdefor scientific research The chone of three representative areas per providence per General Theme and Objectives species group is to allow for three replications of experiments, which is common in the biological An old growth forest will be managed to provide sciences. (1) large trees, (2) abundant standing and downed dead trees, and (3) vertical structure (multiple vegetative canopy heights), except in lodgepole This Old Growth Management Area does not pine types where a single canopy level is common contain all the areas needed for landscape ecology Such stands would vary in size and be located so studies because some areas are already protected that a wide variety of condtions are represented. in other management areas.

This Management Area contains a total of 32.8 M Many Ponderosa pine and mixed confer old growth acres. 6.3 M acres were identified as not suitable areas provide for the public's desire for large for timber production during the analysis of the old-tree environments that may not be adequately management situation in accordance wlth CFR provided for in other management areas such as 21 9.14(a). During the analysis of alternatives using Wilderness, Dispersed Recreation, RNAs etc the crteria in 36 CFR 219.14(c), 32.8 M acres were identified as not appropriate for timber Some of the old growth areas are intended to production for this Management Area Review and provide for more than one of the objectives to reconsideration of these findings must be done in occur on the area at the same time. Although, It accordance wlth CFR 219.14(d). may be necessaty to restrict public use of Some key areas for certain periods of time, to protect The distribution and minimum size of old growth animal populations, the objective is to keep these areas were based upon the habitat requirements areas open to the public of the following indicator species:

Pine Martens in the mixed conlfer forest, Goshawk in the Ponderosa pine forest, and Standards and Guidelines Three toed woodpecker in the lodgepole pine forest. Recreation These species were selected because they are endemic to the Forest, and their habitat require- MI5-1 Concentratedhuman activity is not Compati- ments are similar to or exceed those of other ble in this Management Area but dispersed endemic, old growth, associated species. recreation is generally acceptable.

Forest Plan 4 - 149 M15-2 Vegetative manipulation to maintain the Wildlife old growth character of some areas may conflict with recreation use but such occurrences should M15-9 Snags, and the live trees needed for future be limited in size and number. Restriction of snags, will be maintained at 100 percent of the recreationuse in some key areas for certain periods maximum potential population of primary cavity- of time to protect animal populations may be nesting birds using the Deschutes National Forest Wildlife Tree Implementation Plan. hetrees in necessary. lodgepole pine stands may not be available over the next few decades due to existing and predicted M15-3 Concentrated use by off-highway vehicles bark beetle-caused mortalty. Dead, down trees and snowmobiles will not be permitted but will be managed to maximized biological diversity. incidental use of OHVs and snowmobiles will generally be permitted. Minerals

Timber M15-10 Old Growth areas are open to mineral entry for mining claims for locatable minerals.

MI54 There will be no programmed hawest or M15-11 Geothermal leases will be issued with No wood removal in these areas during this planning Surface Occupancy (NSO) stipulations. period, however, vegetative manipulation including removal may occur to perpetuate or enhance old M15-12 Pits and quarries for common materials growth characteristics. are not permitted.

M15-5 If the structure of an old growth area is Visual significamly altered through a catastrophic event such as a fire, windstorm, or insect epidemic, MI5-1 3 Management activities will meet or exceed another stand would be substituted that meets the inventoried visual qualty objective. the minimum requirementsfor the indicatorspecies. The original area could then be salvaged and reforested. Transportation

An old growth area will be considered significantly M15-14 Access by road or trail will be limited to altered if it no longer meets the minimum habitat the minimum standard and density that meets the needs for the indicator species. objectives of this Management Area. Roads no lonaer needed will be closed and allowed to revegetate naturally. Helispots and transmission MI5-6 Firewood cutting and gathering is not corridors will not be allowed. permltted.

Fire Management Range Wlldflre Ml5-7 Livestock grazing is generally not compatible with old growth areas. M15-15 In mountain hemlock, mixed conifer, and lodgepole pine forest types, aggressive suppression which uses a minimum of heavy equipment M15-8 Exotic plants will not be introduced. wherever possible will be emphasized. Vegetative manipulationto enhanceforage production or species compostion for livestock consump- MI 5-16 In Ponderosa pine forest, when existing tion is not permitted. and predictedburning conditionsfavor low intensity

Forest Plan 4 - 150 fires, containment suppression tactics are appropri- Fuel Loadings ate. This may include burning out from existing barriers and scratch lines. M15-21 Natural fuel loading will normally be the standard. M15-17 High intensty fires will be suppressed

M15-18The low intensity burn acre objective for each old growth area will be the same as the Special Uses adjacent management area wrth the lowest burn acre oblective. M15-22 Special uses may be authorized If they do not detract from the values of the Old Growth Areas Transmission corridors and helispots will Prescribed Flre not be permitted

M15-19 Prescribed fire is not appropriate in lodgepole pine stands. In Ponderosa pine and Forest Health mixed conlfer stands, prescribed fire may be used to achieve desired old growth characteristics. It Monitor pests normally associated with may also be used there to reduce unacceptable M15-23 old growth ecosystems to prevent unacceptable fuel loadings that potentially could result in high intensity wildfire. damage to adjacent areas

Fuel Treatment Other Than Prescribed Flre Mi 5-24See Forest-wide standards/guidelines for Forest Health. Only practices which are compatible M15-20 Prescribed fire is the preferred method of with the Old Growth objectives will be adopted fuel treatment. However, If prescribed fire cannot when considering treatment of insects and dis- reduce unacceptable fuel loadings, other methods eases will be considered.

Forest Plan 4 - 151 - The area will be managed so as not to exceed Management Area 16 area PAOT capacity determined by slte capabilty Experimental Forest and desired recreation experience. Developed sites will be maintainedand managed Goal at Development Levels 2 and 3 (mostly Level 2) (See Appendix 3 for a description of the To provide an area where field research activlties Levels.) Level 3 will apply to the more heavily are conducted while considering other resource used and consistently attractive areas. values. Administrative coordination between the - National Forest System and Research wlthin the The current administrative site will be managed Forest Sewice will provide for long-term protection to exclude recreation use and provide support of the Forest Environmentto assure future research and administrativefacillties for the Experimental needs are met. Lands wlthin one quarter mile of Forest. the Deschutes Wild and Scenic River will be managed according to Wild and Scenic River Areas of concentrated or dispersed camping standards/guidelines. use will be managed to prevent or rehabilitate site degradation and damage. When excessive General Theme and Objectives slte damage is occurring, management action will be implemented to correct this condition. The Pringle Falls Experimental Forest is wnhin the Forest boundary and is administered by the Pacific OHV use is allowed (primarily for dispersed Northwest Research Station. The Experimental area camping access). When such use causes Forest selves as a field laboratoly for research. intolerable deterioration or degradation, action Experiments are conducted to evaluate the effects will be implemented to correct this condition or of silvicultural practices on growth and yield of limit the OHV use. Ponderosa and lodgepole pine. The effects Of halvesting on soil moisture and other resources The area will be managed to assure a Recreation are also being evaluated. The role of fire in flatUral Opportunity Spectrum experience of Roaded- ecosystems is being investigated. Natural.

This Management Area contains a total of 9.0 M M16-2 The remainder of the Experimental Forest acres. 9.0 M acres were identified as not suitable will be managedto provide recreation opportunities for timber production during the analysis of the appropriate and commensurate wlth Forest Re- management situation in accordance wlth CFR search The following activlties will be emphasized: 219.14(a). Casual observation and interpretation of Experi- mental Forest activiiies Standards and Guidelines Environmental education.

Recreation Hunting.

M16-1 The area alongthe Deschutes RNer between M16-3 OHV activity will be prohibited, except for Roads 44 and 4370 will provide opportunities for over-the-snow vehicle use which can continue as onsite recreationresearch and providethe following long as it does not adversely impact a resource. types of recreation: dispersed area camping, Over-the-snow vehicles can be excluded from developed slte camping, fishing and hunting, specific areas to prevent interference or damage boating (primarilycam and low horsepower), to research projects in progress. This will normally floating (rafting), interpretation of environment and be accomplished by signing and posting these Experimental Forest activity, and hiking. areas.

Forest Plan 4 - 152 Timber species, except where the objectives of this Management Area would be jeopardized. M16-4Therewill be no programmedtimber harvest in this Management Area. Downed Logs Mi6-9 Two dead and downed logs per acre are M16-5 Timber harvest and vegetative manipulation recommended to be left after research activities may be allowed in catastrophic situations if are completed. Such trees or logs should be determined as necessary by the Station Director’s greater than 12 inches in diameter on the small Representative. end and a minimum of 20 feet long

Wildlife Minerals

Threatened and Endangered Specles M16-10 Areas are to be withdrawn for mineral entry for mining claims for locatable minerals. M16-6 Should a species listed as threatened or endangered be encountered, the following process M16-11 Geothermal leases will be issued with No will apply: Surface Occupancy stipulations. Leases must be approved by the Station Director. Determine if the area is essential habitat for the species (nesting habitat, winter roosts) or if M16-12 Common material may be mined from the species’ use of the area is incidental. Cruiser Butte Cinder pa for use within the Experi- mental Forest. Additional pits and quarries may Protect essential habitat from adverse modifica- be developed with approval of the Station Director. tion through curtailment of conflicting activities, modification of activities, seasonal restriction of activities, or avoiding the area. Should this Visual result in a possible conflict with established research activities, initiate consultations in M16-I3 Inventoried visual quality objectives will accordance wRh existing regulations. be met in Ponderosa pine stands in the foreground areas along the Deschutes River and Forest Roads 43, 44 and 441 0. In lodgepole pine stands in Raptors these areas, Modification or a higher Objective will be met M16-7 Where possible, research activities will protect active nests of raptors (species other than T&E) such as goshawks, red-tailed hawks, owls, Watershed and golden eagles, during the nesting season (March 1 to August 31) by establishing a zone M16-14 Attempts to control bank erosion using around the nest and restricting activities within native plant species on the Deschutes Wild and that zone. The zone could range up to 1/4 mile Scenic River can be implemented wlthin this depending on the species and conditions at the Management Area site.

Cavity Nesters Fuelwood

M16-8 Snags, and the live trees needed for future M16-15 Fuelwood gathering may be allowed snags, will be maintained at 60 percent of the upon determination by the Station Director’s maximum potential population of cavity-nesting Representative.

Forest Plan 4 - 153 .--.-~ Threatened and Endangered Plants after the initial dispatch so they can be available to assist, monitor, and advise on suppression M16-16 Use the same procedure for threatened practices. and endangered wildlife. Prescribed Fire

Transportation M16-20 Prescribed fire will be used only wlth the approval of the Bend Silviculture Lab Project M16-17 Roads will be constructed and maintained Leader. lntial prescribed fire projects should be to meet the access needs of the Experimental located along the perimeter of the Experimental Forest. Maintenance plans will be coordinated Forest to protect it from external fires. with the Laboratory Leader on a recurring basis Fuel Treatment Other Then Prescribed Fire

Fire M16-21 Fuel treatment methods other than prescribed fire will be dictated by the needs of Wildfire the individual research project

M16-18 Suppression should be aggressive and Fuel Loadings aimed at minimizing acres burned and trees damaged. Suppression should emphasize low M16-22 Fuel loadings will be dependent on the impact methods such as handline, use of water, and helltack wherever the methods can meet the research project. acreage constraints. Because they are fertilizers, retardants may adversely affect research plots and are normally drscouraged; however, in extreme Special Uses fire sltuations their use may be appropriate. M16-23 Special uses will be allowed if they do M16-19 The Pacific Northwest Research Station not detract from the Area and are approved by in Bend should be notlfied of a fire immediately the Station Director.

Forest Plan 4 - 154 were identlfied as not appropriate for timber Management Area 17 production for this Management Area. Review and reconsideration of these findings must be done in Wild and Scenic Rivers accordance with CFR 219 14(d).

Goal Standards and Guidelines To protect and enhance those outstandingly remarkable values that quallfied segments of the M17-1 The following guidelines set forth standards Deschutes, LMle Deschutes, Big Marsh, Crescent, for Deschutes National Forest rivers by classifica- and Squaw Creeks for inclusion in the National tion (wild, scenic, or recreational). These guidelines Wild and Scenic Rivers System. should be applied to the extent of the Forest Service’s lurisdiction over Federal lands, Federal The following S&Gs will ensure that the values scenic or access easements, and other interests. which qualified each river or stream segment for They do not apply to privately owned lands. inclusion in the National Wild and Scenic River System are preserved until the management MI7-2 Forest-widestandards/guidelines in Chapter planning is completed for each designated 4 also contain important direction to be implement- waterway. These S&Gs will serve as an interim ed within the following river classifications. management direction until formal river corridor management plans are completed and the Forest Plan is amended to include the appropriate Ml7-3 Standards for Wild Rivers Include: direction. Refer to Table 4-12 for description of Sections of rivers covered by these standards/ Vegetation Managment: The intent is to limit guidelines. man-caused vegetation changes such that they mimic ecological changes. Cutting of trees will not be permitted except when needed in associa- General Theme and Objectives tion with a primitive recreation experience (such as clearing for trails and protection of users), to The primary objectives for managing waterways protect the environment (such as control of fire) which are components of the National Wild and or to maintain or enhance riparian dependent Scenic Rivers System will be to protect the resources. Vegetation outside the boundary, but outstandingly remarkable values identlfied for within the visual corridors, will be managed and each and for maintaining the free-flowing nature harvested in a manner to provide special emphasis of the river. The difference between a wild, scenic, to visual quality. or recreational section of rwr is measured by the degree of development, appropriate types of land Water Supply: All water supply dams and major use and ease of accessibiltly by roads and trails dlversions are prohiblted.

An important objective of management for the Hydroelectric Power: No development of hydro- Deschutes River is to provide recreation settings electric power facilities would be permitted. close to Bend that feature a relatively natural environment emphasizing day use and minimal Flood Control: No flood control dams, levees, or development. other works are allowed in the channel or river corridor. The natural appearance and essentially This Management Area contains a total of 14.3 M primitive character of the river area must be acres. 5.1 M acres were identlfied as not suitable maintained for timber production during the analysis of the management situation in accordance with CFR Mining: New mining claims and mineral leases 219.14(a). During the analysis of alternatives using are prohibited within 114 mile of the river. Valid the criteria in 36 CFR 219 14(c), 14.3 M acres claims would not be abrogated Subject to

Forest Plan 4 - 155 regulations (36 CFR 228) that the Secretaries of hydrologic, wildllfe and fisheries (should they fall Agriculture and Interior may prescribe to protect in the river) values as well as for any safety and the rivers included in the National System, other disease control risks they may pose Salvage for existing mining activlty would be allowed to commercial timber value should not be automatic. continue. Existing mineral actMty must be conducted in a manner that minimizes surface disturbance, Additional measures designed to mltigate impacts sedimentation, and visual impairment. Reasonable such as flush cutting stumps in visually sensitive access will be permitted. areas and falling trees away from the river will be employed. Geothermal: Leasing will not be permitted. Water Supply: All water supply dams and major Road Constructlon: New road construction will diversions are prohibited. not be permitted. Hydroelectrlc Power: No development of hydro- Recreatlon Development: Refer to Management electric power facilities would be allowed. Area 6, Wilderness. Flood Control: Flood control dams and levees Structure: Refer to Management Area 6, Wilder- would be prohibited on all designated streams ness. with the exception of Squaw Creek. Facilities necessary for emergency protection for the town Utllltles: New transmission lines, gas lines, water of Sisters relative to a rapid discharge of Carver lines, etc are not permitted Lake would be permitted on Squaw Creek if no other reasonable flood warning or control alterna- Motorized travel: Motorized travel on land or tive exists. water will not be permmed. Mining: Subject to regulations at 36 CFR 228 that the Secretaries of Agriculture and the Interior may M17-4 Standards for Scenic Rlvers Include: prescribe to protect the values of rivers included in the National System, new mining claims and Vegetation Management: Vegetation will be mineral leases could be allowed and existing managed to appear natural and emphsize protec- operations allowed to continue. However, mineral tion of riparian plant communities. A wide range activity must be conducted in a manner that of silvicultural practices could be allowed provided minimizes suiface disturbance, sedimentation and that such practices are carried on in such a way pollution, and visual impairment. that there is no adverse effect on the river and Its immediate environment. The rw?r area should be Geothermal: Leasing and development could be maintained or restored to It's near natural environ- permitted with condltional use restrictions that ment Vegetation outside the boundary but within protect or enhance the rivers outstanding resource the visual scene area should be managed and values. harvested in a manner which provides special emphasis on visual quality. Road Construction: Roads may occasionally bridge the river area and short stretches of Harvest of trees in scenic segments will be oriented conspicuous or longer stretches of inconspicuous towards enhancement of scenic, recreational and well-screened roads or screened railroads and/or wildllfe, fisheries or hydrologic values and could be allowed. Consideration will be given to not solely for the commercial value of the timber. the type of use for which roads are constructed Over the long-term the appearance of the river and the type of use that will occur in the river corridor should remain near-natural wlth the area. impacts of management activities apparent for only the short-term. Cleanup after activities shall Agriculture: A wide range of agricultural uses is be completed wIthin one year. Dead or dying permitted to the extent currently practiced. Row trees adjacent to the river and associated recreation crops are not considered as an intrusion of the facilities should be evaluated for their scenic, 'largely primitive' nature of scenic corridors as

Forest Plan 4 - 156 long as there is not a substantial adverse effect Additional measures designed to mitigate impacts on the natural-like appearance of the river area. such as flush cutting stumps in visually sensitive areas and falling trees away from the rmr will be Recreation Development: Larger scale public employed. use facilities, such as moderate size campgrounds, public information centers, and administrative Water Supply: Existing low dams, diversion works, headquarters are allowed If such structures are rip rap and other minor structures are allowed screened from the river. provided the wateway remains generally natural in appearance. New structures are prohibited. Structures: Any concentrations of habitations are limited to relatively short reaches of the river Hydroelectric Power: No development of hydro- corridor. New structures that would have a direct electric power facilities is allowed. and adverse effect on river values would not be allowed Flood Control: Existing flood control works may be maintained. New structures are prohibited. Utilities: New transmission lines, gas lines, water lines, etc. are discouraged. Where no reasonable Minlng: Subject to regulations (36 CFR 228) that alternative exists, additional or new facilities should the Secretaries of Agriculture and the Interior may be restricted to ensting rights-of-way. Where new prescribe to protect values of rive= included in the National System, new mining claims and mineral rights-of-wayare indicated, they will be required leases are allowed and existing operations are to protect or enhance the resource values indenti- allowed to continue Mineral activq must be fled for the river. conducted in a manner that minimizes surface disturbance, sedimentation and pollution, and Motorlzed Travel: Motorized travel on land or visual impairment. water may be permitted, prohibited or restricted as necessaly to protect the river values Geothermal: Leasing and development would be permitted with No Surface Occupancy. The situation will be reviewed as river management Mi7-5 Standards for Recreatlonal Rlvers Include: plans are developed

Vegetation Management: Vegetation management Road Construction: Paralleling roads or railroads activities would be allowed under standard restric- could be constructed on one or both river banks tions to protect the immediate river environment, There can be several bridge crossings and water quallty, scenic quality, fish and wildlife. numerous river access points. riparian plant communities, and other values. Agriculture: Lands may be managed for a full Harvest of trees in recreational segments will be range of agricultural uses, to the extent currently oriented towards enhancement of scenic, hydrolog- practiced. ic, fisheries, recreational and/or wildlife values Over the long-term the appearance of the river Recreation Development: Campgrounds and corridor should remain near-natural with the picnic areas may be established in close proximity impacts of project activities apparent but subordi- to the river However, recreational classification nate to the natural character of the landscape. does not require extensive recreation development. Cleanup after project activities shall be completed within one year. Dead or dying trees adjacent to Structures: Small communlties as well as dis- the river and associated recreationfacilities should persed or cluster residential developments are be evaluated for their scenic, hydrologic, wildlife allowed New structures are allowed for both and fisheries (should they fall in the rwer) values habitation and for intenswe recreation use. as well as for any safety and disease control risks they may pose. Salvage for commercial timber Utilities: This IS the same as for the scenic river value should not be automatic. classifications.

Forest Plan 4 - 157 "'-~-Motorlzed Travel: Motorized travel on land or and as a source of large organic debris for the water may be permitted, prohibited or restricted. river. Snags which may be a hazard in recreation Controls will usually be similar to surrounding sltes will receive careful scrutiny and will be lands and waters. removed only if they pose a hazard.

M17-6 Deschutes Rlver Carrying Capaclty: A M17-8 Work with the Oregon Department of Fish carlying capacity has been established for the and Wildlife and local irrigation districts to establish segment of river from Aspen Camp to the Lava acceptable flows for fish survival and to reestablish Island takeout. Launches have been limited to important spawning gravels on the Deschutes four boats per hour per operater. Permits have River. been limlted to three Outfitter-Guide Permmees per year. The estimated maximum capacity reflects M17-9 Fish and wildllfe habitat improvement a 75% to 25% spllt between commercial and projects should be natural appearing and be non-commercialfloaters, the latter being unregulat- compatible with other values of the riverine setting. ed at this time. Non-outfmed river use has been increasing at such a slow rate that regulation of M17-10 Also, refer to elk habltat management this use is not anticipated. standards and guidelines for additional direction which may affect management of certain river The desired maximum level of social encounters corridors. will be obtained d no more than four boats per hour per operator are launched. The desired Visual environmental protection is also provided below this level. M17-11 The following visual management standards will be used for each river classification. Recreational carrying capacities for the remainder of the river corridors will be determined during the Rlver Class Visual Standard development of river management plans. Wild River Preservation Opportunrties for OHV use on other than system roads will not be provided in areas of concentrated Scenic River Retention recreation use or where sensitive resource values would be adversely affected. Future planning will Recreation River Partial Retention define areas where OHV's may be used and the necessary management requirements for their use within the river corridors. Administration

Addltlonal Standards/Guldellnesfor Rlver Classl- M17-12 A variety of County, State, and Federal flcatlons government entlties have responsibillties and interests in the management of these river and Wildlde and Fish stream corridors Each has a unique area of expertise and author^ and each can make a M17-7 Management will emphasize maintenance contribution in protecting these river systems. or enhancement of habltat for watchable wildlife Working cooperatively with these organizations especially in the riparian zone. Retention of snags will be an essential part of the Forest Service will be emphasized for dependent species habtat management effort

Forest Plan 4 - 158 activities should not result in shapes or lines that Management Area 18 are visible from signtficant viewer locations. Openings and textural changes are, and should Front Country be, generally small and remain subordinate in this landscape except during the winter months, when Goal snow, weather and lighting conditions exaggerate color contrasts making openings more evident. To provide and maintain a natural appearing forested landscape on the slopes northeast of the Timber Production Three Sisters and Tam MacArthur Rim while providing high and sustainable levels of timber This Management Area contains a total of 34 7 M production. acres. 1.7 M acres were identified as not suitable for timber production during the analysis of the management situation in accordance with CFR General Theme 219.14(a) During the analysis of alternatives using the criteria in 36 CFR 219.14(c), 1.7 M acres were This Management Area occupies a place between identified as not appropriate for timber production Scenic Views and General Forest. While it calls for this Management Area. Review and reconsidera- for a greater emphasis on timber production than tion of these findings must be done in accordance the former, the Visual Qualw Objective is Partial with GFR 219.14(d). Retention for view areas, compared with Modifica- tion in General Forest Modification may apply to This area is highly productive timberland and areas which cannot be seen from the viewing portions of it have been intensively managed locations discussed in the next paragraph. during the past 50 years. A portion is under private ownership and is managed primarily for timber Certain viewer locations are considered important towards maintaining the desired visual appearance Forest Service management will be based on the of this Management Area. These significant viewer siivicultural and ecological characteristics of stands locations are along the Three Creeks Road, west within this Management Area. The majority of the from Hwy 20 between Bend and Sisters, Awbrey area is relatively flat and occupied by stands of Butte, the RedmondSisters Highways (126), and Ponderosa pine. Uneven-age management of to the south from the Old McKenzie Hwy. (242) these and mixed conifer stands will be compatible just west of Sisters. with the area’s scenic objectives and will be the preferred treatment wherever feasible. On highly 0bjectives visible, steep slopes, stand management may have to be precluded. Visual Quality Timber harvesting and postharvesting activities, particularly tree planting on suitable lands, should The lower slopes of the viewed area are predomi- be coordinated with the grazing program to nately Ponderosa pine and the upper portion minimize conflicts ranges from Ponderosa pine overstoly with dense white fir to pure lodgepole pine understory. Viewer distance to these areas ranges from 6 to 20 miles, making individualtrees and tree sizes indistinguish- Standards and Guidelines able These stands are visually important because they provide a strong textural element that fore- fronts the dramatic Three Sisters. Scenic Views

The desired visual condition is a landscape where M18-1 In areas visible from signdcant viewer color contrasts are minimal and the full crowns of locations, management emphasis will focus on younger trees create a visually untform, primarily maintaining a uniform tree canopy. Openings are dark green, gently rolling landscape. Management acceptable but should not dominate the landscape

Forest Plan 4 - 159 ~ ~ = when uniform tree canopies cannot be maintained higher levels of forage production and the desired because of biological or topographic conditions. level of forage utilization. Livestock grazing on transitory ranges may take place under the M18-2Openings resultingfrom vegetative manage- following stuations: ment activlties in areas viewed from significant viewer locations will be designed to follow natural * Where forage occurs as a result of ste topographic features, to avoid geometric shapes disturbance and/or timber canopy removal on and straight lines, and to be sized to simulate a continuing basis. naturally occurring openings. For management activlties which may result in visible openings in * Where disturbed sltes and/or areas under the forest canopy, a landscape archtect will be timber management can be seeded with consulted on the location, size and configuration for treatment units. species which improve forage production and do not restrict tree establishment and growth. M18-3 Portions of the area which cannot be seen * from the signllicant viewer locations will be On forest plantations when livestock will not managed similarly to land in General Forest. damage the young trees. Success will require close and continuous coordination between grazing and reforestation to integrate these limber two activities.

MI84 Two years after management activities are M18-10Range allotment management plans will concluded, they will not be obvious when viewed be revised to reflect the objectives of this Manage- from signlficant viewer locations. ment Area. Factors include the grazing system to be used, season of use, class of livestock, stocking M18-5 Due to the mountain pine beetle epidemic levels, range improvements needed, and forage created openings can exceed 40 acres in the production and utilization rates. lodgepole pine working group. (See Management Standard and Guideline 2-1 in the Paclfic Northwest MI8-11 Annual permittee plans will provide for Regional Guide of May 1984). However, mltigation livestock distribution and use patterns to protect measures such as feathering, scalloping and newly established tree plantations. Plantations other edge treatments will be employed. can be further protected by fencing, caging trees, or use of repellents. Salt and water should be M18-6 Timber production from this Management placed one-half to one mile away from new Area will be monltored and the contribution to the plantations. Where conflicts cannot be resolved ASQ will be adjusted to meet visual objectives. using the above techniques, establishment of new allotments and relocation of livestock should be considered. Range

M18-7Livestock grazing will be allowed. Structural range improvements such as fences, water Wildlife developments and access roads, will be located so they are not visible from significant viewer MI8-1 2 The standards/guidelines for Mule Deer locations. Outside of Deer Management Area 7, Chapter 4, will apply to the Front Country Management Area. M18-8Allotments will be managed to achieve or In foreground portions of areas seen from signifi- maintain a forage condition rating of fair or better cant viewer locations, and in other areas where or to the slte’s capability. the Mule Deer standardslguidelines are not consistent with the desired visual condltion, the M18-9 Transtory range will be managed in Visual Quality Objectives for Front Country will be conjunction with timber management to achieve considered the overriding direction.

Forest Plan 4 - 160 M18-13 In all areas seen from sensitive viewer MI8-21 Traditional informal campsltes, hunter locations, grouping snags is preferred over camps, or areas where concentrated recreation even-distribution use occurs will be recognized as being significant in producing and utilizing dispersed recreation MIS-I4 In foreground portions of areas seen opportunities. Prescriptionsfor harvesting, cleanup, from sensflive viewer locations, and where consis- site preparation, and thinning will consider the tent wRh the Desired Visual Condltion, wildllfe environmental setting that contributes to the habitat improvements will focus on watchable attraction of these sltes for recreation purposes wildlife The attempt will be made to retain this attractive character during and after treatments.

M18-22 Recreation use can be discouraged or Minerals prohibited:

M18-15 The area is open for mineral entry. 1. In areas where timber hawesting activities Conditional surface use and seasonal restrictions are occurring. for geothermal leasing will be used to protect wildlife habitat and recreation areas 2 Where public safety is being threatened.

M18-16 Mining activlties for common variety 3 Where resource damage from recreation materials are permitted in pits and quarries as activity is occurring or may occur. long as the Visual Quality Objective, in long-term pit management operations, is met. M18-23 Generally, off-highway vehicle use is allowed, but closures and restrictions will be established where use will threaten or damage Fuelwood other resource values, such as plantations, soils, and wildlife. Over-the-snow vehicles may be M18-17 Fuelwood gathering is permitted when permmed when the depth of continuous snow cover is adequate to protect other resources from not in conflict wlth visual and wildlife objectives. adverse impacts Some roads, trails, or areas may be designated for nonmotorized winter Recreation activities such as cross country skiing.

MI8-1 8 New recreational developments and M18-24 This Management Area will be managed changes to existing developments are permitted to provide the recreation activity, St?tting, and as long as they are consistent wlth the desired experience of the RecreationOpportunity Spectrum visual condition. category of Roaded-Natural or Roaded Modified. (See Appendix 2 for an explanation of the cate- M18-19 The Recreation Opportunity Spectrum gories ) (ROS) standard in the Front Country Management Area is mostly Roaded Natural, but also includes smaller areas of Semi-primitive Non-motorized, Transportation Semi-primitive Motorized, and Semi-primitive Motorized Winter Only. M18-25 Future management will attempt to make existing roads and landings flt the desired visual M18-20 The majorty of campgrounds and picnic objective of this area areas will be managed at development Level 2. (See Appendix 3 for a description of the various MI8-26 New roads will be located and designed levels ) Some will be managed at Level 3, but to meet Partial Retention as seen from significant none will exceed Level 3. Stands on these sites viewer locations. New landings, helispots, cinder will be treated to retain the character that con- pas, disposal sltes and borrow sites will be located tributes to the value of the site for visual quality. and designed to remain visually subordinate.

Forest Plan 4 - 161 Prescribed Fire

M18-27 Low intens'w prescribed fires will be used M18-34 Prescribed fire may be used to protect, to meet and promote the visual objectwe. This maintain, and enhance timber and forage produc- and other fuel management techniques will be tion. The broadest application of prescribed fire used to minimizethe hazard of a large high-intenshy will occur in the Ponderosa pine type. Crtteria for fire. If at any time during the course of the utilizing fire are as follows: prescribed burn it appears that the objectives for the burn are not being met, all buming will cease. 1. To reduce risk of conflagration fire.

M18-28 Wildfires can be suppressed using 2. To increase soil productivity by cycling bound standard techniques. Control strategies will be nutrients. developed to minimize impacts from suppression activities on the landscape. Visual contrasts will 3. To prevent encroachment of less desirable, not be created through suppression techniques competing tree species. unless absolutely necessary. 4. To increase palatabilty and cover of desirable M18-29 Recommended burn acre objectives will forage species. be developed as a part of the Fire Management Action Plan. 5. To prepare sites for reforestation. MI8-30 Ajandscape archltect shall be consulted for recommended restoration measures following wildfire suppression activities in this Management Fuel Treatment Other Than Prescribed Fire Area. Ml8-35 The lowest cost option which meets the M18-31 Suppression practices will be designed silvicultural, soil, water, visual and fire objectives to protect the investment in managed tree stands should be selected. and to prevent losses of large acreages to wildfire. Fuel Loadlngs MI8-32 Snags that do not present a hazard to llfe or a threat to successful suppression action M18-36 Slash will be treated to minimize chances should not be felled. of large wildfires but will not be cleared to the point that the forest floor is devoid of all slash M18-33 In Ponderosa pine stands (except for and logs. Some slash and larger dead material reproduction stands) emphasis should be placed will be left for ground cover for soil protection, on burning out from existing roads and natural microclimates for establishment of trees, and barriers rather than constructing new firelines. small mammal habitat.

Forest Plan 4 - 162